Document:

Exhibit 10.1

 

THE WEALTHY AND WISE 401(k)

MEP PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
FOR PARTICIPATING

EMPLOYERS

 

An Employer (also known as a Participating Employer),
by executing this MEP Participation Agreement, elects to become a Participating Employer in The Wealthy and Wise 401(k) (“Plan”),
to continue participation in the Plan or to cease status as a Participating Employer. The Participating Employer accepts and agrees
to be bound by, all of the elections granted under the provisions of the Plan as made by ERISA Wise, LLC, (the Plan Sponsor), except
as otherwise provided in this MEP Participation Agreement. The Participating Employer accepts and agrees to be bound by Article
15 of the Plan. The Participating Employer also agrees to the Plan Sponsor's future amendment or termination of the Plan in accordance
with Articles 13 of the Plan. [Note: Each Participating Employer must execute a separate Multiple Employer Participation Agreement.]

 

		A.	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER INFORMATION

 

	 	a.	Name:	Atlantic Coast Bank 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	Address:	4655 Salisbury Road, Suite 110 	 
	 	 	 	Street	 

 

	Jacksonville	 	FLORIDA	 	32256
	City	 	State	 	Zip

 

	 	c.	Telephone: (904) 998-5500 x 6714
	 	 	 
	 	d.	Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 58-0570960
	 	 	 
	 	e.	Fiscal Year:  12/31

 

		B.	EFFECTIVE DATE(S)

 

	 	a.    ̈	NEW
PLAN. The Participating Employer's adoption of this Plan constitutes the adoption of a new plan by the Participating Employer,
effective as of ________________________________________________________.

 

	 	b.   x	RESTATEMENT AND SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATE. This Participation Agreement is amended effective January 1, 2016.

 

		C.	ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

 

Contributions and Forfeitures will only be allocated
to Participants employed by such Participating Employer. Forfeitures of amounts attributable to a Participating Employer will only
be used for the benefit of the Participants of such Participating Employer.

 

		D.	PROFESSIONAL EMPLOYER ORGANIZATION (PEO) - This Plan shall
not be for a Professional Employer Organization (PEO).

 

		E.	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER ELECTIONS

Is the Participating Employer making selections
different from the defaults provided in this MEP Participation Agreement?

	 	a.    ̈	No (please sign below and disregard pages 2 – 7)

		b.   x	Yes (please sign below and complete Section F, pages 2
through 7, as applicable)

 

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER: ATLANTIC COAST BANK 

 

	By:  	 	 	02/02/2016
	 	 	DATE SIGNED
	PLAN SPONSOR: ERISA Wise, LLC	 	
	 	 	 
	By:	             	 	
	 	 	 	DATE SIGNED

 

Acceptance by the Trustee (only required if the
duties of the Trustee are affected).

 

		x	The signature of the Trustee appears on a separate agreement.

 

    	 	1	 

     

    

 

		F.	THE PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER MAKES THE FOLLOWING ELECTIONS:

 

		1.	CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY (Plan Section 3.01 – 3.03) (If a selection is not made below, “No age or service required”
(F.1.a.) shall apply)

Any Eligible Employee will be eligible to participate
in the Plan upon satisfaction of the following (select a. or b - d.):

 

For all Contributions:

 

		a.  ̈ 	No age or service
required (If selected, skip to 2. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION)

 

		b. x 	   3         Months
                                         (may not exceed 12) (If selected, skip c. and complete d.)

 

		c.  ̈ 	1
Year of Service (If selected, leave b. blank and complete d.)

 

		d.  ̈ 	Age     18    
                                            (may not exceed 21) (You cannot choose this if you have selected
                                         a. above)

 

AND, the service and/or age requirements specified
above shall be waived in accordance with the following (leave blank if there are no waivers of conditions): Applies to New Plans
only (B.a. above is selected) and F.1.a. is not selected.

 

		e.	If employed on
__________________________the following requirements will be waived. The waiver applies to any Eligible Employee. Such Employees shall enter the Plan as
of such date (select 1. and/or 2.):

 

	 	1.    ̈	service requirement (will let part-time Eligible Employees into the Plan)

 

	 	2.    ̈	age requirement

 

		2.	EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION (ENTRY DATE) (If a selection is not made below, 2.a. shall apply)

An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility
requirements will become a Participant in the Plan as of the date selected below:

 

For all Contributions:

 

		a. x 	First
day of the month coinciding with or next following date requirements met

 

		b.  ̈ 	First
day of each calendar quarter coinciding with or next following date requirements met

 

		3.	VESTING OF PARTICIPANT'S INTEREST (Article 6) (If a selection is not made below, “100% vesting” (3.a.) shall be
imposed)

 

		a.   x	100%
vesting. Participants are 100% vested in Participating Employer profit sharing contributions and Matching Contributions upon entering
the Plan.

 

		b.    ̈	The following
vesting schedule, based on a Participant's Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected), applies
to Participating Employer profit sharing contributions and Matching Contributions:

	 	1.    ̈	6 Year Graded: 0-1 year-0%; 2 years-20%; 3 years-40%; 4 years-60%; 5 years-80% ; 6 years-100%
	 	2.    ̈	4 Year Graded: 1 year-25%;2 years-50%; 3 years-75%; 4 years-100%
	 	3.    ̈	3 Year Cliff:0-2 years-0%; 3 years-100%

 

		4.	AUTOMATIC ENROLLMENT. Shall Participants who do not affirmatively elect to receive cash or have a specified amount of
Compensation contributed to the Plan automatically have Compensation deferred as provided in Plan Section 4.01(g)? (If a selection
is not made below, 4.a. shall apply)

 

	 	a.   x	No (skip to item 5)

	 	b.    ̈	Yes, this Plan includes (select one)::

	 	1.    ̈	A traditional Automatic Contribution Arrangement (not an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) or a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA))

	 	2.    ̈	An Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA) but not a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA)

	 	3.    ̈	A Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA) (a QACA, by definition, satisfies the requirements of an Eligible Automotive Contribution Arrangement (EACA))

 

	 	c.	Participants subject to the automatic deferral provisions. The automatic deferral provisions apply to Employees who become Participants on or after the effective date of the automatic deferral provisions, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

    	 	2	 

     

    

 

Application to existing Participants. For Employees
who became Participants prior to the effective date of the automatic deferral provisions (if an EACA and not a QACA, see the Note
below; skip if new Plan):

		1.    ̈	Provisions
do not apply to existing Participants (may not be selected with QACA)

		2.    ̈	Provisions
apply to existing Participants in accordance with the following (select one):

		A.    ̈	All
Participants. All Participants, regardless of any prior Salary Deferral election.

		B.    ̈	Affirmative
election of at least automatic deferral amount. All Participants, except those who have an affirmative election in effect
on the effective date of the automatic deferral provisions that is at least equal to the automatic deferral amount and except
as otherwise provided below with respect to the escalation of deferral provisions.

		C.    ̈	No
existing affirmative election. All Participants, except those who have an affirmative election in effect on the effective
date of the automatic deferral provisions and except as otherwise provided below with respect to the escalation of deferral provisions.

 

		NOTE:	If an EACA and not a QACA and c.1. above is selected (i.e., EACA does not apply to existing Participants), then the six–month
period for relief from the excise tax under Code §4979(f)(1) will not apply. In addition, effective for Plan Years beginning
on or after January 1, 2010, the six–month period for relief from the excise tax will only apply if all HCEs and NHCEs are
covered Employees under the EACA for the entire Plan Year (or for the portion of the Plan Year that such Employees are Eligible
Employees under the Plan within the Meaning of Code §410(b)).

 

		d.	Automatic deferral amount. Unless a Participant makes an affirmative election, the Employer will withhold the following
automatic deferral amount (only select one):

		1.    ̈	________ %
of Compensation for each payroll period (if a QACA, must not be more than 10% and may not \ be less than 3%)

		2.    ̈	$_______
for each payroll period (may not be selected if a QACA or EACA)

		3.    ̈	QACA statutory minimum schedule (may select even if Plan is
not a QACA).

 

NOTE: The QACA statutory minimum schedule for this
Plan will be 1–2 years–3%; 3 years–4%; 4 years–5%; 5 or more–6%.

 

		e.	EACA elections (skip if NOT a QACA or EACA)

Permissible withdrawals. Does
the Plan permit Participant permissible withdrawals (as described in Plan Section 4.01(g)(4)(D)) within 90 days (or less) of first
automatic deferral?

		1.     ̈	No

		2.     ̈	Yes, within 90 days of first automatic deferral

 

		5.	MATCHING AND 401(k) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS (If a selection
is not made below, the following shall apply: 5.a.) Note all plans may make a discretionary match and profit sharing contribution.

 

  NOTE: If the Participating
Employer wants the discretion to determine whether the provisions will apply on a year- by-year basis, then the Participating Employer
may either select 5.a. (No) OR 5.b. and option 5.d.2.

 

		a.    ̈	No,
the plan will not be a safe harbor plan however a discretionary match may be made. (If selected skip to Question 6)

 

		b.   x	Yes,
the plan will be a safe harbor plan and both the ADP and ACP test safe harbor provisions will be used.

 

THE PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER WILL MAKE THE FOLLOWING
ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTION FOR THE PLAN YEAR:

NOTE: The ACP test safe
harbor is automatically satisfied if the only matching contribution made to the Plan is either (c.1.) a Basic Matching Contribution
or (c.2.) an Enhanced Matching Contribution that does not provide a match on Elective Deferrals in excess of 6% of Compensation.

 

		c.   x	Safe
                                         Harbor Matching Contribution (select 1. or 2.)

 

		1.   x	Basic Matching Contribution. The
Participating Employer will make matching contributions to the account of each "eligible Participant" in an amount equal
to the sum of 100% of the amount of the Participant's Elective Deferrals that do not exceed 3% of the Participant's Compensation,
plus 50% of the amount of the Participant's Elective Deferrals that exceed 3% of the Participant's Compensation but do not exceed
5% of the Participant's Compensation.

 

		2.    ̈	Enhanced
Matching Contribution. The Participating Employer will make matching contributions to the account of each "eligible Participant"
in an amount equal to the sum of:

		a.    ̈	100%
(may not be less than 100%) of the Participant's Elective Deferrals that do not exceed

____% (may not be less than 4%, and not more than
6%)

 

		d.    ̈	Safe
Harbor Contributions Note: do not complete this is c.1. or c.2. above are selected.

 

		1.    ̈	Fixed.
The Participating Employer will make a Safe Harbor Contribution to the account of each "eligible Participant" in
an amount equal to_______% (may not be less than 3%) of the Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

    	 	3	 

     

    

 

SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATE OF ADP AND ACP TEST SAFE
HARBOR PROVISIONS (For New 401(k) Plans)

	 	e.    ̈	N/A.

	 	f.    ̈	The ADP and ACP test safe harbor provisions are effective for Plan Years beginning on or after:            

(enter the first day of the Plan Year
for which the provisions are effective and, if necessary, enter any other special effective dates that apply with respect to the
provisions).

 

		6.	PROFIT SHARING ALLOCATION (Plan Section 4.03(c)) (If a selection is not made below, 6.a. shall apply.)

 

		a.   x	Non-integrated
in the ratio that the Compensation of each Participant bears to the total Compensation of all Participants.

 

	 	b.    ̈	Integrated.

 

	 	c.    ̈	Cross Tested (New Comparability) (If selected, the Allocation Groups shall be described below on the basis of the Participants’ employment status or other classification. At the time the discretionary non-elective contribution is made to the Plan, the Participating Employer shall designate the portion of the non-elective contribution to be allocated to each Allocation Group)

 

Allocation Groups for Cross Tested Formula:

 

Allocation Group 1:                                                                                             

 

Allocation Group 2:                                                                                             

 

		7.	LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 8.05) (If a selection is not made below, “Loans are permitted” (b.) will apply)

 

		a.    ̈	Loans
are NOT permitted.

 

		b.   x	Loans
are permitted.

 

		8.	HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION (Plan Section 8.06) (If a selection is not made below, “Hardship Withdrawals are permitted”
(b.) will apply)

 

		a.    ̈	Hardship
Distributions are NOT permitted.

 

		b.   x	Hardship
Distributions are permitted.

 

All prior discretionary matching contributions are
accelerated to an immediate 100% vesting schedule for corresponding participants.

 

    	 	4	 

     

    

 

The
Wealthy and Wise 401(K) Plan

 

Established as of January 1, 2014

Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2015

 

Copyright 2002-2015

The
Wealthy and Wise 401(K) Plan

 

    	 	ii 	 

     

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	ARTICLE 1 INTRODUCTION	1
	Section 1.01  Plan	1
	Section 1.02  Application of Amended and Restated Plan	1
	 	 
	ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS	2
	 	 
	ARTICLE 3 PARTICIPATION	16
	Section 3.01  Elective Deferrals	16
	Section 3.02  Matching Contributions	16
	Section 3.03  Profit Sharing Contributions	16
	Section 3.04  Transfers	16
	Section 3.05  Termination and Rehires	17
	Section 3.06  Limitations on Exclusions	17
	Section 3.07  Procedures for Admission	17
	Section 3.08  Participants Receiving Differential Military Pay	18
	 	 
	ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS	19
	Section 4.01  Elective Deferrals	19
	Section 4.02  Matching Contributions	25
	Section 4.03  Profit Sharing Contributions	26
	Section 4.04  Qualified Non-Elective Contributions	28
	Section 4.05  Rollover Contributions	30
	Section 4.06  Transfers	31
	Section 4.07  Military Service	32
	 	 
	ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS	33
	Section 5.01  Annual Limitation on Elective Deferrals	33
	Section 5.02  Nondiscrimination	34
	Section 5.03  Special Rules	36
	Section 5.04  Correction of Discriminatory Contributions	39
	Section 5.05  Maximum Amount of Annual Additions	41
	 	 
	ARTICLE 6 VESTING	43
	Section 6.01  Participant Contributions	43
	Section 6.02  Employer Contributions	43
	Section 6.03  Forfeitures	43
	 	 
	ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS	46
	Section 7.01  Commencement of Distributions	46
	Section 7.02  Timing and Form of Distributions	46
	Section 7.03  Cash-Out of Small Balances	47
	Section 7.04  Beneficiary	48
	Section 7.05  Minimum Distribution Requirements	49
	Section 7.06  Direct Rollovers	54
	Section 7.07  Minor or Legally Incompetent Payee	56
	Section 7.08  Missing Payee	56
	Section 7.09  Distributions on Termination of Plan	56
	Section 7.10  Qualified Reservist Distributions	56
	 	 
	ARTICLE 8 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS	57
	Section 8.01  Attainment of Age 59-1/2	57
	Section 8.02  Other Withdrawals	57
	Section 8.03  Transfer Account	57
	Section 8.04  Rules Regarding In-Service Distributions	57
	Section 8.05  Loans	58
	Section 8.06  Hardship Distribution	60

 

    	 	iii 	 

     

    

 

	ARTICLE 9 INVESTMENT AND VALUATION OF TRUST FUND	61
	Section 9.01  Investment of Assets	61
	Section 9.02  Participant Self-direction	61
	Section 9.03  Individual Accounts	62
	Section 9.04  Qualifying Employer Investments	62
	Section 9.05  Allocation of Earnings and Losses	63
	Section 9.06  Voting Rights	64
	 	 
	ARTICLE 10 TRUST FUND	65
	Section 10.01  Trust Fund	65
	Section 10.02  Duties of the Trustee	66
	Section 10.03  General Investment Powers	67
	Section 10.04  Other Investment Powers	69
	Section 10.05  Instructions	70
	Section 10.06  Investment of the Fund	71
	Section 10.07  Compensation and Indemnification	72
	Section 10.08  Resignation and Removal	73
	 	 
	ARTICLE 11 SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES	74
	Section 11.01  Top-Heavy Status	74
	Section 11.02  Minimum Allocations	74
	Section 11.03  Minimum Vesting	76
	 	 
	ARTICLE 12 PLAN ADMINISTRATION	77
	Section 12.01  Plan Administrator	77
	Section 12.02  Investment Fiduciary	78
	Section 12.03  Compensation of Plan Administrator and Investment Fiduciary	79
	Section 12.04  Plan Expenses	79
	Section 12.05  Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility	79
	Section 12.06  Indemnification	79
	Section 12.07  Claims Procedures	79
	Section 12.08  Written Communication	80
	 	 
	ARTICLE 13 AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION	81
	Section 13.01  Amendment	81
	Section 13.02  Merger and Transfer	82
	Section 13.03  Termination	83
	 	 
	ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS	84
	Section 14.01  Nonalienation of Benefits	84
	Section 14.02  Rights of Alternate Payees	84
	Section 14.03  No Right to Employment	85
	Section 14.04  No Right to Trust Assets	85
	Section 14.05  Governing Law	86
	Section 14.06  Severability of Provisions	86
	Section 14.07  Headings and Captions	86
	Section 14.08  Gender and Number	86
	Section 14.09  Disaster Relief	86
	 	 
	ARTICLE 15 MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PROVISIONS	87
	Section 15.01  Election and Overriding Effect	87
	Section 15.02  Participating Employer Elections	87
	Section 15.03  Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures	87
	Section 15.04  Highly Compensated Employee Status	87
	Section 15.05  Testing	87
	Section 15.06  Top Heavy Provisions	88
	Section 15.07  Compensation	88
	Section 15.08  Service	89
	Section 15.09  Required Minimum Distributions	89
	Section 15.10  Cooperation and Indemnification	89
	Section 15.11  Involuntary Termination	90
	Section 15.12  Voluntary Termination	91
	Section 15.13  Removal of Plan Administrator, Plan Sponsor, or Trustee	91
	 	 
	EXECUTION PAGE	92
	 	 
	IN-PLAN ROTH TRANSFERS ADDENDUM	93

 

    	 	iv 	 

     

    

 

PREAMBLE

 

WHEREAS, ERISA Wise, LLC, a California Limited
Liability Company (the "Plan Sponsor"), adopted a qualified retirement plan for the benefit of Eligible Employees of
Participating Employers, effective January 1, 2014;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan Sponsor hereby
amends and restates The Wealthy and Wise 401(k) Plan, effective as of January 1, 2015 (except as otherwise noted) pursuant to the
following provisions:

 

    	 	v 	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 1 INTRODUCTION

 

ARTICLE 1

INTRODUCTION

 

Section 1.01         PLAN

 

The Plan Sponsor hereby amends and restates
this Plan, effective January 1, 2015. This document is intended to qualify as a tax-exempt "Plan" under Code sections
401(a) and 501(a), respectively and is intended to be a multiple employer plan described in Code Section 413(c) covering Eligible
Employees of unrelated Employers who execute the MEP Participation Agreement.

 

Section 1.02         APPLICATION
OF AMENDED AND RESTATED PLAN

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein,
the provisions of this amended and restated Plan shall apply to those individuals who are Eligible Employees of the Participating
Employer on or after January 1, 2015. Except as otherwise specifically provided for herein, the rights and benefits, if any, of
former Eligible Employees of the Participating Employer whose employment terminated prior to January 1, 2015, shall be determined
under the provisions of the Plan, as in effect from time to time prior to that date.

 

    	 	1	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

  

"Account" means the balance
of a Participant's interest in the Trust Fund as of the applicable date as adjusted pursuant to Article 9. "Account"
or "Accounts" shall include, for any Participant, an Elective Deferral Account, Pre-tax Elective Deferral Account, Roth
Elective Deferral Account, In-Plan Roth Rollover Account, Matching Contribution Account (and a Qualified Matching Contribution
Account, if necessary), Profit Sharing Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
Account, Transfer Account and such other Account(s) or subaccount(s) as the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, deems appropriate.

 

"Actual Contribution Ratio"
means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Matching Contributions and Voluntary Contributions for a Participant for the Plan
Year to the Participant's Section 414(s) Compensation for such year.

 

A Matching Contribution shall be considered
"for the Plan Year" only if (a) it is made on account of the Participant's Elective Deferral/Voluntary Contribution for
that Plan Year, (b) it is allocated to his Matching Contribution Account during such Plan Year, and (c) it is paid to the Trust
Fund by the last day of the 12th month after the end of such Plan Year.

 

Voluntary Contributions are considered to have
been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the Trust Fund. For purposes of the preceding sentence, an amount withheld from
an Employee's pay (or a payment by the Employee to an agent of the Plan) is treated as contributed at the time of such withholding
(or payment) if the funds paid are transmitted to the Trust Fund within a reasonable period after the withholding (or payment).
For purposes of determining the Actual Contribution Ratio, Elective Deferrals recharacterized pursuant to Section 5.04 shall be
treated as a Voluntary Contribution.

 

Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions
and Qualified Matching Contributions shall be counted in the Actual Contribution Ratio only if they meet the requirements of Section
5.03(b). The Actual Contribution Ratio of a Participant who does not receive a Matching Contribution or make a Voluntary Contribution
shall be zero.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Plan is
automatically deemed to meet the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 5.02 with respect to Matching Contributions, the Actual
Contribution Ratio shall be determined solely with respect to Voluntary Contributions. A Participant's Actual Contribution Ratio
shall not include: (a) contributions treated as disproportionate within the meaning of Section 5.03(f); (b) additional contributions
made pursuant to Code section 414(u) by reason of a Participant's Qualified Military Service for the Plan Year for which the contributions
are made, or for any other Plan Year; or (c) Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct excess aggregate contributions
or because the contributions to which they relate are excess deferrals, excess contributions, or excess aggregate contributions.

 

"Actual Deferral Ratio" means
the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of Elective Deferrals made on behalf of a Participant for the Plan Year to the Participant's
Section 414(s) Compensation for that year.

 

    	 	2	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

An Elective Deferral shall be considered "for
the Plan Year" only if the Elective Deferral is allocated to the Participant's Account under the Plan as of a date within
that year. For purposes of this rule, an Elective Deferral is considered allocated as of a date within a year only if: (a) the
allocation is not contingent on the Participant's participation in the Plan or performance of services on any date subsequent to
that date; (b) the Elective Deferral is actually paid to the Trust Fund no later than the end of the 12-month period immediately
following the year to which the contribution relates; and (c) the Elective Deferral relates to Compensation that would have been
received by the Participant in the year but for the Participant's election to defer under the arrangement. Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions shall be counted in the Actual Deferral Ratio only if they meet the requirements
of Section 5.03(b).

 

The Actual Deferral Ratio of a Participant who
is eligible but does not make an Elective Deferral and, if applicable, who does not receive an allocation of Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions shall be zero. A Participant's Actual Deferral Ratio shall not include: (a)
contributions treated as disproportionate within the meaning of Section 5.03(f); (b) a Nonhighly Compensated Employee's Excess
Elective Deferrals; (c) Elective Deferrals treated as Catch-up Contributions for the Plan Year for which the contributions were
made or for any other Plan Year; (d) additional Elective Deferrals made pursuant to Code section 414(u) by reason of a Participant's
Qualified Military Service for the Plan Year for which the contributions are made, or for any other Plan Year; or (e) to the extent
necessary to demonstrate satisfaction of the requirement of Treas. Reg. section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(ii), Elective Deferrals taken
into account for the actual contribution percentage test under Treas. Reg. section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6).

 

"Alternate Payee" means the
person entitled to receive payment of benefits under the Plan pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

"Annual Addition" means the
sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's Account for the Limitation Year:

 

(a)          Participating
Employer contributions allocated to a Participant's Account, including Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Profit Sharing
Contributions and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. Participating Employer contributions shall also include Excess Elective
Deferrals, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the Participant's taxable
year;

 

(b)          forfeitures;

 

(c)          amounts
allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Code section 415(l)(2), which is part of a pension
or annuity plan maintained by the Employer;

 

(d)          amounts
derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable
to post-retirement medical benefits, allocated to the separate Account of a Key Employee, as defined in Code section 419A(d)(3),
under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code section 419(e), maintained by the Employer; and

 

(e)          allocations
under a simplified employee pension plan.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Annual Addition
shall not include a restorative payment within the meaning of IRS Revenue Ruling 2002-45 and any superseding guidance.

 

"Annuity Starting Date" means
the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

 

"Average Contribution Percentage"
means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Contribution Ratios of the Participants in a specified group.

 

    	 	3	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

"Average Deferral Percentage"
means the average (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Ratios of the Participants in a specified group.

 

"Beneficiary" means the person(s)
entitled to receive benefits, under Section 7.04 of the Plan, upon the Participant's death.

 

"Board" means the Board of
Directors or similar governing body of the Participating Employer.

 

"Catch-up Contribution" means
the contribution described in Section 5.01(d).

 

"Code" means the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

"Compensation" means wages
within the meaning of Code section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course
of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code
sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052.

 

Compensation shall include:

 

Compensation shall include other compensation
paid by the later of: (a) 2-1/2 months after an Employee's severance from employment with the Participating Employer or (b) the
end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Employee's severance from employment with the Participating Employer if:
(1) the payment is regular compensation for services during the Participant's regular working hours, or compensation for services
outside the Participant's regular working hours (e.g., overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar
payments; and (2) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to a severance from employment if the Participant had
continued in employment with the Participating Employer.

 

The exclusions from Compensation for
payments after severance from employment do not apply to payments to a Participant who does not currently perform services for
the Participating Employer by reason of Qualified Military Service to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the Participant
would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Participating Employer rather than entering Qualified
Military Service.

 

To the extent provided in the Plan,
Compensation shall include compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled.

 

For purposes of Elective Deferrals,
Matching Contributions and Non-Elective Contributions, Compensation shall also include any amount which is contributed by the Participating
Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includable in the gross income of the Participant under Code
sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 132(f) or 457.

 

Pursuant to Code section 414(u)(12),
IRS Notice 2010-15 and any superseding guidance, differential wage payments shall be treated as Compensation.

 

Compensation will not be determined using Post
Year End Compensation.

 

Compensation shall exclude:

 

    	 	4	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of Matching Contributions
and Non-Elective Contributions, Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is actually paid to a Participant by the
Participating Employer during that part of the Plan Year the Participant is eligible to participate in the Plan. For all other
purposes, Compensation shall include Compensation which is paid to the Participant by the Participating Employer during the Plan
Year or such other period used to determine Compensation for allocation purposes.

 

Compensation must be determined without regard
to any rules under Code section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)). For any Self-Employed Individual
covered under the Plan, Compensation shall mean Earned Income.

 

For any Plan Year, the annual compensation of
each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed
$200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code section 401(a)(17)(B). Annual compensation means Compensation
during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the
determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination
period that begins with or within such calendar year.

 

If a determination period consists of fewer
than 12 months, the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual compensation limit multiplied
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of which is
12.

 

"Determination Date" means
the last day of the preceding Plan Year.

 

"Disabled" or "Disability"
means the determination by the Social Security Administration that the Participant is eligible to receive disability benefits under
the Social Security Act. The determination of Disability shall be made by the Plan Administrator.

 

"Earned Income" means the net
earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which personal services
of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included
in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified
plan to the extent deductible under Code section 404. Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to
the taxpayer by Code section 164(f) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.

 

"Effective Date" means January
1, 2015; provided, however, that when a provision of the Plan states an effective date other than January 1, 2015, such stated
specific effective date shall apply as to that provision. The Plan is an amendment and restatement of a Plan that was originally
effective January 1, 2014.

 

"Elective Deferral" means an
Employee contribution made to the Plan as a Pre-tax Elective Deferral or a Roth Elective Deferral pursuant to Article 4 of the
Plan.

 

"Elective Deferral Account"
means so much of a Participant's Account as consists of a Participant's Elective Deferrals (and corresponding earnings) made to
the Plan. Except as expressly provided elsewhere in the Plan, the Elective Deferral Account shall also include Catch-up Contributions
described in Section 5.01 of the Plan.

    	 	5	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

"Eligibility Computation Period"
means a 12-consecutive month period beginning with an Employee's Employment Commencement Date; provided however, his succeeding
Eligibility Computation Period for such purpose will switch to the Plan Year, beginning with the Plan Year that includes the first
anniversary of his Employment Commencement Date. An Employee who is credited with a Year of Eligibility Service in both the initial
Eligibility Computation Period and the first Plan Year which commences prior to the first anniversary of the Employee's initial
Eligibility Computation Period will be credited with two Years of Eligibility Service.

 

"Eligible Employee" means any
Employee employed by the Participating Employer, subject to the following modifications and exclusions:

 

For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Matching
Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions, the term "Eligible Employee" shall exclude any Employee who is included
in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining,
and if the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for participation in this Plan.

 

For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Matching
Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions, the term "Eligible Employee" shall not include any Leased Employees.

 

For purposes of Elective Deferrals, Matching
Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions, the term "Eligible Employee" shall not include any Employee who is a
non-resident alien who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) that constitutes income from services
performed within the United States (within the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)).

 

If an individual is subsequently reclassified
as, or determined to be, an Employee by a court, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental agency or authority, or
if the Participating Employer is required to reclassify such individual as an Employee as a result of such reclassification or
determination (including any reclassification by the Participating Employer in settlement of any claim or action relating to such
individual's employment status), such individual shall not become an Eligible Employee by reason of such reclassification or determination.

 

In addition, an individual who becomes employed
by the Employer in a transaction between the Employer and another entity that is a stock or asset acquisition, merger, or other
similar transaction involving a change in the employer of the employees of the trade or business shall not become eligible to participate
in the Plan until such time as the Plan Sponsor specifically authorizes such participation.

 

"Employee" means any individual
who is employed by the Employer, including a Self-Employed Individual. The term "Employee" includes any Leased Employee
of the Employer. No Leased Employee may become a Participant hereunder unless he becomes an Eligible Employee. The term "Employee"
shall not include a person who is classified by the Employer as an independent contractor or a person (other than a Self-Employed
Individual) who is not treated as an employee for purposes of withholding federal employment taxes.

 

"Employer" means the Participating
Employer or any other employer required to be aggregated with the Participating Employer under Code sections 414(b), (c), (m) or
(o) and the regulations thereunder provided however, that “Employer” shall not include any entity or unincorporated
trade or business prior to the date on which such entity, trade or business satisfies the affiliation or control tests described
above. In identifying "Employer" for purposes of Section 5.05, the definition in Code sections 414(b) and (c) shall be
modified as provided in Code section 415(h).

 

    	 	6	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

"Employment Commencement Date"
means the first date on which the Eligible Employee performs an Hour of Service.

 

“Entry Date” means the date
specified in the MEP Participation Agreement at Section F.2.

 

"ERISA" means the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, all amendments thereto and all federal regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

"Excess Elective Deferral"
means Elective Deferrals made in excess of the limit described in Section 5.01.

 

"Highly Compensated Employee"
means, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, any Employee who during the Plan Year performs services for
the Employer and who:

 

(a)          was
a More Than 5% Owner at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or

 

(b)          during
the calendar year beginning with or within the preceding Plan Year received Statutory Compensation in excess of the Code section
414(q)(1) amount ($80,000 as adjusted).

 

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated
Employee will be made in accordance with Code section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder to the extent they are not inconsistent
with the method established above.

 

The term Highly Compensated Employee also includes
a former Employee who was a Highly Compensated Employee when he separated from service or at any time after attaining age 55.

 

"Hour of Service" means:

 

(a)          Each
hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours will be
credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed.

 

(b)          Each
hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties
are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
(including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited
under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours
under this paragraph will be calculated and credited pursuant to DOL Reg. section 2530.200b-2 and any superseding guidance which
is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

(c)          Each
hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours
of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These
hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than
the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

 

    	 	7	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

Solely for purposes of determining whether a
One-Year Break in Service has occurred, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive
credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case
in which such hours cannot be determined, eight (8) Hours of Service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an
absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (a) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (b) by
reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (c) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with
the adoption of such child by such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately
following such birth or placement. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (a) in the computation
period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period, or (b) in all other
cases, in the following computation period.

 

If the Employer is a member of an affiliated
service group (under Code section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporations (under Code section 414(b)), a group of trades or
businesses under common control (under Code section 414(c)) or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant
to Code section 414(o), service will be credited for any employment with such groups during the time the Employer is a member of
the applicable group. Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code
sections 414(n) or 414(o).

 

If the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor
employer, service with such employer will be treated as service for the Employer.

 

Service with respect to Qualified Military Service
shall be credited in accordance with Code section 414(u) and service shall also be determined to the extent required by the Family
and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for determining
service under the elapsed time method, an Hour of Service means each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment
for the performance of duties for the Employer.

 

"In-Plan Roth Rollover" means
an Employee contribution made to the Plan as a rollover from another Account in the Plan pursuant to Section 4.05(b).

 

"In-Plan Roth Rollover Account"
means so much of a Participant's Account as consists of a Participant's In-Plan Roth Rollover contributions (and corresponding
earnings) made to the Plan.

 

"Investment Fiduciary" means
the person(s) designated pursuant to Section 12.02. The fiduciary shall be subject to standards of conduct as prescribed under
ERISA.

 

"Investment Funds" means the
funds in which the Trust Fund is invested.

 

"Investment Manager" means
an investment manager as described in section 3(38) of ERISA.

 

"Key Employee" means for Plan
Years beginning after December 31, 2001, any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during
the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date is an officer of the Employer having an annual Statutory Compensation greater
than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a More Than 5% Owner
of the Employer, or a 1% owner of the Employer having Statutory Compensation of more than $150,000. The determination of who is
a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general
applicability issued thereunder.

 

    	 	8	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

"Leased Employee" means any
person (other than an Employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person ("leasing
organization"), has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance
with Code section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed
under primary direction or control by the Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization
which are attributable to services performed for the Employer shall be treated as provided by the Employer. A person shall not
be considered a Leased Employee if: (a) such person is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a nonintegrated
employer contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation, as defined in Code section 415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee's gross income under Code sections 125, 402(e)(3),
402(h), 403(b), 132(f) or 457; (2) immediate participation; and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (b) Leased Employees do not
constitute more than 20% of the Employer's nonhighly compensated work force.

 

"Limitation Year" means the
Plan Year for purposes of determining Annual Additions limits pursuant to Article 5. All qualified plans maintained by the Employer
must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation
Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

 

"Matched Employee Contribution"
means a Participant's Pre-tax Elective Deferrals, Catch-up Contributions and Roth Elective Deferrals.

 

"Matching Contribution" means
an Employer Matching Contribution made to the Plan on behalf of the Participant pursuant to Article 4 of the Plan.

 

"Matching Contribution Account"
means so much of a Participant's Account as consists of Matching Contributions (and corresponding earnings) made to the Plan.

 

"More Than 5% Owner" means
any person who (a) owns (either directly or by attribution, under Code section 318) more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the
Employer or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, (b) in the case of
an unincorporated business, any person who owns more than 5% of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. For purposes of
Section 7.05, a Participant is treated as a More Than 5% Owner if such Participant is a More Than 5% Owner at any time during the
Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70-1/2 and shall continue to be considered a
More Than 5% Owner (and distributions must continue under Section 7.05) even if the Participant ceases to be a 5% owner in a subsequent
year.

 

"Non-Key Employee" means any
Employee or former Employee who is not a Key Employee.

 

"Non-Elective Contribution"
means a Profit Sharing Contribution, a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution and a minimum allocation made pursuant to Article 11.

 

"Nonhighly Compensated Employee"
means an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

 

"Normal Retirement Age" means
attainment of age 65.

 

"Normal Retirement Date" means
the date the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

 

    	 	9	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

"One-Year Break in Service"
means, for purposes of determining eligibility service, an Eligibility Computation Period or, for purposes of determining a Year
of Vesting Service, a Vesting Computation Period during which an Employee is credited with 500 or fewer Hours of Service.

 

"Participant" means an Eligible
Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with Articles 3 and 4.

 

"Participating Employer" means
an entity that completes a MEP Participant Agreement as approved by the Plan Sponsor.

 

"Permissive Aggregation Group"
means the Required Aggregation Group of plans, plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with
the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

 

"Plan" means The Wealthy and
Wise 401(k) Plan, as set forth in this instrument and any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

"Plan Administrator" means
the person(s) designated pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall also be the named fiduciary within
the meaning of ERISA section 402.

 

"Plan Sponsor" means ERISA
Wise, LLC and any successor thereto.

 

"Plan Year" means the 12-consecutive
month period ending on each December 31st.

 

"Post Year End Compensation"
means amounts earned during a year but not paid during that year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates if:
(a) these amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next year; (b) the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent
basis with respect to all similarly situated Employees; and (c) no compensation is included in more than one year.

 

"Pre-tax Elective Deferral"
means Elective Deferrals that are not includible in the Participant's gross income at the time deferred.

 

"Pre-tax Elective Deferral Account"
means so much of a Participant's Account as consists of a Participant's Pre-tax Elective Deferrals (and corresponding earnings)
made to the Plan.

 

"Present Value" means a benefit
in a defined benefit plan of equivalent value.

 

"Profit Sharing Contribution"
means a contribution made by the Participating Employer that is allocated to a Participant's Profit Sharing Contribution Account
pursuant to Article 4.

 

"Profit Sharing Contribution Account"
means so much of a Participant's Account as consists of Profit Sharing Contributions (and corresponding earnings) made to the Plan.

 

"Qualified Domestic Relations Order"
means any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) that constitutes a "qualified
domestic relations order" within the meaning of Code section 414(p).

 

"Qualified Matching Contribution"
means a Matching Contribution made by the Participating Employer pursuant to Section 4.04.

 

    	 	10	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

"Qualified Military Service"
means qualified military service as defined in Code section 414(u).

 

"Qualified Non-Elective Contribution"
means a Non-Elective Contribution made by the Participating Employer pursuant to Article 4.

 

"Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
Account" means so much of a Participant's Account as consists of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (and corresponding
earnings) made to the Plan.

 

"Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity"
means an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity that is equal to the applicable percentage of
the amount of the annuity that is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse, and that is the actuarial equivalent
of a single life annuity for the life of the Participant. The survivor percentage of the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity shall
be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(a)          If
the Plan provides for a specific Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity survivor annuity percentage and such percentage is less than
75%, then the Plan's Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity shall be 75%.

 

(b)          If
the Plan provides for a specific Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity survivor annuity percentage and such percentage is greater
than or equal to 75%, then the Plan's Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity shall be 50%.

 

(c)          If
the Plan does not provide for a specific Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity survivor annuity percentage, then the Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity survivor annuity percentage shall be 50% and the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity survivor annuity percentage
shall be 75%.

 

"Required Aggregation Group"
means (a) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during
the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the Plan has terminated),
and (b) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code sections
401(a)(4) or 410.

 

"Required Beginning Date" means
April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 or the calendar
year in which the Participant retires, except that benefit distributions to a More Than 5% Owner must commence by April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2.

 

"Rollover Contribution" means
an Employee contribution made to the Plan as a rollover from another eligible retirement plan or individual retirement account
pursuant to Article 4 of the Plan.

 

"Rollover Contribution Account"
means so much of a Participant's Account as consists of a Participant's Rollover Contributions (and corresponding earnings) made
to the Plan.

 

"Roth Elective Deferral" means
an Elective Deferral that is (a) designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of the cash or deferred election as a Roth
Elective Deferral that is being made in lieu of all or a portion of the Pre-tax Elective Deferrals the Participant is otherwise
eligible to make under the Plan; and (b) treated by the Participating Employer as includible in the Participant's income at the
time the Participant would have received that amount in cash if the Participant had not made a cash or deferred election. Except
as otherwise provided, Roth Elective Deferrals shall be subject to the same conditions and limitations as apply to Elective Deferrals.

 

    	 	11	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

"Roth Elective Deferral Account"
means so much of a Participant's Account as consists of a Participant's Roth Elective Deferrals (and corresponding earnings) made
to the Plan. The Plan will maintain a record of the amount of Roth Elective Deferrals in each Participant's Roth Elective Deferral
Account.

 

"Section 414(s) Compensation"
means compensation as defined in Code section 414(s) and Treas. Reg. section 1.414(s)-1. The period used to determine an Employee's
compensation for a Plan Year must be either the Plan Year or the calendar year ending within the Plan Year. Whichever period is
selected by the Plan Administrator must be applied uniformly to determine the compensation of every Eligible Employee under the
Plan for that Plan Year. The Plan Administrator may, however, limit the period taken into account under either method to that portion
of the Plan Year or calendar year in which the Employee was an Eligible Employee, provided that this limit is applied uniformly
to all Eligible Employees under the Plan for the Plan Year. In the case of a Highly Compensated Employee whose Actual Deferral
Ratio is determined under Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-2(a)(3)(ii), period of participation includes periods under another plan
for which Elective Deferrals are aggregated under Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-2(a)(3)(ii). Section 414(s) Compensation shall be
limited by any dollar limits described in Code section 401(a)(17) applicable under the definition of Compensation. The Plan Administrator
may include Post Severance Compensation and/or determine Section 414(s) Compensation using Post Year End Compensation.

 

"Self-Employed Individual"
means any individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established, including
an individual who would have Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.
An individual shall not be a Self-Employed Individual unless he or she is also an owner of the Participating Employer.

 

"Statutory Compensation" means
wages within the meaning of Code section 3401(a) and all other payments of Compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the
course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under
Code sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Statutory Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code section
3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed
(such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)). For any Self-Employed Individual, Statutory Compensation
shall mean Earned Income.

 

Statutory Compensation shall include any amount
which is contributed by the Participating Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includible in the
gross income of the Participant under Code sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 132(f) or 457. Statutory Compensation shall
include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to
certify that he or she has other health coverage (deemed Code section 125 compensation). An amount will be treated as an amount
under Code section 125 only if the Participating Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant's other
health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

 

Statutory Compensation shall include other compensation
paid by the later of: (a) 2-1/2 months after an Employee's severance from employment with the Participating Employer or (b) the
end of the Limitation Year that includes the date of the Employee's severance from employment with the Participating Employer if:
(1) the payment is regular compensation for services during the Participant's regular working hours, or compensation for services
outside the Participant's regular working hours (e.g., overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar
payments; and (2) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to a severance from employment if the Participant had
continued in employment with the Participating Employer.

 

    	 	12	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

The exclusions from Compensation for payments
after severance from employment do not apply to payments to a Participant who does not currently perform services for the Participating
Employer by reason of Qualified Military Service to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the Participant would have
received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Participating Employer rather than entering Qualified Military
Service.

 

To the extent provided in the Plan, Statutory
Compensation shall include compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled.

 

Statutory Compensation shall include differential
military pay (as defined in Code section 3401(h)(2)).

 

Statutory Compensation will not be determined
using Post Year End Compensation.

 

Back pay (as defined in Treas. Reg. section
1.415(c)-2(g)(8)) shall be treated as Statutory Compensation for the Limitation Year to which the back pay relates to the extent
the back pay represents wages and compensation that would otherwise be included under this definition.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to
the contrary, the annual Statutory Compensation of each Employee taken into account under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not
exceed $200,000, (as adjusted under Code section 401(a)(17) for such year). If a Plan Year consists of fewer than 12 months, the
applicable limitation under Code section 401(a)(17) will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months
in such year, and the denominator of which is 12.

 

"Termination" and "Termination
of Employment" means any absence from service that ends the employment of the Employee with the Employer.

 

"Top-Heavy" means a Plan that
for any Plan Year beginning after 1983 meets the definition in Section 11.01.

 

"Top-Heavy Ratio" means:

 

(a)          If
the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer
has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued
benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction,
the numerator of which is the sum of the Account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), including any part
of any Account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) (5-year period ending on the Determination
Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or Disability), and the denominator
of which is the sum of all Account balances including any part of any Account balance distributed in the 1-year period ending on
the Determination Date(s) (5-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other
than severance from employment, death or Disability), both computed in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.
Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the
Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.

 

    	 	13	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

(b)          If
the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer
maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)
has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation group, as appropriate, is a
fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of Account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all
Key Employees, determined in accordance with (a) above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined
benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the Account
balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Participants, determined in accordance with (a) above,
and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants as of the Determination
Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined
benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit
made in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date.

 

(c)          For
purposes of (a) and (b) above the value of Account balances and the Present Value of accrued benefits will be determined as of
the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided
in Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of a defined benefit plan. The Account balances
and accrued benefits of a Participant (1) who is a Non-Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (2) who has
not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the one-year period
ending on the Determination Date will be disregarded. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions,
in-service withdrawals, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code section 416 and the
regulations thereunder. Deductible Employee contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy
Ratio. When aggregating plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the determination
dates that fall within the same calendar year.

 

The accrued benefit of a Non-Key Employee shall
be determined under: (x) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained
by the Employer; or (y) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted
under the fractional rule of Code section 411(b)(1)(C).

 

"Transfer Account" means so
much of a Participant's Account as consists of amounts transferred from another eligible retirement plan (and corresponding earnings)
pursuant to Article 4 in a transaction that was not an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Code section 402.

 

"Trust" means the agreement
contained in Article 10.

 

"Trust Fund" means all of the
assets of the Plan held by the Trustee or held by an insurance Participating Employer pursuant to section 403 of ERISA.

 

"Trustee" means ERISA Wise,
LLC, and any successor thereto.

 

"Valuation Date" means the
last day of each Plan quarter. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary and in the event that there is to be a distribution,
transfer of assets and/or division of assets from the Plan, the Plan Administrator may in its sole discretion declare a special
Valuation Date, but only for that portion of the Plan that is not daily-valued to protect the interests of Participants in the
Plan or the Participant receiving the distribution.

 

    	 	14	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS

 

"Vesting Computation Period"
means, for purposes of determining Years of Vesting Service, the calendar year.

 

"Voluntary Contribution" means
an Employee contribution made to the Plan on an after-tax basis. Voluntary Contributions are not permitted in this Plan. The term
Voluntary Contribution shall not include Roth Elective Deferrals.

 

"Year of Eligibility Service"
means the following:

 

With respect to eligibility to make Elective
Deferral and to receive Matching Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions, Year of Eligibility Service means an Eligibility
Computation Period during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

 

If the Plan provides for fractional Years of
Eligibility Service, an Employee shall be deemed to earn 1/2 Year of Eligibility Service on the date that is six months after the
end of the Eligibility Computation Period during which he earns his first Year of Eligibility Service; provided that the individual
is an Eligible Employee on the applicable Entry Date.

 

All eligibility service with the Employer is
taken into account.

 

Year of Eligibility Service may be modified
by a Participating Employer pursuant to Section F.1. of a duly signed and approved MEP Participation Agreement.

 

"Year of Vesting Service" means
a Vesting Computation Period during which an Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

 

All Years of Vesting Service with the Employer
are taken into account except that for an Employee who has five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service and except to the extent
provided in Article 6, all periods of service after such breaks in service shall be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the
Employee's Employer-derived Account balance that accrued before such breaks in service, but except as otherwise expressly provided,
both the service before and after such breaks in service shall count for purposes of vesting the Employee's Employer-derived Account
balance that accrues after such breaks in service pursuant to Article 6.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following
service shall not be taken into account in determining Years of Vesting Service:

 

Predecessor Service. Years of Vesting Service
before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan will not be taken into account in computing vesting service.

 

    	 	15	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 3 PARTICIPATION

 

ARTICLE 3

PARTICIPATION

 

Section 3.01         ELECTIVE
DEFERRALS

 

Each Eligible Employee as of the Effective Date
who was eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to Elective Deferrals on or before the Effective Date shall be a Participant
eligible to make Elective Deferrals pursuant to Article 4 on the Effective Date. Each other Eligible Employee who was not a Participant
in the Plan with respect to Elective Deferrals on or before the Effective Date, shall become a Participant eligible to make Elective
Deferrals on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date he satisfies the age requirement and completes the service
requirement designated in Section F.1. of the MEP Participation Agreement; provided that he is an Eligible Employee on such date.

 

Section 3.02         MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Each Eligible Employee as of the Effective Date
who was eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to Matching Contributions on or before the Effective Date shall be a Participant
eligible to receive Matching Contributions pursuant to Article 4 on the Effective Date. Each other Eligible Employee who was not
a Participant in the Plan with respect to Matching Contributions on or before the Effective Date, shall become a Participant eligible
to receive Matching Contributions on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date he satisfies the age requirement
and completes the service requirement designated in Section F.1. of the MEP Participation Agreement; provided that he is an Eligible
Employee on such date.

 

Section 3.03         PROFIT
SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Each Eligible Employee as of the Effective Date
who was eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to Profit Sharing Contributions on or before the Effective Date shall
be a Participant eligible to receive Profit Sharing Contributions pursuant to Article 4 on the Effective Date. Each other Eligible
Employee who was not a Participant in the Plan with respect to Profit Sharing Contributions on or before the Effective Date, shall
become a Participant eligible to receive Profit Sharing Contributions on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date
he satisfies the age requirement and completes the service requirement designated in Section F.1. of the MEP Participation Agreement;
provided that he is an Eligible Employee on such date.

 

Section 3.04         TRANSFERS

 

If a change in job classification or a transfer
results in an individual no longer qualifying as an Eligible Employee, such Employee shall cease to be a Participant for purposes
of Article 4 (or shall not become eligible to become a Participant) as of the effective date of such change of job classification
or transfer. Should such Employee again qualify as an Eligible Employee or if an Employee who was not previously an Eligible Employee
becomes an Eligible Employee, he shall become a Participant with respect to the contributions for which the eligibility requirements
have been satisfied as of the later of the effective date of such subsequent change of status or the date the Employee meets the
eligibility requirements of this Article 3.

 

    	 	16	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 3 PARTICIPATION

 

Section 3.05         TERMINATION
AND REHIRES

 

If an Employee has a Termination of Employment,
such Employee shall cease to be a Participant for purposes of Article 4 (or shall not become eligible to become a Participant;
except as provided in Article 4) as of his Termination of Employment. An individual who has satisfied the applicable eligibility
requirements set forth in Article 3, including passing an Entry Date, before his Termination date, and who is subsequently reemployed
by the Participating Employer as an Eligible Employee, shall resume or become a Participant immediately upon his rehire date with
respect to the contributions for which the eligibility requirements of this Article 3 have been satisfied. An individual who has
not so qualified for participation on his Termination date, and who is subsequently reemployed by the Participating Employer as
an Eligible Employee, shall be eligible to participate as of the later of the effective date of such reemployment or the date the
individual meets the eligibility requirements of this Article 3. The determination of whether a rehired Eligible Employee satisfies
the requirements of Article 3 shall be made after the application of any applicable break in service rules.

 

Section 3.06         LIMITATIONS
ON EXCLUSIONS

 

(a)          Exclusions.
Any Employee exclusion in the Plan document shall not be valid to the extent that such exclusion results in only Nonhighly Compensated
Employees participating with the lowest amount of Compensation and/or lowest amount of service so that the Plan still meets the
coverage requirements of Code section 410(b).

 

(b)          Coverage.
The Plan must provide that an Eligible Employee who has attained age 21 and who has completed one Year of Eligibility Service (two
Years of Eligibility Service may be used for contributions other than Elective Deferrals if the Plan provides a nonforfeitable
right to 100% of the Participant's applicable Account balance after not more than 2 Years of Eligibility Service) shall commence
participation in the Plan no later than the earlier of: (1) the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date on which
such Eligible Employee satisfied such requirements; or (2) the date that is 6 months after the date on which he satisfied such
requirements.

 

(c)          A
Participant shall be treated as benefiting under the Plan for any Plan Year during which the Participant received or is deemed
to receive an allocation in accordance with Treas. Reg. section 1.410(b)-3(a). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary, no Participant shall earn an allocation hereunder except as provided under the terms of the Plan as in effect on the
last day of the Plan Year after giving effect to all retroactive amendments that may be permitted under applicable Internal Revenue
Service procedures and other applicable law; including, without limitation, any amendment permitted under Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(4)-11.

 

(d)          Eligibility
Waiver. The Participating Employer may waive any of the Eligibility requirements to participate in the Plan with respect to Profit
Sharing Contributions for an Employee who does not otherwise satisfy such requirements for purposes of the Participating Employer
satisfying the minimum allocation gateway requirement of Treasury Reg. sections 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(vi) or 1.401(a)(4)-9(b)(2)(v)(D).
However, in order to qualify for the waiver of the previous sentence, the Employee must also be: (1) a Nonhighly Compensated Employee,
and (2) eligible for a non-elective allocation other than Profit Sharing Contributions (including, but not limited to, a Top-Heavy
minimum or a 401(k) safe harbor non-elective allocation) that is taken into account in determining whether the Plan satisfies the
nondiscrimination requirements of Code section 401(a)(4) with respect to Non-Elective Contributions.

 

Section 3.07         PROCEDURES
FOR ADMISSION

 

The Plan Administrator shall prescribe such
forms and may require such data from Participants as are reasonably required to enroll a Participant in the Plan or to effectuate
any Participant elections made pursuant to this Article 3.

 

    	 	17	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 3 PARTICIPATION

 

Section 3.08         PARTICIPANTS
RECEIVING DIFFERENTIAL MILITARY PAY

 

Pursuant to Code section 414(u)(12), IRS Notice
2010-15 and any superseding guidance, a Participant receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code section 3401(h)(2))
shall be treated as an Employee of the Employer making the payment and the differential wage payments (as defined in Code section
3401(h)(2)) shall be treated as Compensation under the Plan.

 

    	 	18	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

ARTICLE 4

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.01         ELECTIVE
DEFERRALS

 

(a)          Elections.
Each Participant may execute elections pursuant to this Section 4.01 in the form and manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator.
The Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant with the forms necessary to elect the amount of Elective Deferrals. An Elective
Deferral election shall provide that a Participant may elect to reduce his Compensation by an amount up to 100 percent of his Compensation.

 

(b)          Modifications.
As of the date a Participant first meets the eligibility requirements of Section 3.01, he may elect to contribute to the Plan.
Subsequent to that date, a Participant may elect to start, increase, reduce or totally suspend his elections pursuant to this Section
4.01, effective as of each pay period.

 

(c)          Procedures.
A Participant shall make an election described in Subsection (b) in such form and manner as may be prescribed by procedures established
by the Plan Administrator. Such procedures may include, but not be limited to: specifying that elections be made at such time in
advance as the Plan Administrator may require, allowing, on a nondiscriminatory basis, a Participant to make a separate election
as to any bonuses or other special pay and/or requiring elections be made in a dollar amount or percentage of pay. A Participant's
election regarding Elective Deferrals may be made only with respect to an amount which the Participant could otherwise elect to
receive in cash and which is not currently available to the Participant. The Plan Administrator may allow Participants, on a nondiscriminatory
basis, to defer on Compensation actually received after Termination of Employment.

 

(d)          Reduction
in Elections. The Plan Administrator may reduce or totally suspend a Participant's election if the Plan Administrator determines
that such election may cause the Plan to fail to satisfy any of the requirements of Article 5.

 

(e)          Catch-up
Contributions. All Participants who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals under this Plan shall be eligible to make Catch-up
Contributions pursuant to Section 5.01(d).

 

(f)          Roth
Elective Deferrals. Participants shall be eligible to irrevocably designate some or all of their Elective Deferrals as either Pre-tax
Elective Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals. However, the Plan Administrator may, on a nondiscriminatory basis, require a Participant
to elect all of their Elective Deferrals as either Pre-tax Elective Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals. All elections shall be
subject to the same election procedures, limits on modifications and other terms and conditions on elections as specified in the
Plan.

 

(g)          Automatic
Enrollment. If selected in Section F.4. of the MEP Participation Agreement and upon the initial satisfaction of the eligibility
requirements of Article 3 with respect to Elective Deferrals (and at the effective date of the addition of an automatic enrollment
feature for current Participants), an Eligible Employee who has not made an Elective Deferral election shall be deemed to have
made an Elective Deferral election equal to the Actual Deferral Percentage Test amount selected in the MEP Participant Agreement.
Such automatic enrollment shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(1)         Within
a reasonable period of time before the deemed election takes place the Eligible Employee shall receive a notice that explains the
automatic Elective Deferral election, his or her Compensation reduction percentage or amount and the individual's right to elect
to have no such Elective Deferrals made to the Plan or to alter the amount of those contributions, including the procedure for
exercising that right and the timing for implementation of any such election.

 

    	 	19	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(2)         The
Eligible Employee must have a reasonable opportunity to file an election to receive cash in lieu of Elective Deferrals before such
deemed election is made or within 60-days thereafter.

 

(3)         All
Elective Deferrals made under this Subsection (g) shall be designated as Pre-tax Elective Deferrals unless otherwise selected in
the MEP Participation Agreement.

 

(4) Eligible Automatic Contribution
Arrangement (EACA). If elected in the MEP Participation Agreement, the Employer shall maintain a Plan with automatic deferral provisions
as an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (EACA). EACA means an automatic contribution arrangement that is intended to
comply as such for purposes of Code §414(w) and that therefore complies with the automatic deferral provisions described in
the EACA provisions as follows:

(A) Participants subject to EACA. The
Employer in its MEP Participation Agreement will elect which Participants are subject to the EACA automatic deferral on the "EACA
Effective Date" thereof which may include some or all current Participants or may be limited to those Employees who become
Participants after the EACA Effective Date. The "EACA Effective Date" means the date on which the EACA goes into effect,
either as to the overall Plan or as to an individual Participants as the context requires. An EACA becomes effective as to the
Plan as of the date the Employer elects in the MEP Participation Agreement. A Participant's "EACA Effective Date" is
as soon as practicable after the Participant is subject to automatic deferrals under the EACA, consistent with: (i) applicable
law; and (ii) the objective of affording the Participant a reasonable period of time after receipt of the EACA notice to make an
Election pursuant to 4.01(a) (and, if applicable, an investment election).

(B) Uniformity. The automatic deferral
percentage must be a uniform percentage of Compensation. However, the Plan does not violate the uniform automatic deferral percentage
requirement merely because the Plan applies any of the following provisions:

(i) Years of participation. The automatic
deferral percentage varies based on the number of Plan Years the Participant has participated in the Plan while the Plan has applied
EACA provisions;

 

(ii) No reduction from prior percentage.
The Plan does not reduce a deferral percentage that, immediately prior to the EACA's effective date was higher (for any Participant)
than the automatic deferral percentage;

 

(iii) Applying statutory limits. The
Plan limits the automatic deferral amount so as not to exceed the limits of Code §401(a)(17), 402(g) (determined without regard
to Catch-Up Contributions), or 415;

 

(iv) No automatic deferrals during
hardship suspension. The Plan does not apply the automatic deferral during a period of suspension, under the Plan's hardship distribution
provisions, of Participant's right to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan following a hardship distribution; or

 

    	 	20	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(v) Disaggregated groups. The Plan
applies different default percentages to different groups if the groups can be disaggregated under Regulation §1.401(k)-1(b)(4).

 

(C) EACA notice. The Administrator annually
will provide a notice to each Participant covered by the EACA provisions (including, if elected in the MEP Participation Agreement,
Participants who made an Election pursuant to section 4.01(a)) within a reasonable period of time prior to each Plan Year the Employer
maintains the Plan as an EACA ("EACA Plan Year").

 

(i) Deemed reasonable notice/new Participant.
The Administrator is deemed to provide timely notice if the Administrator provides the EACA notice at least thirty (30) days and
not more than ninety (90) days prior to the beginning of the EACA Plan Year.

 

(ii) Mid-year notice/new Participant
or Plan. If: (A) an Employee becomes eligible to make Elective Deferrals in the Plan during an EACA Plan Year but after the Administrator
has provided the annual EACA notice for that Plan Year; or (B) the Employer adopts mid-year a new Plan as an EACA, the Administrator
must provide the EACA notice no later than the date the Employee becomes eligible to make Elective Deferrals. However, if it is
not practicable for the notice to be provided on or before the date an Employee becomes a Participant, then the notice will nonetheless
be treated as provided timely if it is provided as soon as practicable after that date and the Employee is permitted to elect to
defer from all types of Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan earned beginning on that date.

 

(iii) Content. The EACA notice must
provide comprehensive information regarding the Participants' rights and obligations under the Plan and must be written in a manner
calculated to be understood by the average Participant in accordance with applicable law.

 

(D) EACA permissible withdrawal. If
elected in the MEP Participation Agreement, a Participant who has automatic deferrals under the EACA may elect to withdraw all
the automatic deferrals (and allocable earnings) under the provisions of this Subsection. Any distribution made pursuant to this
Section will be processed in accordance with normal distribution provisions of the Plan.

 

(i) Amount. If a Participant elects
a permissible withdrawal under this Subsection, then the Plan must make a distribution equal to the amount (and only the amount)
of the automatic deferrals made under the EACA (adjusted for allocable gains and losses to the date of the distribution). The Plan
may separately account for automatic deferrals, in which case the entire account will be distributed. If the Plan does not separately
account for the automatic deferrals, then the Plan must determine earnings or losses.

 

(ii) Fees. Notwithstanding the above,
the Administrator may reduce the permissible distribution amount by any generally applicable fees. However, the Plan may not charge
a greater fee for distribution under this Section than applies to other distributions. The Administrator may adopt a policy regarding
charging such fees consistent with this paragraph.

    	 	21	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(iii) Timing. The Participant may
make an election to withdraw the automatic deferrals under the EACA no later than ninety (90) days, or such shorter period as specified
in the MEP Participation Agreement, after the date of the first automatic deferral under the EACA. For this purpose, the date of
the first automatic deferral is the date that the Compensation subject to the automatic deferral otherwise would have been includible
in the Participant's gross income. For this purpose, EACAs under the Plan are aggregated, except that the mandatory disaggregation
rules of Code §410(b) apply. In addition, a Participant's withdrawal right is not restricted due to the Participant making
an Election pursuant to 4.01(a), during the ninety (90) day period (or shorter period as specified in the MEP Participation Agreement).

(iv) Rehired Employees. For purposes
of paragraph (iii) above, an Employee who for an entire Plan Year did not have contributions made pursuant to a default election
under the EACA will be treated as having not had such contributions for any prior Plan Year as well.

(v) Effective date of the withdrawal
election. The effective date of the permissible withdrawal will be as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the earlier
of (A) the pay date of the second payroll period beginning after the election is made, or (B) the first pay date that occurs at
least thirty (30) days after the election is made. The election will also be deemed to be an Election pursuant to 4.01(a), to have
no Elective Deferrals made to the Plan.

(vi) Related matching contributions.
The Administrator will not take any Elective Deferrals withdrawn pursuant to this Section into account in computing and allocating
matching contributions. If the Employer has already allocated matching contributions to the Participant's Account with respect
to Elective Deferrals being withdrawn pursuant to this Subsection (4), then such matching contributions, as adjusted for gains
and losses, must be forfeited.

(vii) Treatment of withdrawals. With
regard to Elective Deferrals withdrawn pursuant to this Subsection, (A) the Administrator will disregard such Elective Deferrals
in the Actual Deferral Percentage Test (if applicable); (B) the Administrator will disregard such Elective Deferrals for purposes
of the limitation on Elective Deferrals under Code §402(g); (C) such Elective Deferrals are not subject to the consent requirements
of Code §401(a)(11) or 417. The Administrator will disregard any matching contributions forfeited under paragraph (vi) above
in the actual contribution percentage test (if applicable).

(viii) Effect of Election pursuant
to section 4.01(a). A Participant's election pursuant to section 4.01(a) continues in effect until the Participant subsequently
revokes or modifies his or her election, or the election expires. A Participant who makes an election is not thereafter subject
to the automatic deferral or to any scheduled increases thereto, even if the Participant later revokes the election, unless the
Participant is subject to the EACA. In addition, a Participant who is subject to the EACA provisions who revokes his or her election
or whose election expires, will be deemed to have made an election to have no Elective Deferrals made to the Plan.

    	 	22	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(5) Qualified Automatic Contribution
Arrangement (QACA). If elected in the MEP Participation Agreement, the Employer shall maintain a Plan with automatic deferral provisions
as a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement (QACA). QACA means an automatic contribution arrangement that meets the provisions
of this Section. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, the Plan's safe harbor provisions apply. The Employer will contribute
on behalf of the Participants specified in the MEP Participation Agreement, an amount elected in the MEP Participation Agreement.

(A) Participants subject to the QACA.
The Employer in its MEP Participation Agreement will elect which Participants are subject to the QACA automatic deferral on the
"QACA Effective Date" thereof which may include some or all current Participants or may be limited to those Employees
who become Participants after the "QACA Effective Date." The "QACA Effective Date" means the date on which
the QACA goes into effect, either as to the overall Plan or as to an individual Participants as the context requires. A QACA becomes
effective as to the Plan as of the date the Employer elects in the MEP Participation Agreement. A Participant's "QACA Effective
Date" is as soon as practicable after the Participant is subject to automatic deferrals under the QACA, consistent with: (i)
applicable law; and (ii) the objective of affording the Participant a reasonable period of time after receipt of the QACA notice
to make an election pursuant to section 4.01(a) (and, if applicable, an investment election).

 

(B) QACA automatic deferral amount.
Except as provided in Subsection (C) below (relating to uniformity requirements), the Plan must apply to all Participants subject
to the QACA, a uniform automatic deferral amount, as a percentage of each Participant's Compensation, which does not exceed ten
percent (10%), and which is at least the following minimum amount:

 

(i) Initial period. 3% for the period
that begins when the Participant first has contributions made pursuant to a default election under the QACA and ends on the last
day of the following Plan Year;

 

(ii) Third Plan Year. 4% for the third
Plan Year of the Participant's participation in the QACA;

 

(iii) Fourth Plan Year. 5% for the
fourth Plan Year of the Participant's participation in the QACA; and

 

(iv) Fifth and later Plan Years. 6%
for the fifth Plan Year of the Participant's participation in the QACA and for each subsequent Plan Year.

 

For purposes of the above, the Plan will treat an Employee
who for an entire Plan Year did not have contributions made pursuant to a default election under the QACA as not having made such
contributions for any prior Plan Year.

 

(C) Uniformity. The "Automatic
Deferral Percentage" must be a uniform percentage of Compensation. The "Automatic Deferral Percentage" is the percentage
of automatic deferral which the Employer elects in the MEP Participation Agreement (including any scheduled increase to the "Automatic
Deferral Percentage"). However, the Plan does not violate the uniform "Automatic Deferral Percentage" merely because:

 

(i) Years of participation. The "Automatic Deferral Percentage"
varies based on the number of Plan Years the Participant has participated in the Plan while the Plan has applied the QACA provisions;

 

    	 	23	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(ii) No reduction from prior default
percentage. The Plan does not reduce an "Automatic Deferral Percentage" that, immediately prior to the QACA's effective
date was higher (for any Participant) than the "Automatic Deferral Percentage."

 

(iii) Applying statutory limits. The
Plan limits the automatic deferral amount so as not to exceed the limits of Code §401(a)(17), 402(g) (determined without regard
to Catch-Up Contributions), or 415;

 

(iv) No automatic deferrals during
hardship suspension. The Plan does not apply the automatic deferral during a period of suspension, under the Plan's hardship distribution
provisions, of Participant's right to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan following a hardship distribution; or

 

(v) Disaggregated groups. The Plan
applies different default percentages to different groups if the groups can be disaggregated under Regulation §1.401(k)-1(b)(4).

 

(D) Safe harbor notice. The Employer
must provide the initial QACA safe harbor notice sufficiently early so that an Employee has a reasonable period after receiving
the notice and before the first automatic deferral to make an election. In addition, the notice must state: (i) the automatic deferral
amount that will apply in absence of the Employee's election; (ii) the Employee's right to elect not to have any automatic deferral
amount made on the Employee's behalf or to elect to make Elective Deferrals in a different amount or percentage of Compensation;
and (iii) how the Plan will invest the automatic deferrals. However, if it is not practicable for the notice to be provided on
or before the date an Employee becomes a Participant, then the notice nonetheless will be treated as provided timely if it is provided
as soon as practicable after that date and the Employee is permitted to elect to defer from all types of Compensation that may
be deferred under the Plan earned beginning on that date. For this purpose, the Administrator is deemed to provide timely notice
if the Administrator provides the notice at least thirty (30) days and not more than ninety (90) days prior to the beginning of
the QACA Plan Year.

 

(E) Distributions. A Participant's Account
balance attributable to QACA "ADP test safe harbor contributions" is subject to the distribution restrictions for Elective
Deferrals in accordance with Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-1(d) other than on account of a hardship (i.e., may generally not be
distributed earlier than severance of employment, death, Total and Permanent Disability, an event described in Code §401(k)(10),
or, in case of a profit sharing plan, the attainment of age 59 1/2).

 

(F) Vesting. A Participant's Account
balance attributable to QACA "ADP test safe harbor contributions" is Vested in accordance with the vesting schedule,
if any, elected in the MEP Participation Agreement.

 

(G) Compensation. Compensation for purposes
of determining the "Automatic Deferral Percentage" has the same meaning as Compensation with regard to Elective Deferrals.

 

(H) Modification of top-heavy rules.
The top-heavy requirements of Code §416 and the Plan shall not apply in any Plan Year in which the Plan consists solely of
a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code §401(k)(13) and "matching contributions" with
respect to which the requirements of Code §401(m)(12) is met.

 

    	 	24	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(h)          Contribution
and Allocation of Elective Deferrals. The Participating Employer shall contribute to the Plan with respect to each pay period an
amount equal to the Elective Deferrals of Participants for such pay period, as determined pursuant to the Elective Deferral elections
in force pursuant to this Section. There shall be directly and promptly allocated to the Elective Deferral Account of each Participant
the Elective Deferrals contributed by the Participating Employer to the Plan by reason of any Elective Deferral election in force
with respect to that Participant.

 

(i)          Participant.
For purposes of this Section, "Participant" shall mean an Eligible Employee who has met the eligibility requirements
of Article 3 with respect to Elective Deferrals.

 

Section 4.02         MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          Amount
of Matching Contributions. Subject to the limitations described in Article 5, each Participating Employer shall contribute to the
Plan on behalf of each Participant who made a Matched Employee Contribution and completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service during
the Plan Year or is employed by the Participating Employer on the last day of the Plan Year an amount of Matched Employee Contributions
as determined by the Board. The Plan Administrator shall be notified in writing of the amount contributed in the election. In lieu
of the Matching Contribution described above, a Participating Employer may select an alternative provided in Section F.5. of the
MEP Participant Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant
who Terminated employment with the Employer during the Plan Year due to death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Date
shall be eligible to receive a Matching Contribution regardless of whether such Participant meets any service requirement and/or
last day requirement set forth in this Subsection.

 

(b)          Contribution
and Allocation of Matching Contributions. Matching Contributions shall be made to the Plan and promptly allocated to the Matching
Contribution Accounts of Participants who meet the requirements of Subsection (a) and in the amount determined pursuant to Subsection
(a) as determined by the Board. Any service requirements specified in Subsection (a) above shall be applied pro rata and any last
day rule specified in Subsection (a) above shall be applied as of the end of each period for which Matching Contributions are allocated.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the end of each Plan Year, the Participating Employer may make an additional Matching Contribution
("true-up") on behalf of each Participant in the amount of the positive difference, if any, between the Matching Contributions
that would have been allocated to his Account had such contributions been determined on the basis of Compensation for the entire
Plan Year and the Matching Contributions previously allocated to such Participant's Account.

 

(c)          Participant.
For purposes of this Section, "Participant" shall mean an Eligible Employee who has met the eligibility requirements
of Article 3 with respect to Matching Contributions.

 

(d)          Coverage
Failures. If the application of the rules described above causes the Plan to fail to meet the minimum coverage requirements of
Code section 410(b)(1)(B) as of the last day of the Plan Year (the Plan does not benefit a percentage of Nonhighly Compensated
Employees that is at least 70% of the percentage of Highly Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan) for any Plan Year
with respect to Matching Contributions because the Participating Employer's Matching Contributions have not been allocated to a
sufficient number or percentage of Participants for such year, then:

 

    	 	25	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(1)         The
list of Participants eligible to share in the Participating Employer's Matching Contributions for such Plan Year shall be expanded
to include the minimum number of Participants who would not otherwise be eligible as are necessary to satisfy the minimum coverage
requirements under Code section 410(b)(1)(B). The specific Participants who shall become eligible to share in the Participating
Employer's Matching Contribution for such Plan Year pursuant to this Paragraph (1) shall be those Participants who remain in the
Participating Employer's employ on the last day of such Plan Year and who have completed the greatest amount of service during
the Plan Year.

 

(2)         If,
after the application of Paragraph (1) above, the minimum coverage requirements of Code section 410(b)(1)(B) are still not satisfied,
then the list of Participants eligible to share in the Participating Employer's Matching Contribution for such Plan Year shall
be further expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who do not remain in the Participating Employer's employ on the
last day of the Plan Year as are necessary to satisfy such requirements. The specific Participants who shall become eligible to
share in the Participating Employer's contribution for such Plan Year pursuant to this Paragraph (2) shall be those Participants
who had completed the greatest amount of service during the Plan Year before terminating their employment with the Employer.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator
always retains the option to meet the minimum coverage requirements of Code section 410(b) by using the average benefits test of
Code section 410(b)(1)(C).

 

Section 4.03         PROFIT
SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          Profit
Sharing Contributions Eligibility. Subject to the limitations described in Article 5, the Participating Employer may, in its sole
discretion, make Profit Sharing Contributions to the Plan on behalf of each Participant who has completed at least 1,000 Hours
of Service during the Plan Year and is employed by the Participating Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a Participant who Terminated employment with the Employer during the Plan Year due to death, Disability or attainment
of Normal Retirement Date shall be eligible to receive a Profit Sharing Contribution regardless of whether such Participant meets
any service requirement and/or last day requirement set forth in this Subsection.

 

(b)          Amount
of Profit Sharing Contributions. The total amount of Profit Sharing Contributions shall be a discretionary amount as determined
by the Participating Employer.

 

(c)          Allocation
of Profit Sharing Contributions. Profit Sharing Contributions shall be allocated to the Profit Sharing Contribution Accounts of
each Participant eligible to share in such allocations pursuant to Subsection (a) after the end of the Plan Year. Such Contributions
shall be allocated as elected in Section F.6. MEP Participation Agreement in the following manner.

 

(1)         In
the ratio that such Participant’s Compensation bears to the Compensation of all eligible participants for that Participating
Employer.

 

(2)         Allocated
among the Accounts of each Participant employed by such Participating Employer during the Plan Year as follows:

 

(A)         An
amount not more than the percentage set forth in paragraph (iii) multiplied by the sum of the Compensation and “excess compensation”
of all Participants shall be allocated among such Participants in accordance with the ratios which the sum of the Compensation
and excess compensation of each such Participant bears to the aggregate Compensation and excess compensation of all such Participants.
For this purpose, “Excess compensation” means Compensation in excess of the Social Security wage base (the contribution
and benefit base in effect under Section 230 of the Social Security Act) in effect at the beginning of the Plan Year.

 

    	 	26	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(B) Any Employer Contributions remaining
after the allocation described in paragraph (i) shall be allocated among such Participants in accordance with the ratios which
the Compensation of each such Participant bears to the aggregate Compensation of all such Participants.

 

(C)         The
percentage utilized in paragraph (i) shall not exceed the greater of (A) 5.7% or (B) the rate of tax under Section 3111(a) of the
Code attributable to old-age insurance on the first day of the Plan Year.

 

(D)         Notwithstanding
paragraphs (i), (ii), and (iii), for any Plan Year the Plan benefits a Participant who benefits under another qualified retirement
plan maintained by a Participating Employer that provides for or imputes permitted disparity, Non-Elective Contributions for the
participants of the Participating Employer maintaining such other qualified retirement plan shall be allocated to the Account of
each Participant in the proportion that the Compensation of each such Participant bears to the aggregate Compensation of all such
Participants.

 

(E)         For
purposes of this Section 4.03(c)(2), the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a Participant is 35 total cumulative permitted
disparity years. Total cumulative permitted disparity years means the number of years credited to the Participant for allocation
or accrual purposes under the Plan, any other qualified plan or a simplified employee pension plan (whether or not terminated)
even maintained by a Participating Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant’s cumulative permitted disparity
limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year.

 

(3)         In
an amount designated by the Participating Employer to be allocated to each group. The contribution shall be allocated to each group
in a manner determined by the Participating Employer. The amount allocated to one group need not bear any relationship to amounts
allocated to any other group. The Participating Employer shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of the amount of contributions
allocated to each group.

 

The Participating Employer may waive any requirements
to receive an allocation for a Participant who does not otherwise satisfy such requirements for purposes of the Participating Employer
satisfying the minimum allocation gateway requirement of Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(vi) or 1.401(a)(4)-9(b)(2)(v)(D).
However, in order to qualify for the waiver of the previous sentence, a Participant must also be: (1) a Nonhighly Compensated Employee;
and (2) eligible for another allocation (including, but not limited to, a Top-Heavy minimum or a 401(k) safe harbor non-elective
allocation) that is taken into account in determining whether the Plan satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code section
401(a)(4) with respect to Non-Elective Contributions.

 

(d)          Participant.
For purposes of this Section, "Participant" shall mean an Eligible Employee who has met the eligibility requirements
of Article 3 with respect to Profit Sharing Contributions.

 

(e)          Coverage
Failures. If the application of the rules described above causes the Plan to fail to meet the minimum coverage requirements of
Code section 410(b)(1)(B) as of the last day of the Plan Year (the Plan does not benefit a percentage of Nonhighly Compensated
Employees that is at least 70% of the percentage of Highly Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan) for any Plan Year
with respect to Profit Sharing Contributions because the Participating Employer's Profit Sharing Contributions have not been allocated
to a sufficient number or percentage of Participants for such year, then:

 

    	 	27	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(1)         The
list of Participants eligible to share in the Participating Employer's Profit Sharing Contributions for such Plan Year shall be
expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who would not otherwise be eligible as are necessary to satisfy the minimum
coverage requirements under Code section 410(b)(1)(B). The specific Participants who shall become eligible to share in the Participating
Employer's Profit Sharing Contribution for such Plan Year pursuant to this Paragraph (1) shall be those Participants who remain
in the Participating Employer's employ on the last day of such Plan Year and who have completed the greatest amount of service
during the Plan Year.

 

(2)         If,
after the application of Paragraph (1) above, the minimum coverage requirements of Code section 410(b)(1)(B) are still not satisfied,
then the list of Participants eligible to share in the Participating Employer's Profit Sharing Contribution for such Plan Year
shall be further expanded to include the minimum number of Participants who do not remain in the Participating Employer's employ
on the last day of the Plan Year as are necessary to satisfy such requirements. The specific Participants who shall become eligible
to share in the Participating Employer's contribution for such Plan Year pursuant to this Paragraph (2) shall be those Participants
who had completed the greatest amount of service during the Plan Year before terminating their employment with the Employer. Individuals
similarly situated will be treated the same.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator
always retains the option to meet the minimum coverage requirements of Code section 410(b) by using the average benefits test of
Code section 410(b)(1)(C).

 

Section 4.04         QUALIFIED
NON-ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          Amount
of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. The Participating Employer in its discretion may make additional Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions for the benefit of such Participants as determined by the Participating Employer. A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
of a Nonhighly Compensated Employee will not be taken into account in satisfying the requirements of Section 5.02 to the extent
it: (1) does not qualify for inclusion in the Actual Deferral Ratio; or (2) is a disproportionate contribution within the meaning
of Treas. Reg. sections 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv) and/or 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v) and any superseding guidance. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Qualified Non-Elective Contributions that are made in connection with an Employer's obligation to pay prevailing wages under the
Davis-Bacon Act (46 Stat. 1494), Public Law 71-798, Service Contract Act of 1965 (79 Stat. 1965), Public Law 89-286, or similar
legislation can be taken into account for a plan year for a Nonhighly Compensated Employee to the extent such contributions do
not exceed 10% of that Nonhighly Compensated Employee's Compensation.

 

(1)         Participants
Eligible to Receive Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. The Participating Employer may determine, in its discretion whether allocations
of Qualified Non-Elective Contributions shall be limited to Participants who are credited with at least a certain number of Hours
of Service during the Plan Year and/or who remain in the Participating Employer's employ on the last day of the Plan Year. The
Participating Employer may limit Qualified Non-Elective Contributions contributed under this Subsection to Nonhighly Compensated
Employees eligible to make Elective Deferrals during the Plan Year that meet any additional requirements determined by the Participating
Employer. The Participating Employer may also provide Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to those in any or all portions of a
disaggregated plan as provided in Section 5.03.

 

    	 	28	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(2)         Permissible
Methods of Allocation. The Plan Administrator may elect to make the allocation from one of the following allocation methods: (A)
pro-rata based on the Compensation of Participants receiving a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution; (B) per capita to each Participant
receiving a Qualified Non-Elective Contribution; or (C) by a 'Bottom Up' method. If the Participating Employer decides to make
Bottom Up Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be allocated as follows:

 

(A)         First
to the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account of the Participant who is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee with the lowest Compensation
and is eligible to share in such allocations in an amount determined by the Participating Employer not to exceed 5% of such Participant's
Compensation (the "Base QNEC Rate"). If any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions remain after the foregoing, the Participating
Employer may then allocate Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to other Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees eligible
to share in such allocations with the next lowest Compensation in the amount of the Base QNEC Rate of Compensation until such contributions
are fully allocated to one half of eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees within the meaning of Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6)(iv)(B)
(the "Base NHCEs"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Base QNEC Rate may exceed 5%; provided that the Participating
Employer contribution is sufficient to provide the Base QNEC Rate to all Base NHCEs.

 

(B)         If
any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions remain after the foregoing, the Participating Employer may then allocate Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions to the Participant who is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee with the lowest Compensation and is eligible to share
in such allocations in an additional amount not to exceed the Base QNEC Rate contributed pursuant to Paragraph (1) above (the "Additional
QNEC Rate") of such Participant's Compensation. The total of the Base QNEC Rate and the Additional QNEC Rate may not exceed
twice the Plan's representative contribution rate as defined in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v)(B). If any Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions remain after the foregoing, the Participating Employer may then allocate Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to
other Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees eligible to share in such allocations with the next lowest Compensation
in the amount of the Additional QNEC Rate of such Participant's Compensation until such contributions are fully allocated to the
Base NHCEs.

 

(C)         If
any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions remain after the foregoing, the Participating Employer may then allocate Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions to the Participant who is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee eligible to share in such allocations with the lowest
Compensation and who is not a Base NHCE in the amount equal to the sum of the Base QNEC Rate and the Additional QNEC Rate of such
Participant's Compensation. If any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions remain after the foregoing, the Participating Employer
may then allocate Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to other Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees eligible to
share in such allocations with the next lowest Compensation and who are not Base NHCEs in the amount equal to the sum of the Base
QNEC Rate and the Additional QNEC Rate of such Participant's Compensation until such contributions are fully allocated to all eligible
Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are not Base NHCEs.

 

(D)         If
any Qualified Non-Elective Contributions remain after the foregoing, the Participating Employer may then allocate Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions to Participants eligible to share in such allocations in the ratio that each Participant's Compensation bears to
the Compensation of all eligible Participants.

 

    	 	29	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(E)         Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Participating Employer may instead allocate the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions as a flat dollar amount
pursuant to this Subsection (E). The Participating Employer may first allocate a flat dollar amount determined by the Participating
Employer (the "Base QNEC Dollar Amount") to the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account of the Participant who is
a Nonhighly Compensated Employee with the lowest Compensation and is eligible to share in such allocations. If any Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions remain after the foregoing, the Participating Employer may then allocate Qualified Non-Elective Contributions to
other Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees eligible to share in such allocations with the next lowest Compensation
in the amount of the Base QNEC Dollar Amount until such contributions are fully allocated to the eligible Nonhighly Compensated
Employees. Such Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be used to satisfy the provisions of Section 5.02 to the extent not considered
disproportionate under Subsection 5.03(f) below.

 

(b)          Qualified
Non-Elective Contributions: (1) shall be allocated to the Participant's Account as of a date within that year within the meaning
of Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-2(a)(4)(i)(A); (2) shall be nonforfeitable when made unless attributable to withdrawal rights under
an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement or Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement; and (3) shall be distributed only
under the rules applicable for Elective Deferrals in accordance with Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-1(d) (attainment of age 59-1/2,
severance from employment, death, or Disability, but not hardship).

 

(c)          In
addition, the Participating Employer may, in its discretion, make Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions
for a Plan Year that shall be allocated in the manner prescribed by the Participating Employer to correct any operational or demographic
failure pursuant to any correction program or policy established by the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor.

 

(d)          Qualified
Matching Contributions. In addition to any Qualified Matching Contributions provided in the Plan, the Participating Employer in
its discretion may make Matching Contributions designated as Qualified Matching Contributions for the benefit of such Participants
and in such manner determined at the discretion of the Participating Employer. The Participating Employer may determine, in its
discretion whether allocations of Qualified Matching Contributions shall be limited to Participants who are credited with at least
a certain number of Hours of Service during the Plan Year and/or who remain in the Participating Employer's employ on the last
day of the Plan Year. Such Qualified Matching Contributions shall be nonforfeitable when made unless attributable to withdrawal
rights under an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement or Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement and may only be distributed
upon the Participant's: (1) attainment of age 59-1/2; or (2) severance from employment, death, or Disability.

 

Section 4.05         ROLLOVER
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          The
Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to accept Rollover Contributions made in cash or other form acceptable to the Trustee.
Rollover Contributions shall be allocated to the Participant's Rollover Contribution Account. Rollover Contributions are only permitted
for Eligible Employees. The Plan may accept the following Rollover Contributions to the extent allowed by the Plan Administrator
in its sole discretion:

 

(1)         A
rollover from a plan qualified under Code section 401(a) or 403(a) if the contribution qualifies as a tax-free rollover as defined
in Code section 402(c). If it is later determined that the amount received does not qualify as a tax-free rollover, the amount
shall be refunded to the Eligible Employee.

 

(2)         A
rollover from a "Conduit Individual Retirement Account", as determined in accordance with procedures established by the
Plan Administrator and only if the contribution qualifies as a tax-free rollover as defined in Code section 402(c). If it is later
determined that the amount received does not qualify as a tax-free rollover, the amount shall be refunded to the Eligible Employee.

 

    	 	30	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(3)         A
direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution of after-tax employee contributions from a qualified plan described in Code
section 401(a) or 403(a). The Plan shall separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the
portion of such contribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such contribution which is not so includible.

 

(4)         Any
rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b). The Plan shall separately
account for after-tax amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such contribution which is includible
in gross income and the portion of such contribution which is not so includible.

 

(5)         Any
rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political
subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.

 

(6)         Any
rollover contribution of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code sections
408(a) or 408(b) that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income.

 

(7)         The
Plan may accept a Rollover Contribution to a Roth Elective Deferral Account only if it is a direct rollover from another Roth elective
deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code section 402A(e)(1) and only to the extent the rollover is
permitted under the rules of Code section 402(c).

 

(8)         Any
additional rollover contribution as may be permitted by applicable law.

 

(b)          In-Plan
Roth Rollovers. Effective January 1, 2015 and to the extent permitted by Code section 402A(c), Notice 2010-84 and any superseding
guidance, a distribution from the Plan other than from a designated Roth Account that is an eligible rollover distribution (as
defined in Code section 408A(e)) may be rolled over to a designated Roth Account maintained under this Plan for the benefit of
the individual to whom the distribution is made. The Plan will maintain such records as are necessary for the proper reporting
of In-Plan Roth Rollovers. Such rollovers are allowed for all distributions allowed under the Code at or after age age 50 even
if the Plan does not otherwise allow for the distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions and the portion of any Account that has been used to satisfy the safe harbor requirements
of Code sections 401(k)(12) or 401(k)(13) and/or 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12) shall not be eligible for withdrawal until the Participant
attains age 59-1/2.

 

In-Plan Roth Rollovers are permitted from partially
vested Accounts.

 

Distributions from the In-Plan Roth Rollover
Account are permitted at any time.

 

(c)          Plan
Administrator Procedures. The Plan Administrator may establish uniform procedures that include, but are not limited to, prescribing
limitations on the frequency and minimum amount of rollovers; provided, that no procedures involving minimum amounts shall prescribe
a minimum withdrawal greater than $1,000.

 

Section 4.06         TRANSFERS

 

The Trustee may be directed to accept a direct
transfer of assets, made without the consent of the affected Employees, from the trustee of any other qualified plan described
in Code section 401(a) to the extent permitted by the Code and the regulations and rulings thereunder. In the event assets are
transferred to the Plan pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the transferred assets shall be accounted for separately in the Transfer
Account of the affected Employees to the extent necessary to preserve a more favorable vesting schedule or any other legally-protected
benefits available to such Employees under the transferor plan. The Plan Administrator shall establish a vesting schedule for the
Transfer Account; provided that such schedule is not less favorable than the vesting schedule under the transferor plan.

 

    	 	31	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.07         MILITARY
SERVICE

 

(a)          In
General. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to
Qualified Military Service shall be provided in accordance with Code section 414(u).

 

(b)          Death
or Disability During Qualified Military Service. Pursuant to Code section 414(u)(9), IRS Notice 2010-15 and any superseding guidance;
a Participant who dies or becomes Disabled while performing Qualified Military Service will be treated as if he had been employed
by the Participating Employer on the day preceding death or Disability and terminated employment on the day of death or Disability
and receive benefit accruals related to the period of Qualified Military Service as provided under Code section 414(u)(8), except
as provided below:

 

(1)         All
Participants eligible for benefits under the Plan by reason of this Section shall be provided benefits on reasonably equivalent
terms.

 

(2)         For
the purposes of applying Code section 414(u)(8)(C), a Participant's Elective Deferrals shall be determined based on the Participant's
average actual contributions for:

 

(A)         the
12-month period of service with the Employer immediately prior to Qualified Military Service, or

 

(B)         if
service with the Employer is less than such 12-month period, the actual length of continuous service with the Employer.

 

    	 	32	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

ARTICLE 5

LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.01         ANNUAL
LIMITATION ON ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

 

(a)          Amount.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, elective deferrals made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained
by the Employer may not exceed, during any taxable year, the dollar limitation contained in Code section 402(g) in effect at the
beginning of such taxable year. For purposes of this Section 5.01, elective deferrals shall mean qualified cash or deferred arrangements
described in Code section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension plan described in Code section 408(k)(6), any
SIMPLE IRA plan described in Code section 408(p) and any plan described under Code section 501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions
made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction
agreement.

 

(b)          Refund
of Excess Elective Deferrals. In the event that Elective Deferrals under this Plan when added to a Participant's other elective
deferrals under any other plan or arrangement (whether or not maintained by the Employer) exceed the limit described in the preceding
Subsection, the Plan Administrator shall distribute, by April 15 of the following calendar year, the excess amount of Elective
Deferrals plus income thereon.

 

(1)         The
income/loss allocable to excess deferrals is equal to the sum of the allocable gain or loss for (i) the Plan Year and, (ii) effective
as of such date as specified in a prior document, the "gap period" (i.e., the period after the close of the Plan Year
and prior to the distribution). Income for the gap period shall be the allocable gain or loss during that period to the extent
that the excess deferrals would otherwise be credited with gain or loss if the total Account were to be distributed. The Plan Administrator
may use any reasonable method for computing the income allocable to excess deferrals, provided that the method does not violate
Code section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan
Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participant's Accounts. The Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method
for computing the income allocable to excess deferrals merely because the income allocable to excess deferrals is determined on
a date that is no more than 7 days before the actual distribution. In addition, the Plan Administrator may allocate income in any
manner permitted under Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv).

 

(2)         Effective
for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2006 (excesses distributed after December 31, 2007), any refunds of Elective Deferrals
that exceed the dollar limitation contained in Code section 402(g) shall be adjusted for income or loss up to the date of distribution.
Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2007, gap period income described in this Subsection 5.01(b)(2) shall
not be distributed. The income/loss allocable to excess deferrals is equal to the sum of the allocable gain or loss for the Plan
Year and, to the extent that such excess deferrals would otherwise be credited with gain or loss for the gap period (i.e., the
period after the close of the Plan Year and prior to the distribution) if the total Account were to be distributed, the allocable
gain or loss during that period. The Plan Administrator may use any reasonable method for computing the income allocable to excess
deferrals, provided that the method does not violate Code section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for
all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participant's Accounts.
The Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to excess contributions merely because the
income allocable to excess contributions is determined on a date that is no more than 7 days before the actual distribution. In
addition, the Plan Administrator may allocate income in any manner permitted under applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

    	 	33	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

A Participant's claim that the excess was
caused by elective deferrals made under a plan or arrangement not maintained by the Employer shall be made in writing and shall
be submitted to the Plan Administrator no later than the date specified by the Plan Administrator following the calendar year in
which such deferrals occurred. For purposes of determining the necessary reduction, Elective Deferrals previously distributed or
recharacterized pursuant to Section 5.04 or returned to the Participant pursuant to Section 5.04 shall be treated as distributed
under this Section 5.01. The Plan Administrator shall determine the ordering rule for refunds of Excess Elective Deferrals. Such
ordering rule may provide that the Participant may elect to have refunds made either from his Pre-tax Elective Deferrals or Roth
Elective Deferrals or any combination thereof.

 

(c)          Forfeiture
of Matching Contributions Related to Excess Elective Deferrals. In the event a Participant receives a distribution of Excess Elective
Deferrals pursuant to Subsection (b), the Participant shall forfeit any Matching Contributions allocated to the Participant by
reason of the distributed Elective Deferrals to the extent that additional Matching Contributions are not made pursuant to Treas.
Reg. section 1.401(a)(4)-11(g)(3)(vii)(B). Elective Deferrals not taken into account in determining Matching Contributions under
Section 4.02 shall be treated as being reduced first. Amounts forfeited shall be used pursuant to Section 6.03(d).

 

(d)          Catch-up
Contributions. All Participants who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals under this Plan shall be eligible to make Catch-up
Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code section 414(v). "Catch-up Contributions" are
Elective Deferrals made to the Plan that are in excess of an otherwise applicable Plan limit and that are made by Participants
who are aged 50 or over by the end of their taxable years. An otherwise applicable Plan limit is a limit in the Plan that applies
to Elective Deferrals without regard to Catch-up Contributions, such as the limits on Annual Additions, the dollar limitation on
Elective Deferrals under Code section 402(g) (not counting Catch-up Contributions) and the limit imposed by the actual deferral
percentage test under Code section 401(k)(3). Catch-up Contributions for a Participant for a taxable year may not exceed the dollar
limit on Catch-up Contributions under Code section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year as adjusted for cost-of-living increases.
Catch-up Contributions are not subject to the limits on Annual Additions, are not counted in the actual deferral percentage test
and are not counted in determining the minimum allocation under Code section 416 (but Catch-up Contributions made in prior years
are counted in determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy).

 

Section 5.02         NONDISCRIMINATION

 

(a)          Elective
Deferrals. The Plan shall meet one of the following two tests with respect to Elective Deferrals for any Plan Year:

 

(1)         The
Average Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year shall not exceed the
Average Deferral Percentage for such year for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees multiplied by 1.25; or

 

(2)         The
Average Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year shall not exceed the
Average Deferral Percentage for such year for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees multiplied by 2.0; provided
that the Average Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Deferral
Percentage for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees by more than two percentage points or such lesser amount as
the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe.

 

    	 	34	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS
ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

For a Plan Year that the Plan is a safe harbor
401(k) plan (and actual deferral percentage testing is required pursuant to Section 5.03(g)), the Average Deferral Percentage test
specified in Subsections (1) and (2), above, will be applied by comparing the current Plan Year's Average Deferral Percentage for
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees with the current Plan Year's Average Deferral Percentage for Participants who
are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The Employer must issue a supplemental notice if the Plan suspends safe harbor contributions
and changes to a current year actual deferral percentage testing method in accordance with Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-3(d), (f)
and (g).

 

The Participating Employer may elect prior
year testing for purposes of this Subsection 5.02(a) for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used current year testing for purposes
of this Subsection 5.02(a) for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in
existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both
a plan using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the transition period described
in Code section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

 

If testing will be performed using the prior
year data, for the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferrals and this Plan is not a successor
Plan, the prior Plan Year's Average Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees shall be 3%.

 

If, for the applicable year for determining
the ratios of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year, there are no eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees (i.e.,
all of the Eligible Employees under the cash or deferred arrangement for the applicable year are Highly Compensated Employees),
the tests described in this Subsection (a) are deemed to be satisfied for the Plan Year.

 

(b)          Matching
Contributions. The Plan must meet one of the following two tests with respect to Matching Contributions and Voluntary Contributions
for any Plan Year.

 

(1)         The
Average Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Prior Plan Year shall not exceed
the Average Contribution Percentage for Participants for such year who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees multiplied by 1.25;
or

 

(2)         The
Average Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the prior Plan Year shall not exceed
the Average Contribution Percentage for Participants for such year who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees multiplied by 2.0; provided
that the Average Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Contribution
Percentage for Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees by more than two percentage points or such lesser amount as
the Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe.

 

For a Plan Year that the Plan is a safe harbor
401(k) plan with respect to the actual contribution percentage safe harbor of Code section 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12) (and actual
contribution percentage testing is required pursuant to Section 5.03(g)), the average contribution percentage test in Subsection
(1) and (2), above, will be applied by comparing the current Plan Year's Average Contribution Percentage for Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year with the current Plan Year's Average Contribution Percentage for Participants who
are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The Employer must issue a supplemental notice if the Plan suspends safe harbor Matching Contributions
and changes to a current year actual deferral percentage (and actual contribution percentage) testing method in accordance with
1.401(k)-3(d), (f) and (g).

 

    	 	35	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS
ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

The Participating Employer may elect prior
year testing for purposes of this Subsection 5.02(b) for a Plan Year only if the Plan has used current year testing for purposes
of this Subsection 5.02(b) for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years (or if lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in
existence) or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both
a plan using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the transition period described
in Code section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

 

If testing will be performed using the prior
year data, for the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferrals or make contributions subject to
this Section 5.02(b) and this Plan is not a successor Plan, the prior Plan Year's Average Contribution Percentage for Participants
who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees shall be 3%.

 

If, for the applicable year there are no eligible
Nonhighly Compensated Employees (i.e., all of the Eligible Employees under the cash or deferred arrangement for the applicable
year are Highly Compensated Employees), the tests described in this Subsection (b) are deemed to be satisfied for the Plan Year.
The Plan shall also be deemed to meet the requirements of this Subsection 5.02(b) with respect to Matching Contributions and Voluntary
Contributions under a collectively bargained plan (or the portion of a plan) that automatically satisfies Code section 410(b).

 

Section 5.03         SPECIAL
RULES

 

(a)          Highly
Compensated Employee in More Than One Plan. The Actual Deferral Ratio and Actual Contribution Ratio for any Participant who is
a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions and Voluntary
Contributions (and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions if used to satisfy the tests described in Subsections 5.02(a) and (b))
allocated to his Accounts under two or more arrangements described in Code sections 401(k) and 401(m) that are maintained by the
Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective Deferrals and contributions were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly
Compensated Employee participates in two or more arrangements, whether or not they have different Plan Years, all such elective
deferrals and contributions made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall be aggregated. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code section 401(k) and/or 401(m).

 

(b)          Contributions
Used in Determining Ratios. All or part of the Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions that are
made with respect to any or all Participants may be treated as Elective Deferrals and/or Matching Contributions for purposes of
meeting the requirements of Subsections 5.02(a) and (b). In addition, the Plan Administrator may use any Employer and/or Employee
contribution to meet the requirements of the actual deferral percentage and actual contribution percentage tests of Section 5.02
to the extent permitted by applicable Treasury Regulations. The Participating Employer may make additional contributions that are
taken into account for the actual contribution percentage test under Subsection 5.02(b) that, in combination with the other contributions
taken into account under this Subsection 5.03(b), will allow the Plan to satisfy the requirements of such Subsection. However,
to the extent the Plan uses the prior year testing method, in order to be included in Actual Deferral Ratios and the Actual Contribution
Ratios of Nonhighly Compensated Employees, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made
no later than the last day of the Plan Year being tested.

 

    	 	36	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(c)          Contributions
Only Used Once. Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions shall not be taken into account under
the actual deferral percentage test to the extent such contributions are taken into account for purposes of satisfying any other
actual deferral percentage test, any other actual contribution percentage test, or the requirements of Treas. Reg. sections 1.401(k)-3,
1.401(m)-3 or 1.401(k)-4. In order to be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the actual deferral percentage test, Matching
Contributions must be (1) allocated to the Employee's Account under the terms of the Plan as of a date within that year; (2) made
on account of (or on the basis of) the Participant's Matched Employee Contributions for that year; and (3) actually paid to the
Plan no later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the year that contains that date. If the Plan switches
from the current year testing method to the prior year testing method, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching
Contributions that are taken into account under the current year testing method for a year may not be taken into account under
the prior year testing method for the next year.

 

(d)          Aggregation
of Plans. In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code sections 401(k), 401(m), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if
aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only
if aggregated with this Plan, then Section 5.02 shall be applied as if all such plans were a single plan. The Plan may not be aggregated
for testing purposes if the plans to be aggregated use differing testing methods (i.e., current year/prior year). For example,
a plan (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. section 1.410(b)-7(b)) that applies the current year testing method may not be aggregated
with another plan that applies the prior year testing method. Similarly, an Employer may not aggregate a plan (within the meaning
of Treas. Reg. section 1.410(b)-7(b)): (1) using the actual deferral percentage safe harbor provisions of Code section 401(k)(12)
or 401(k)(13) and another plan that is using the actual deferral percentage test of Code section 401(k)(3); or (2) using the actual
contribution percentage safe harbor provisions of Code section 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12) and another plan that is using the actual
contribution percentage test of Code section 401(m)(2). The Participating Employer may also treat two or more separate collective
bargaining units as a single collective bargaining unit, provided that the combinations of units are determined on a basis that
is reasonable and reasonably consistent from year to year.

 

(e)          Matching
Contributions in a Safe Harbor Plan. If the Plan satisfies the actual contribution percentage safe harbor requirements of Code
section 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12) for a Plan Year but nonetheless must satisfy the requirements of Section 5.02(b) because it provides
for Voluntary Contributions, the Plan Administrator may elect to perform the tests under Section 5.02(b) with regard to Matching
Contributions and Voluntary Contributions. If the Plan satisfies the actual deferral percentage safe harbor requirements of Code
section 401(k)(12) or 401(k)(13) using Qualified Matching Contributions but does not satisfy the actual contribution percentage
safe harbor requirements of Code section 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12), the Plan Administrator is permitted to perform the tests under
Section 5.02(b) by excluding Matching Contributions with respect to all Participants that do not exceed 4% of each Employee's Compensation.

 

(f)          Disproportionate
Contributions.

 

(1)         Qualified
Non-Elective Contributions. All or part of a Nonhighly Compensated Employee's Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be taken
into account in meeting the actual deferral percentage test under Section 5.02(a) only to the extent that such contributions are
not treated as disproportionate within the meaning of Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-2(a)(6). All or part of a Nonhighly Compensated
Employee's Qualified Non-Elective Contributions may be taken into account in meeting the actual contribution percentage test under
Section 5.02(b) only to the extent that such contributions are not treated as disproportionate within the meaning of Treas. Reg.
section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6).

 

    	 	37	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS
ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(2)         Matching
Contributions. Qualified Matching Contributions may be taken into account in meeting the actual deferral percentage test under
Section 5.02(a) only to the extent that such Qualified Matching Contributions are Matching Contributions that are not precluded
from being taken into account under the actual contribution percentage test for the Plan Year under the rules of Treas. Reg. section
1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii). All or part of a Nonhighly Compensated Employee's Matching Contributions may be taken into account in meeting
the actual contribution percentage test only to the extent that such contributions are not treated as disproportionate within the
meaning of Treas. Reg. section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii).

 

(g)          Code
Section 410(a) Excludable Employees. The Participating Employer may treat, pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations, Participants
who have not met the minimum age and service requirements of Code section 410(a)(1)(A) as comprising a separate plan for purposes
of Section 5.02 pursuant to Subsection (1) or (2), provided the disaggregated Plan separately satisfies the requirements of Code
section 410(b) and the Plan does not utilize Section 5.03(h).

 

(1)         Annual
Entry Date. The Plan Administrator may treat Participants who have not met the minimum age and service requirements of Code section
410(a)(1)(A) before the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year as comprising a separate plan. If the Plan provides safe
harbor contributions, Participants not considered in the separate plan must be eligible for safe harbor contributions for the entire
Plan Year.

 

(2)         Semi-Annual
or More Frequent Entry Date. The Plan Administrator may treat Participants who have not met the minimum age and service requirements
of Code section 410(a)(1)(A) using one of the Entry Dates specified in the Plan (not less frequently than semi-annual) before the
last day of the Plan Year as comprising a separate plan. Contributions of Participants who have an Entry Date during the applicable
Plan Year shall not be counted in the separate plan.

 

(h)          Excludable
Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The Participating Employer may also, pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations, exclude all
Nonhighly Compensated Employees who have not met the minimum age and service requirements of Code section 410(a)(1)(A) (pursuant
to Subsection (g)(1) or (2)) from consideration in determining whether the requirements of Section 5.02 are met, provided the disaggregated
Plan consisting of such excludable Nonhighly Compensated Employees separately satisfies the requirements of Code section 410(b)
and the Plan does not utilize Section 5.03(g).

 

(i)          Correction
Methods. The Plan may, pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations, do any of the following to avoid or correct excess contributions
and/or excess aggregate contributions: (1) provide for the use of any of the correction methods described herein; (2) limit contributions
in a manner designed to prevent excess contributions from being made; or (3) use a combination of these methods.

 

(j)          Plans
Using Differing Testing Methods. A Plan may use differing testing methods (i.e., current year/prior year) for the actual deferral
percentage and actual contribution percentage tests of Section 5.02. For example, the Plan may use the prior year testing method
for the actual deferral percentage test of Section 5.02(a) and the current year testing method for its actual contribution percentage
test of Section 5.02(b) for a Plan Year. In addition to the prohibition on recharacterization specified in Section 5.04(a), a Plan
that uses differing methods may not use Elective Deferrals in the actual contribution percentage test of Section 5.02(b) and may
not use Qualified Matching Contributions in the actual deferral percentage test of Section 5.02(a).

 

(k)          Special
Rules Regarding Prior Year Data. If the Plan uses the prior year testing method for either the actual deferral percentage or actual
contribution percentage test in Section 5.02 and is involved in a Plan coverage change as defined in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-2(c)(4)
and/or 1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employees' prior year percentages will be made in accordance
with such regulations.

 

    	 	38	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(l)          Plan
Year Requirements for Safe Harbor Plans. To the extent the Plan is designed to satisfy Code section 401(k)(12) or 401(k)(13), the
Plan Year must satisfy the requirements of Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-3(e)(1), taking into account the special provisions of
1.401(k)-3(e)(2) for the initial Plan Year. A short Plan Year may exist provided the requirements of Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-3(e)(3)
are satisfied. The final Plan Year of a terminating plan may be less than twelve months provided the requirements of Treas. Reg.
section 1.401(k)-3(e)(4) are satisfied. A safe harbor Plan Year may also be less than twelve months if the Plan is amended out
of safe harbor status pursuant to Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-3(g).

 

(m)          Regulations.
Sections 5.02 through 5.04 shall be interpreted in accordance with applicable IRS regulations.

 

Section 5.04         CORRECTION
OF DISCRIMINATORY CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          Elective
Deferrals. In the event the nondiscrimination tests of Section 5.02(a) are not satisfied with respect to Elective Deferrals for
any Plan Year, Excess Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year determined as set forth in Paragraph (1) shall be corrected as set forth
in Paragraph (2):

 

(1)         Determination
of Excess Deferrals. The Elective Deferrals of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Deferral Ratio shall be
reduced until the nondiscrimination tests imposed by Section 5.02(a) would be satisfied, or until the Actual Deferral Ratio of
the Highly Compensated Employee would equal the Actual Deferral Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest
Actual Deferral Ratio. This process shall be repeated until the nondiscrimination tests imposed by Section 5.02(a) are satisfied.
The amount of excess deferrals is equal to the sum of these hypothetical reductions multiplied, in each case, by the respective
Highly Compensated Employee's Section 414(s) Compensation (including deferrals to the extent that they are taken into account in
determining testing ratios).

 

(2)         Distribution
of Excess Deferrals. Excess deferrals shall be allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest dollar amounts of
contributions taken into account in calculating the Average Deferral Percentage test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning
with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest dollar amount of such contributions and continuing in descending order until
all the excess deferrals have been allocated. To the extent a Highly Compensated Employee has not reached his or her Catch-up Contribution
limit as specified in Section 5.01(d), excess deferrals allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee are deemed Catch-up Contributions
and will not be treated as excess contributions. The amount of excess deferrals is reduced by any amounts previously distributed
from the Plan to correct excess deferrals under Section 5.01 for the Employee's taxable year ending with or within the Plan Year.
The distribution of the amount allocated to each Highly Compensated Employee, as adjusted for income allocable to the excess deferrals,
shall occur within twelve (12) months of the close of the Plan Year for which the Elective Deferrals were made. The income/loss
allocable to excess deferrals is equal to the sum of the allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year. Effective for taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2007, the Plan shall not allocate gains and losses on distributions of excess contributions for the
period after the end of the Plan Year in which such excess contributions arose. The Plan Administrator may use any reasonable method
for computing the income allocable to excess deferrals, provided that the method does not violate Code section 401(a)(4), is used
consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan
for allocating income to Participant's Accounts. The Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable
to excess deferrals merely because the income allocable to excess deferrals is determined on a date that is no more than 7 days
before the actual distribution. In addition, the Plan Administrator may allocate income in any manner permitted under Treas. Reg.
section 1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv). Elective Deferrals not taken into account in determining Matching Contributions under Section 4.02
shall be distributed first. In the event a Participant receives a distribution of Elective Deferrals that were taken into account
in determining Matching Contributions, the Participant shall forfeit such Matching Contributions that were allocated to the Participant
by reason of the distributed Elective Deferrals to the extent that additional Matching Contributions are not made pursuant to Treas.
Reg. section 1.401(a)(4)-11(g)(3)(vii)(B). Amounts forfeited shall be used pursuant to Section 6.03(d). If the Plan does not correct
excess deferrals within 2-1/2 months (6 months in the case of certain eligible automatic contribution arrangements), or such other
time frame as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, after the close of the Plan Year for which the excess deferrals
are made, the Employer will be liable for a 10% excise tax on the amount of the excess deferrals to the extent provided in Code
section 4979.

 

    	 	39	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS
ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(3)         Refunds.
The Plan Administrator shall determine the ordering rule for refunds of Elective Deferrals made as a result of any testing failure;
provided that such ordering rule is nondiscriminatory. Such ordering rule may provide that the Participant may elect to have refunds
made either from his Pre-tax Elective Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals or any combination thereof. Any refund (and "income")
which are distributed after 2 1⁄2 months, or 6 months with respect to a Plan Year in which the EACA requirements of Section
4.01(g)(4) are met, after the end of the Plan Year are subject to a ten percent (10%) Employer excise tax imposed by Code §4979.

 

(b)          Matching
Contributions. In the event the nondiscrimination tests of Section 5.02(b) are not satisfied with respect to Matching Contributions
for any Plan Year, excess Matching Contributions for the Plan Year determined as set forth in Paragraph (1) shall be corrected
as set forth in Paragraph (2).

 

(1)         Determination
of Excess Contributions. The Matching Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Contribution Ratio
shall be reduced until the nondiscrimination tests imposed by Section 5.02(b) would be satisfied, or until the Actual Contribution
Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee would equal the Actual Contribution Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the
next highest Actual Contribution Ratio. This process shall be repeated until the nondiscrimination tests imposed by Section 5.02(b)
are satisfied. The amount of excess Matching Contributions is equal to the sum of these hypothetical reductions multiplied, in
each case, by the respective Highly Compensated Employee's Section 414(s) Compensation (including deferrals to the extent that
they are taken into account in determining testing ratios).

 

(2)         Correction
of Excess Contributions. Excess Matching Contributions shall be allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest
dollar amounts of contributions taken into account in calculating the Average Contribution Percentage test for the year in which
the excess arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest dollar amount of such contributions and continuing
in descending order until all the excess contributions have been allocated. The correction of the amount allocated to each Highly
Compensated Employee, as adjusted for income allocable to the excess contributions, shall occur within twelve (12) months of the
close of the Plan Year for which the Matching Contributions were made. The income/loss allocable to excess contributions is equal
to the sum of the allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007 (excess
aggregate contributions distributed after December 31, 2008), the Plan shall not allocate gains and losses on distributions of
excess aggregate contributions (as defined in Code section 401(m)(6)(B)) for the period after the end of the Plan Year in which
such excess aggregate contributions arose. The Plan Administrator may use any reasonable method for computing the income allocable
to excess contributions, provided that the method does not violate Code section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants
and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants'
Accounts. The Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to excess contributions merely because
the income allocable to excess contributions is determined on a date that is no more than 7 days before the actual distribution.
In addition, the Plan Administrator may allocate income in any manner permitted under Treas. Reg. section 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iv).
Vested Matching Contributions shall be distributed and nonvested Matching Contributions forfeited. Amounts forfeited shall be used
pursuant to Section 6.03(d). If the Plan does not correct excess contributions within 2-1/2 months (6 months in the case of certain
eligible automatic contribution arrangements), or such other time frame as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury,
after the close of the Plan Year for which the excess contributions are made, the Employer will be liable for a 10% excise tax
on the amount of the excess contributions to the extent provided in Code section 4979.

 

    	 	40	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.05         MAXIMUM
AMOUNT OF ANNUAL ADDITIONS

 

(a)          General
Rule.

 

(1)         One
Plan. If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan maintained by the Employer
or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code section 419(e) maintained by the Employer, or an individual medical account, as defined
in Code section 415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension plan, as defined in Code section 408(k),
maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition, the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's
Account for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the maximum permissible amount specified in Section 5.05(b) or any
other limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's
Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed such maximum permissible amount, the amount contributed
or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the maximum permissible amount.

 

(2)         Multiple
Plans. This Subsection 5.05(a)(2) applies if, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
contribution plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund maintained by the Employer, an individual medical account
maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension plan maintained by the Employer, that provides an Annual Addition
during any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant's Account under this Plan for any such
Limitation Year will not exceed the maximum permissible amount specified in Section 5.05(b) reduced by the Annual Additions credited
to a Participant's account under the other qualified defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts,
and simplified employee pension plans for the same Limitation Year.

 

(b)          Maximum
Permissible Amount. For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the maximum permissible amount is the lesser of:

 

(1)         $40,000,
as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Code section 415(d); or

 

(2)         100%
of the Participant's Statutory Compensation for the Limitation Year. The Compensation limit referred to in this Subsection (b)(2)
shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Code sections 401(h)
or 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Statutory Compensation
for purposes of Section 5.05 for a Participant in a defined contribution plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined
in Code section 22(e)(3)) is the Compensation such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had
been paid at the rate of Compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled.

 

    	 	41	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS
ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Prior to determining the Participant's actual
Statutory Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the maximum permissible amount for a Participant on
the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's Statutory Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined
for all Participants similarly situated. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the maximum
permissible amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Statutory Compensation for
the Limitation Year.

 

(c)          Correction
of Excess. If there is an allocation in excess of the Maximum Permissible Amount, the Plan Administrator shall correct such excess
pursuant to the procedures outlined under EPCRS as described in Rev. Proc. 2013-12 and any superseding guidance.

 

    	 	42	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 6 VESTING

 

 

ARTICLE 6

VESTING

 

Section 6.01         PARTICIPANT
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

A Participant shall have a fully (100%)
vested and nonforfeitable interest in his Elective Deferral Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Qualified Non-Elective Contribution
Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account.

 

Section 6.02         EMPLOYER
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

The Participant's interest in his Matching
Contribution Account shall vest based on his Years of Vesting Service in accordance with the schedule selected in the MEP Participation
Agreement Section F.3.

 

The Participant's interest in his Profit
Sharing Contribution Account shall vest based on his Years of Vesting Service in accordance with the schedule selected in the MEP
Participation Agreement Section F.3.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant
shall become fully (100%) vested upon his attainment of Normal Retirement Age while an Employee, his death while an Employee or
his suffering a Disability while an Employee. Effective January 1, 2007, if a Participant dies while performing Qualified Military
Service, the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits provided under the Plan as if the Participant
had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death pursuant to Code section 401(a)(37). If Participants become fully
(100%) vested upon death while an Employee, Participants shall also become fully (100%) vested upon death while performing Qualified
Military Service.

 

A Participant's Transfer Account, if any,
shall remain subject to the vesting schedule that applied to the Account immediately prior to the transfer.

 

Section 6.03         FORFEITURES

 

(a)          Participants
Receiving a Distribution. A Participant who receives a distribution of the value of the entire vested portion of his Account shall
forfeit the nonvested portion of such Account as soon as administratively feasible after such distribution; but no later than the
end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year during which such distribution occurred. If the Participant elects to the extent permitted
by Article 7 to have distributed less than the entire vested portion of the Account balance derived from Employer contributions,
the part of the nonvested portion that will be treated as a forfeiture is the total nonvested portion multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the amount of the distribution attributable to Employer contributions and the denominator of which is
the total value of the vested Employer-derived Account balance. No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of a Participant's
withdrawal of Employee contributions.

 

For purposes of this Section, if the value
of a Participant's vested Account balance is zero upon Termination, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution
of such vested Account.

 

(b)          Participants
Not Receiving a Distribution. The nonvested portion of the Account balance of a Participant who has a Termination of Employment
and does not receive a complete distribution of the vested portion of his Account shall be forfeited as soon as administratively
feasible after the date he incurs five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service; but no later than the end of the Plan Year following
the Plan Year during which such break in service occurred.

 

    	 	43	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 6 VESTING

 

(c)          Reemployment.

 

(1)         Before
Five One-Year Breaks. If a Participant receives or is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to this Section and the Participant
resumes employment covered under this Plan and who also meets the requirements of Code sections 411(a)(7)(B) and (C), the Participant's
Employer-derived Account balance will be restored to the amount on the date of distribution if the Participant repays to the Plan
the full amount of the distribution attributable to Employer contributions before the earlier of 5 years after the first date on
which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or the date the Participant incurs 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks
in Service following the date of the distribution. If a zero-vested Participant is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to
this Section, and the Participant resumes employment covered under this Plan before the date the Participant incurs 5 consecutive
One-Year Breaks in Service, upon the reemployment of such Participant, the Employer-derived Account balance of the Participant
will be restored to the amount on the date of such deemed distribution. Forfeitures that are restored pursuant to the foregoing
shall be accomplished by an allocation of forfeitures, or if such forfeitures are insufficient, by a special Participating Employer
contribution.

 

(2)         After
Five One-Year Breaks. If a Participant resumes employment as an Eligible Employee after forfeiting the nonvested portion of his
Account balance after 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service and is not fully (100%) vested upon reemployment, the Participant's
Account balance attributable to his pre-break service shall be kept separate from that portion of his Account balance attributable
to his post-break service until such time as his post-break Account balance becomes fully (100%) vested. A Participant with a balance
in his Elective Deferral Account shall be considered a vested Participant for purposes of Code section 411(a)(6)(D)(iii).

 

(d)          Disposition
of Forfeitures. Amounts forfeited from a Participant's Account under this Section shall be used in the following manner: restore
forfeitures, reduce Participating Employer contributions (or reallocate as Participating Employer contributions) made pursuant
to Article 4 or to pay reasonable Plan expenses. Effective for Plan Years beginning after the adoption of the 2010 Cumulative List
(IRS Notice 2010-90) restatement, forfeitures cannot be used as Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions,
Elective Deferrals, or actual deferral percentage test safe harbor contributions (Code section 401(k)(12)). Any such disposition
of forfeitures from a Participant's Account shall be made no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year during
which the forfeiture occurred.

 

(e)          Vesting
Following In-Service Withdrawals or Payment in Installments. If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant has a nonforfeitable
right to less than 100% of his Account derived from Employer contributions and the Participant may increase the nonforfeitable
percentage in the Account:

 

(1)         A
separate Account will be established for the Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

 

(2)         At
any relevant time the Participant's nonforfeitable portion of the separate Account will be equal to an amount ("X") determined
by the formula:

 

X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)

 

    	 	44	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 6 VESTING

 

For purposes of applying the formula: P
is the nonforfeitable percentage at the relevant time; AB is the Account balance at the relevant time; D is the amount of the distribution;
and R is the ratio of the Account balance at the relevant time to the Account balance after distribution.

 

    	 	45	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

ARTICLE 7

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 7.01         COMMENCEMENT
OF DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          Normal
Retirement. A Participant, upon attainment of his Normal Retirement Date, shall be entitled to retire and to receive his Account
as his benefit hereunder pursuant to Section 7.02.

 

(b)          Late
Retirement. If a Participant continues in the employ of the Participating Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Date, his participation
under the Plan shall continue, and his benefits under the Plan shall commence following his actual Termination of Employment pursuant
to Section 7.02. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a Participant may, at any time after reaching his Normal Retirement Date
but before actual retirement, elect to have the Plan Administrator commence the distribution of his benefit pursuant to Section
7.02 from his All Accounts by providing the Plan Administrator with a written election to that effect. Any such written election
shall state the date upon which distribution of benefits is to commence and shall be effective upon delivery to the Plan Administrator.
If Normal Retirement Date is less than age 59-1/2, Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, Qualified Matching
Contributions and the portion of any Account that has been used to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of Code sections 401(k)(12)
or 401(k)(13) and/or 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12) shall not be eligible for withdrawal until the Participant attains age 59-1/2.

 

(c)          Disability
Retirement. If a Participant becomes Disabled, he shall become entitled to receive his vested Account pursuant to Section 7.02
following the date he is determined to be Disabled.

 

(d)          Death.
If a Participant dies, either before or after his Termination of Employment, his Beneficiary designated pursuant to Section 7.04
shall become entitled to receive the Participant's vested Account pursuant to Section 7.02.

 

(e)          Termination
of Employment. A Participant shall become entitled to receive his vested Account pursuant to Section 7.02 following the date he
has a Termination of Employment. Effective for distributions and severances from employment occurring after December 31, 2001,
a Participant shall not be entitled to a distribution from his Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account
or Qualified Matching Contributions (and earnings attributable to these contributions) unless he has had a "severance from
employment" within the meaning of Code section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I).

 

Section 7.02         TIMING
AND FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          Distribution
for Reasons Other Than Death. If a Participant's Account balance becomes distributable pursuant to Section 7.01 for any reason
other than death, payment of his vested Account shall commence as soon as administratively feasible with a final payment made consisting
of any allocations occurring after such Termination of Employment. Such Participant's benefit shall be payable, in cash, in a lump
sum payment. No distribution shall be made if the Participant is rehired by the Participating Employer before payments commence.

 

(b)          Distribution
on Account of Death.

 

    	 	46	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(1)         Before
Distribution Has Begun. If the Participant dies before distribution of his Account begins, distribution of the Participant's entire
Account shall be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.

 

(2)         After
Distribution Has Begun. If the Participant dies after distribution of his Account has begun, the remaining portion of such Account
will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant's death.
If the Participant's Account was not being distributed in the form of an annuity at the time of his death, the remaining balance
shall be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.

 

The Beneficiary shall provide the Plan Administrator
with the death notice or other sufficient documentation before any payments are made pursuant to this Subsection.

 

(c)          Valuation
Date. The distributable amount of a Participant's Account is the vested portion of his Account as of the Valuation Date coincident
with or next preceding the date distribution is made to the Participant or Beneficiary as reduced by any subsequent distributions,
withdrawals or loans.

 

(d)          Ordering
Rule. The Plan Administrator shall determine the ordering rule for distributions; provided that such ordering rule is nondiscriminatory.
Such ordering rule may provide that the Participant or Beneficiary may elect to have payments made first or last from his Roth
Elective Deferral Account or Voluntary Contribution Account (as applicable) or in any combination of such Accounts and any other
Account.

 

(e)          Restriction
on Deferral of Payment. Unless otherwise elected, benefit payments under the Plan will begin to a Participant not later than the
60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

 

(1)         the
Participant attains his Normal Retirement Date;

 

(2)         occurs
the 10th anniversary of the year in which his participation commenced; or

 

(3)         the
Participant has a Termination of Employment.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure
of a Participant and spouse to consent to a distribution while a benefit is immediately distributable shall be deemed to be an
election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this section.

 

(f)          Minimum
Distribution Requirements. Distributions shall be made in a method that is in conformance with the requirements set forth in Section
7.05. Section 7.05 shall not be deemed to create a type of benefit (e.g., installment payments, lump sum within five years or immediate
lump sum payment) to any class of Participants and Beneficiaries that is not otherwise permitted by the Plan.

 

Section 7.03         CASH-OUT
OF SMALL BALANCES

 

(a)          Vested
Account Balance Does Not Exceed $1,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the vested amount of an Account payable to a Participant
or Beneficiary does not exceed $1,000 at the time such individual becomes entitled to a distribution hereunder (or at any subsequent
time established by the Plan Administrator to the extent provided in applicable Treasury Regulations), such vested Account shall
be paid in a lump sum to the extent it is not subject to the automatic rollover provisions of Section 7.06(c) below.

 

    	 	47	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(b)          Vested
Account Balance Exceeds $1,000. If the value of a Participant's vested Account balance exceeds $1,000 and the Account balance is
immediately distributable, the Participant must consent to any distribution of such Account balance. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
payments shall commence as of the Participant's Required Beginning Date in the form of a lump sum or installment payments. The
Participant's consent shall be obtained in writing within the 180-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. The Plan Administrator
shall notify the Participant of the right to defer any distribution until the date such payments must begin pursuant to the foregoing.
Such notification shall include a general description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the
optional forms of benefit available under the Plan, and shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days prior
to the Annuity Starting Date. However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice described in the preceding
sentence is given, provided the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that he has a right to a period of at least
30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
distribution option), and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. In the event a Participant's
vested Account balance becomes distributable without consent pursuant to this Subsection (b), and the Participant fails to elect
a form of distribution, the vested Account balance of such Participant shall be paid in a single lump sum.

 

(c)          For
purposes of this Section 7.03, the Participant's vested Account balance shall not include amounts attributable to accumulated deductible
Employee contributions within the meaning of Code section 72(o)(5)(B).

 

(d)          Required
Distributions and Plan Termination. Consent of the Participant or his spouse shall not be required to the extent that a distribution
is required to satisfy Code sections 401(a)(9), 401(k), 401(m), 402(g) or 415. In addition, upon termination of this Plan the Participant's
Account balance shall be distributed to the Participant in a lump sum distribution. However, if the Employer maintains another
defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code section 4975(e)(7)), then the Participant's
Account balance will be transferred, without the Participant's consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to
an immediate distribution.

 

(e)          Treatment
of Rollovers. Rollovers Disregarded in Determining Value of Account Balance for Involuntary Distributions. For purposes of this
Section 7.03, the Participant's vested Account balance shall not include that portion of the Account balance that is attributable
to Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii),
and 457(e)(16).

 

Section 7.04         BENEFICIARY

 

(a)          Beneficiary Designation Right. Except as provided
in Section 7.04(b), each Participant, and if the Participant has died, the Beneficiary of such Participant, shall have the right
to designate one or more primary and one or more secondary Beneficiaries to receive any benefit becoming payable upon such individual's
death. The spouse of a married Participant shall be the sole primary Beneficiary of such Participant unless the requirements of
Subsection (b) are met. All Beneficiary designations shall be in writing in a form satisfactory to the Plan Administrator and shall
only be effective when filed with the Plan Administrator during the Participant's lifetime (or if the Participant has died, during
the lifetime of the Beneficiary of such Participant who desires to designate a further Beneficiary). Except as provided in Section
7.04(b), each Participant (or Beneficiary) shall be entitled to change his Beneficiaries at any time and from time to time by filing
written notice of such change with the Plan Administrator.

 

(b)          Form
and Content of Spouse's Consent. The Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than his spouse pursuant to this Subsection
if: (1) the spouse has waived the spouse's right to be the Participant's Beneficiary in accordance with this Subsection; (2) the
Participant has no spouse; or (3) the Plan Administrator determines that the spouse cannot be located or such other circumstances
exist under which spousal consent is not required, as prescribed by Treasury Regulations. If required, such consent: (1) shall
be in writing; (2) shall relate only to the specific alternate Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated (or permits Beneficiary
designations by the Participant without the spouse's further consent); (3) shall acknowledge the effect of the consent; and (iv)
shall be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Any consent by a spouse, or establishment that the consent of a spouse
may not be obtained, shall not be effective with respect to any other spouse. Any spousal consent that permits subsequent changes
by the Participant to the Beneficiary designation without the requirement of further spousal consent shall acknowledge that the
spouse has the right to limit such consent to a specific Beneficiary, and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such
right.

 

    	 	48	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(c)          No
Designated Beneficiary. In the event that the Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary, or in the event that the Participant
is predeceased by all designated primary and secondary Beneficiaries, the death benefit shall be payable to the Participant's spouse
or, if there is no spouse, to the Participant's children in equal shares or, if there are no children to the Participant's estate.

 

(d)          Revocation
of Beneficiary Designation. A beneficiary designation to a spouse shall never be automatically revoked.

 

Section 7.05         MINIMUM
DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

 

(a)          General
Rules.

 

(1)         Effective
Date. The requirements of this Section shall apply to any distribution of a Participant's interest and will take precedence over
any inconsistent provisions of this Plan.

 

(2)         Construction.
All distributions required under this Section shall be determined and made in accordance with the regulations under Code section
401(a)(9) and the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Code section 401(a)(9)(G). Nothing contained in this Section
shall be deemed to create a type of benefit (e.g., installment payments, lump sum within five years or immediate lump sum payment)
to any class of Participants and/or Beneficiaries that is not otherwise permitted by the Plan.

 

(3)         Limits
on Distribution Periods. As of the first distribution calendar year, distributions to a Participant, if not made in a single sum,
may only be made over one of the following periods:

 

(A)         the
life of the Participant;

 

(B)         the
joint lives of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary;

 

(C)         a
period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant; or

 

(D)         a
period certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a designated Beneficiary.

 

(b)          Time
and Manner of Distribution.

 

(1)         Required
Beginning Date. Unless an earlier date is specified in Section 7.02(b), the Participant's entire interest will be distributed,
or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant's Required Beginning Date.

 

    	 	49	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(2)         Death
of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant's entire interest
will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

 

(A)         If
the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, then unless an earlier date is specified in
Section 7.02(b), distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained
age 70-1/2, if later.

 

(B)         If
the Participant's surviving spouse is not the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, then, unless otherwise specified in Section
7.02(b), distributions to the designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar
year in which the Participant died.

 

(C)         If
there is no designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant's death, the Participant's
entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death
unless an earlier date is specified in Section 7.02(b).

 

(D)         If
the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant
but before distributions to the surviving spouse are required to begin, this Subsection (b)(2), other than Subsection (b)(2)(i),
will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant except as otherwise provided in Section 7.02(b).

 

For purposes of this Subsection (b)(2) and
Subsection (d), unless Subsection (b)(2)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant's Required Beginning
Date. If Subsection (b)(2)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to
the surviving spouse under Subsection (b)(2)(i). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance Participating Employer
irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant's Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant's surviving spouse
before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subsection (b)(2)(i)), the date distributions
are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

 

(3)         Forms
of Distribution. Unless the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance Participating
Employer or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions
will be made in accordance with Subsections (c) and (d) to the extent otherwise permitted by the Plan. If the Participant's interest
is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance Participating Employer, distributions thereunder will be made
in accordance with the requirements of Code 401(a)(9) and the regulations.

 

(c)          Required
Minimum Distributions During Participant's Lifetime.

 

(1)         Amount
of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant's lifetime, the minimum amount that
will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

 

(A)         the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth
in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-2 using the Participant's age as of the Participant's birthday in the distribution
calendar year; or

 

    	 	50	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(B)         if
the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant's spouse, the quotient obtained
by dividing the Participant's Account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treas. Reg. section
1.401(a)(9)-9 , Q&A-3 using the Participant's and spouse's attained ages as of the Participant's and spouse's birthdays in
the distribution calendar year.

 

(2)         Lifetime
Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant's Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined
under this Subsection (c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and continuing up to, and including, the distribution
calendar year that includes the Participant's date of death.

 

(d)          Required
Minimum Distributions After Participant's Death.

 

(1)         Death
On or After Date Distributions Begin.

 

(A)         Participant
Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated
Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's
death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of
the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant's designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

(i)          The
Participant's remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for
each subsequent year.

 

(ii)         If
the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving
spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death using the surviving spouse's
age as of the spouse's birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse's death, the
remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse's birthday
in the calendar year of the spouse's death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(iii)        If
the Participant's surviving spouse is not the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, the designated Beneficiary's remaining
life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant's death, reduced
by one for each subsequent year.

 

(B)         No
Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary
as of the September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant's death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Account
balance by the Participant's remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced
by one for each subsequent year.

 

(2)         Death
Before Date Distributions Begin.

 

(A)         Participant
Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated Beneficiary,
the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant's designated
Beneficiary, determined as provided in Subsection (d)(1).

 

    	 	51	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(B)         No
Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated Beneficiary as of
September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant's death, distribution of the Participant's entire interest will
be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.

 

(C)         Death
of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions
begin, the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before
distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subsection (b)(2)(i), this Subsection (d)(2) will apply as if
the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

(e)          Definitions.

 

(1)         Designated
Beneficiary. The individual who is designated by the Participant (or the Participant's surviving spouse) as the Beneficiary of
the Participant's interest under the Plan and who is the designated Beneficiary under Code section 401(a)(9) and Treas. Reg. section
1.401(a)(9)-4.

 

(2)         Distribution
Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant's
death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's
Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first distribution calendar year is the
calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Subsection (b)(2). The required minimum distribution for the Participant's
first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant's Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution
for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which
the Participant's Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

 

(3)         Life
expectancy. Life expectancy is computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-1.

 

(4)         Participant's
Account Balance. The Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution
calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated
to the Account as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation
calendar year after the Valuation Date. The Account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or
transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred
in the valuation calendar year.

 

(f)          TEFRA
Section 242(b)(2) Elections.

 

(1)         Notwithstanding
any provision in the Plan to the contrary, distribution on behalf of any Employee, including a More Than 5% Owner, who has made
a designation under section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (a "section 242(b)(2) election")
may be made in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences):

 

(A)         The
distribution by the Plan is one that would not have disqualified such plan under Code section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment
by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

 

    	 	52	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(B)         The
distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the Employee whose interest in the Plan is being distributed
or, if the Employee is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Employee.

 

(C)         Such
designation was in writing, was signed by the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

 

(D)         The
Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983.

 

(E)         The
method of distribution designated by the Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the
period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Employee's death, the Beneficiaries
of the Employee listed in order of priority.

 

(2)         A
distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required
information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Employee.

 

(3)         For
any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the Beneficiary,
to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution
is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in Subsections
(f)(1)(i) and (v).

 

(4)         If
a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and the regulations
thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by
the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which
would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder, but for the
section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution
incidental benefit requirements. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However,
the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered
to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions
are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life).

 

(5)         In
the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(9)-8,
Q&A-14 and Q&A-15, shall apply.

 

(g)          Application
of Five Year Rule.

 

(1)         To
the extent permitted in Section 7.02(b), if the Participant dies before distributions are required to begin and there is a designated
Beneficiary, distributions to the designated Beneficiary are not required to begin by the date specified in Subsection (b)(2),
but the Participant's entire interest may be distributed to the designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing
the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death. If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated Beneficiary
and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving spouse
begin, this election will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

    	 	53	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(2)         To
the extent permitted in Section 7.02(b), Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule
or the life expectancy rule in Subsections (b)(2), (d)(2) and (g)(1) applies to distributions after the death of a Participant
who has a designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which
distributions would be required to begin under Subsections (b)(2), or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth
anniversary of the Participant's (or, if applicable, surviving spouse's) death. If neither the Participant nor Beneficiary makes
an election under this paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with Subsections (b)(2), (d)(2) and (g)(1).

 

Section 7.06         DIRECT
ROLLOVERS

 

(a)          In
General. This Section applies to distributions made after December 31, 2001. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary
that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this part, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed
by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution that is equal to at least $500 (or such lesser
amount as determined by the Plan Administrator in a nondiscriminatory manner) paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified
by the distributee in a direct rollover. If an eligible rollover distribution is less than $500 (or such lesser amount as determined
by the Plan Administrator in a nondiscriminatory manner), a distributee may not make the election described in the preceding sentence
to roll over a portion of the eligible rollover distribution. This Paragraph shall be subject to Code sections 401(a)(31) and 402(f);
Treas. Reg. sections 1.401(a)(31)-1, 1.402(c)-2 and 1.401(k)-1(f); and IRS Notices 2005-5, 2008-30, 2009-69, and 2009-75.

 

Effective January 1, 2007, a non-spouse
Beneficiary who is a designated Beneficiary within the meaning of Code section 401(a)(9)(E) may, after the death of the Participant,
make a direct rollover of a distribution to an IRA established on behalf of the designated Beneficiary; provided the distributed
amount satisfies all the requirements to be an eligible rollover distribution other than the requirement that the distribution
be made to the Participant or the Participant's spouse. Such direct rollovers shall be subject to the terms and conditions of IRS
Notice 2007-7 and superseding guidance, including but not limited to the provision in Q&A-17 regarding required minimum distributions.
Effective January 1, 2010, the distributions described in this Paragraph shall be subject to Code sections 401(a)(31), 402(f) and
3405(c).

 

(b)          Definitions.

 

(1)         Eligible
Rollover Distribution. An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit
of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of
substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee
or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified
period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9); any hardship
distribution; the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the
exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and any other distribution(s) that is reasonably
expected to total less than $200 (or such lesser amount as determined by the Plan Administrator in a nondiscriminatory manner)
during a year. For purposes of the $200 rule in the preceding sentence, a distribution from a Roth Elective Deferral Account and
a distribution from other Accounts under the Plan are treated as made under separate plans.

 

A portion of a distribution shall not fail
to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax Employee contributions which are not includible
in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code
section 408(a) or (b), an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described
in Code section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting
for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

 

    	 	54	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(2)         Eligible
Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan is an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political
subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately
account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, an individual retirement account described in Code section 408(a),
individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), an annuity contract
described in Code section 403(b), or a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a), that accepts the distributee's eligible
rollover distribution. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving
spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Code
section 414(p).

 

If any portion of an eligible rollover distribution
is attributable to payments or distributions from a Roth Elective Deferral Account, an eligible retirement plan shall only include
another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code section 402A(e)(1) or to a Roth IRA
described in Code section 408A and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code section 402(c). The Plan
will not provide for a direct rollover (including an automatic rollover) for distributions from a Participant's Roth Elective Deferral
Account if the amount of the distributions that are eligible rollover distributions are reasonably expected to total less than
$200 (or such lesser amount as determined by the Plan Administrator in a nondiscriminatory manner) during a year. In addition,
if elected by the Plan Administrator in a nondiscriminatory manner, any distribution from a Participant's Roth Elective Deferral
Account is not taken into account in determining whether distributions from a Participant's other Accounts are reasonably expected
to total less than $200 (or such lesser amount as determined by the Plan Administrator in a nondiscriminatory manner) during a
year. The provisions of this Section that allow a Participant to elect a direct rollover of only a portion of an eligible rollover
distribution but only if the amount rolled over is at least $500 are applied by treating any amount distributed from the Participant's
Roth Elective Deferral Account as a separate distribution from any amount distributed from the Participant's other Accounts in
the Plan, even if the amounts are distributed at the same time.

 

(3)         Distributee.
A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and the
Employee's or former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is the Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order,
as defined in Code section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

 

(4)         Direct
Rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

 

(c)          Automatic
Rollovers. In the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 (or such lesser amount as determined by the Plan Administrator
in a nondiscriminatory manner) in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.03(a), if the Participant does not elect to have
such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive
the distribution directly in accordance with Section 7.02, then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a direct rollover
to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator. For purposes of determining whether a mandatory distribution
is greater than $1,000, the portion of the Participant's distribution attributable to any Rollover Contribution is included. Eligible
rollover distributions from a Participant's Roth Elective Deferral Account are separately taken into account in determining whether
the total amount of the Participant's Account balances under the Plan exceeds $1,000 for purposes of mandatory distributions from
the Plan.

 

    	 	55	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 7.07         MINOR
OR LEGALLY INCOMPETENT PAYEE

 

If a distribution is to be made to an individual
who is either a minor or legally incompetent, the Plan Administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian.
If a distribution is to be made to such person and there is no legal guardian, the Plan Administrator may direct that payment be
made to: (a) a parent, (b) a person holding a power of attorney; (c) a person authorized to act on behalf of such person under
state law, or (d) the custodian for such person under the Uniform Transfer to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the
state in which such minor resides. Such payment shall fully discharge the Trustee, Plan Administrator, Trust Fund, and the Employer
from further liability on account thereof.

 

Section 7.08         MISSING
PAYEE

 

If all or any portion of the distribution
payable to a Participant or Beneficiary remains unpaid because the Plan Administrator has been unable to ascertain the whereabouts
of the Participant or Beneficiary after making reasonable efforts to contact the Participant or Beneficiary (which may include,
but not be limited to, sending a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address of such Participant or
Beneficiary; using the Social Security Administration letter forwarding service; and/or a commercial locating service) the Plan
Administrator may use a reasonable method to remove the assets from the Plan that is consistent with ERISA and the Code. Such methods
may include, but not be limited to, (a) creating an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator; or (b) if,
for a period of more than five years after such distribution becomes payable or six months after all attempts to locate the Participant
or Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator is still unable to ascertain the whereabouts of the Participant or Beneficiary, the amount
so distributable may be treated as a forfeiture under Article 6 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a claim is subsequently
made by the Participant or Beneficiary for the forfeited benefit pursuant to clause (b) of the preceding sentence, such benefit
shall be reinstated without any credit or deduction for earnings and losses. Amounts forfeited from a Participant's Account under
this Section shall be used pursuant to Section 6.03(d).

 

Section 7.09         DISTRIBUTIONS
UPON TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

Except as provided in Section 13.03, a Participant
shall receive the balance of his Account in a lump sum payment upon termination of the Plan without the establishment of an alternative
defined contribution plan (as described in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-1(d)(4)) other than an employee stock ownership plan (as
defined in Code section 4975(e) or Code section 409), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code section 408(k)), a
SIMPLE IRA Plan (defined in Code section 408(p)), a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code section 403(b), or
a plan that is described in Code section 457(b) or (f).

 

Section 7.10         QUALIFIED
RESERVIST DISTRIBUTIONS 

 

A "qualified reservist distribution"
is any distribution to an individual who is ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001, if: (1) the distribution
is from amounts attributable to elective deferrals in a 401(k) plan; (2) the individual was (by reason of being a member of a reserve
component, as defined in section 101 of title 37, United States Code) ordered or called to active duty for a period in excess of
179 days or for an indefinite period; and (3) the Plan makes the distribution during the period beginning on the date of such order
or call, and ending at the close of the active duty period.

 

    	 	56	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 8 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS
AND LOANS

 

ARTICLE 8

IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS

 

Section 8.01         ATTAINMENT
OF AGE 59-1/2

 

A Participant may receive a distribution
after attainment of age 59-1/2 from all of his Accounts that are fully (100%) vested. Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions and the portion of any Account that has been used to satisfy the safe harbor requirements
of Code sections 401(k)(12) or 401(k)(13) and/or 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12) shall not be eligible for withdrawal until the Participant
attains age 59-1/2.

 

Section 8.02         OTHER
WITHDRAWALS

 

A Participant may receive a distribution
from his Rollover Contribution Account at any time.

 

Section 8.03         TRANSFER
ACCOUNT

 

In addition to the foregoing, a Participant
may receive a distribution from his Transfer Account as permitted under the terms of any plan from which funds in such Account
were transferred to the extent that such optional forms of benefit must be preserved pursuant to Code section 411(d)(6).

 

Section 8.04         RULES
REGARDING IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          In
General. This Section shall apply only to the extent that in-service withdrawals are otherwise permitted pursuant to this Article
8.

 

(b)          Frequency
and Amount of Withdrawals. The Plan Administrator may establish uniform procedures that include, but are not limited to, prescribing
limitations on the frequency and minimum amount of withdrawals; provided, that no procedures involving minimum amounts shall prescribe
a minimum withdrawal greater than $1,000.

 

(c)          Form
of Withdrawals. All distributions of amounts withdrawn pursuant to this Article 8 shall be made in the form of a single sum as
soon as practicable following the Valuation Date as of which such withdrawal is made. Such distributions may be paid in cash or
in-kind.

 

(d)          Active
Employment. Only Employees shall be eligible to receive in-service distributions pursuant to this Article 8.

 

(e)          Ordering
Rule. The Plan Administrator shall determine the ordering rule for in-service distributions. Such ordering rule may provide that
the Participant may elect to have payments made first or last from his Roth Elective Deferral Account or Voluntary Contribution
Account or in any combination of such Accounts and any other Account.

 

(f)          Transfer
Account. A Participant may receive a distribution from the vested portion of his Transfer Account only to the extent such Account
was not transferred from a qualified plan subject to Code section 412, to the extent Section 8.04 applies or to the extent the
Plan permits distributions to be made to a Participant who has attained age 62 and who has not separated from employment.

 

    	 	57	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 8 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS
AND LOANS

 

Section 8.05         LOANS

 

(a)          Eligible
Participants. Unless elected otherwise in Section F.7. MEP Participation Agreement, a Participant may apply for a loan from the
Plan and the provisions of Code section 72(p) and Treas. Reg. section 1.72(p)-1 shall apply to the Plan and are hereby incorporated
by reference. The Plan Administrator may provide that a loan may only be granted for the purpose of enabling the Participant to
meet a financial hardship or an unusual or special situation in his financial affairs. Loans shall only be granted pursuant to
the terms of this Section to persons who the Plan Administrator determines have the ability to repay the loan. Loans shall not
be made available to Participants who are or were Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount available to
other Participants and loans shall be made available to all Participants on a nondiscriminatory and reasonably equivalent basis.

 

(b)          Maximum
Loan Amount. No loan to any Participant can be made to the extent that such loan when added to the outstanding balance of all other
loans to the Participant would exceed the lesser of:

 

(1)         $50,000
reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of loans during the one year period ending on the day before
the loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made; or

 

(2)         one-half
the present value of the vested Account balance of the Participant or, if greater and so provided by the Plan Administrator, the
total vested Account balance up to $10,000; provided that additional security is given to the extent such loan exceeds 50% of the
vested Account balance.

 

For the purpose of the above limitation,
all loans from all qualified plans of the Employer are aggregated.

 

(c)          Loan
Term and Amortization. Any loan shall by its terms require that repayment (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments,
not less frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years from the date of the loan If so provided by the
Plan Administrator, a loan term may extend beyond five years if the loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit which within a reasonable
time (determined at the time the loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of the Participant.

 

(d)          Minimum
Loan Amount - Maximum Number of Loans. The Plan Administrator shall specify a minimum loan amount and the maximum number of loans
outstanding at any one time.

 

(e)          Interest
Rate. Interest shall be charged at a rate to be fixed by the Plan Administrator and, in determining the interest rate, the Plan
Administrator shall take into consideration interest rates currently being charged on similar commercial loans by persons in the
business of lending money.

 

(f)          Security.
All loans shall be secured by no more than one-half of the vested portion of the Participant's Accounts (determined immediately
after the origination of the loan) and such additional security as the Plan Administrator may deem necessary. All loans made to
Participants under this Section are to be considered Trust Fund investments and shall be segregated as provided in Article 9 hereof
unless the Plan Administrator provides otherwise.

 

(g)          Repayment.
Loans shall be repaid in accordance with the foregoing and the Plan Administrator may require as a condition to granting such loan
that it be repaid through payroll deductions. Unless the loan note provides otherwise, the principal amount of the loan and accrued
interest shall become immediately due and payable upon a Termination of Employment. Repayment may be suspended pursuant to Code
section 414(u).

 

    	 	58	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 8 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS
AND LOANS

 

(h)          Loan
Fees. Fees properly chargeable in connection with a loan may be charged, in accordance with a uniform and nondiscriminatory policy
established by the Plan Administrator, against the Account of the Participant to whom the loan is granted.

 

(i)          Default.
In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of security shall not occur until a distributable event occurs
in the Plan.

 

(j)          Loans
to Self-Employed Persons. For Plan loans made before January 1, 2002, no loans will be made to any shareholder-employee or owner-employee.
For purposes of this requirement, a shareholder-employee means an employee or officer of an electing small business (Subchapter
S) corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code section 318(a)(1), on any day during the taxable
year of such corporation, more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the corporation. An owner-employee means, if the Employer is
a sole proprietorship, an individual who is the sole proprietor, or, if the Employer is a partnership, a partner owning more than
10% of either the capital or profits interest of the partnership.

 

(k)          Loan
Procedures. The Plan Administrator is authorized to adopt any administrative rules or procedures that it deems necessary or appropriate
with respect to the granting and administering of loans under this Article 8.

 

(l)          Ordering
Rule. The Plan Administrator shall determine from which Accounts a Participant may receive a loan and the ordering rule for loans.
Such ordering rule may provide that the Participant may elect to have loans made first or last from his Roth Elective Deferral
Account or Voluntary Contribution Account (if applicable) or in any combination of such Accounts and any other Account.

 

(m)          Spousal
Consent. If so provided by the Plan Administrator, the Participant must obtain the consent of his or her spouse, if any, to use
the Account balance as security for a loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the 180-day period
that ends on the date on which the loan is to be so secured. The consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the
loan, and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to
the consenting spouse or any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Account balance
is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Plan, the portion of the Participant's vested Account balance used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan
outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount of the Account balance payable
at the time of death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100% of the Participant's
vested Account balance (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable to the surviving spouse, then the Account
balance shall be adjusted by first reducing the vested Account balance by the amount of the security used as repayment of the loan,
and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.

 

    	 	59	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 8 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS
AND LOANS

 

Section 8.06         HARDSHIP
DISTRIBUTION

 

Unless elected otherwise in Section F.8. MEP Participation Agreement,
a Participant may receive a hardship distribution pursuant to the following provisions.

 

(a)          Hardship
events. The Plan Administrator, at the election of the Participant, shall direct the distribution to any Participant in any one
Plan Year up to the lesser of 100% of the vested interest of their Elective Deferral Account only, valued as of the last Valuation
Date or the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. For purposes of this Section,
a Participant shall include an Employee who has an Account balance in the Plan. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section
shall be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date
of distribution, and the Account from which the distribution is made shall be reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section
shall be authorized only if the distribution is for an immediate and heavy financial need. The Plan Administrator will determine
whether there is an immediate and heavy financial need based on the facts and circumstances. An immediate and heavy financial need
includes, but is not limited to, a distribution for one of the following:

(1) Expenses for (or necessary
to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code Section 213(d) (determinedwithout regard to whether the expenses
exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income);

(2) Costs directly related to
the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant;

(3) Payments for burial or funeral
expenses for the Participant's deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and, for taxable
years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B));

(4) Payment of tuition, related
educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant,
the Participant's spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and, for taxable years beginning on or after
January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B));

(5) Payments necessary to prevent
the eviction of the Participant from the Participant's principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence; or

(6) Expenses for the repair of
damage to the Participant's principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined
without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

 

(b) Other limits and conditions. No distribution
shall be made pursuant to this Section from the Participant's Account until such Account has become fully vested. Furthermore,
if a hardship distribution is permitted from more than one Account, the Plan Administrator may determine any ordering of a Participant's
hardship distribution from such Accounts.

 

(c) Distribution rules apply. Any distribution
made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner that is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Article 7, including,
but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

 

    	 	60	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 9 INVESTMENT AND VALUATION
OF TRUST FUND

 

ARTICLE 9

INVESTMENT AND VALUATION OF TRUST
FUND

 

Section 9.01         INVESTMENT
OF ASSETS

 

All existing assets of the Trust Fund and
all future contributions shall be invested in accordance with the terms of this Article 9. All assets of the Trust Fund may be
commingled for investment purposes with the assets of any retirement plan which is maintained by the Participating Employer and
which qualifies under Code section 401(a) and may be held as a single fund under one or more trust instruments; provided that the
value of each plan's assets can be determined at any time. The assets allocable to each such plan shall in no event be used for
the benefit of Participants in the other plans.

 

Section 9.02         PARTICIPANT
SELF-DIRECTION

 

(a)          In
General. The Plan Administrator may permit Participants to direct the investment of their Accounts pursuant to this Section 9.02.
Any Participant self-direction shall be made pursuant to such uniform guidelines and procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish
from time to time. If permitted by the Plan Administrator, a Participant may direct the investment of all of his Accounts.

 

(b)          Investment
Elections. Each Participant shall direct in the form and manner and at the time or times prescribed by the Plan Administrator the
percentage of the applicable Accounts to be invested in one or more of the available Investment Funds, subject to such rules and
limitations as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. After the death of the Participant, a Beneficiary shall be entitled to make
investment elections as if the Beneficiary were the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator may restrict
investment transfers to the extent required to comply with applicable law.

 

(c)          Loans.
Any assets that are held in the form of a Participant loan made pursuant to Article 8 shall be treated as a segregated investment.

 

(d)          Right
to Divest Publicly Traded Employer Securities. This Subsection shall apply to the extent that the Plan holds publicly traded employer
securities and shall be interpreted in accordance with Code section 401(a)(35)(H), IRS Notice 2006-107, Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(35)-1.
This Subsection shall not apply if the Plan is a one-participant plan.

 

(1)         Right
to Divest. An applicable individual may elect to direct the Plan to divest any publicly traded employer securities held in the
applicable portion of his or her Account and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options offered under the Plan.
This diversification right only applies to publicly traded employer securities that are held in the Account for which the individual
meets the definition of applicable individual. The investment options offered shall include not less than three investment options,
other than employer securities, to which the applicable individual may direct the proceeds of the divestment of employer securities,
and each investment option must be diversified and have materially different risk and return characteristics. The opportunity to
divest and reinvest shall be offered no less frequently than quarterly. The Plan shall not impose any restrictions or conditions
with respect to the investment of employer securities in violation of Code section 401(a)(35)(D)(ii)(II).

 

(2)         Notice.
The Plan Administrator shall provide a notice to applicable individuals not later than 30 days before the first date on which the
individuals are eligible to exercise their rights. The notice shall describe the diversification rights provided under Code section
401(a)(35) and describe the importance of diversifying the investment of retirement account assets. Plans with Plan Years beginning
on or after January 1, 2007, but before February 1, 2007, are not required to furnish the notice earlier than January 1, 2007.

 

    	 	61	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 9 INVESTMENT
AND VALUATION OF TRUST FUND

 

(3)         Transition
Rules. The transition rules described in IRS Notice 2006-107 (extended by IRS Notice 2008-7) and Code section 401(a)(35)(H) shall
apply.

 

(4)         Definitions.

 

(A)         The
term publicly traded employer securities means employer securities which are readily tradable on an established securities market.
Employer securities shall be treated as publicly traded employer securities if any Employer corporation, or any member of the controlled
group of corporations that includes an Employer corporation, has issued a class of stock that is a publicly traded employer security.
However, the Plan is not treated as holding employer securities with respect to any securities held by either an investment Participating
Employer registered under the Investment Participating Employer Act of 1940 or a similar pooled investment vehicle that is regulated
and subject to periodic examination by a State or Federal agency.

 

(B)         The
term applicable individual means:

 

(i)          With
respect to Elective Deferrals and Employee contributions, including rollovers (and earnings thereon): (1) any Participant, (2)
any Alternate Payee who has an Account under the Plan, and (3) any Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

 

(ii)         With
respect to other Employer contributions (and earnings thereon): (1) a Participant who has completed at least three years of service,
(2) an Alternate Payee who has an Account under the Plan with respect to a Participant who has completed at least three years of
service, or (3) a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

 

Section 9.03         INDIVIDUAL
ACCOUNTS

 

There shall be maintained on the books of
the Plan with respect to each Participant, as applicable, an Elective Deferral Account, Pre-tax Elective Deferral Account, Roth
Elective Deferral Account, In-Plan Roth Rollover Account, Matching Contribution Account (and Qualified Matching Contribution Account),
Profit Sharing Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account, Transfer Account
and any other Account established by the Plan Administrator. Each such Account shall separately reflect the Participant's interest
in the Trust Fund relating to such Account. Each Participant shall receive, at least annually, or as otherwise required, a statement
of his Account. A Participant's interest in the Trust Fund shall be determined and accounted for based on his beneficial interest
in such fund.

 

Section 9.04         QUALIFYING
EMPLOYER INVESTMENTS

 

The Trustee may not invest the assets of
the Trust Fund in "qualifying employer securities" or "qualifying employer real property" as those terms are
defined in ERISA.

 

    	 	62	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 9 INVESTMENT AND VALUATION
OF TRUST FUND

 

Section 9.05         ALLOCATION
OF EARNINGS AND LOSSES

 

(a)          Reinvestment.
The dividends, capital gains distributions, and other earnings received on the Trust Fund shall be allocated to such fund and reinvested.

 

(b)          Valuation.
The assets of each Investment Fund shall be valued at their current fair market value as of each Valuation Date, and Accounts of
each Participant with interests in that Investment Fund shall be credited with such Participant's allocable share of the earnings
and losses of each Investment Fund since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. Such allocation shall be done on the basis of
such Participant's interest in the applicable Investment Fund. For purposes of the allocation of investment earnings and losses,
the Plan Administrator may adjust the value of interests of Investment Funds in Accounts as of the preceding Valuation Date to
account for any contributions, distributions or withdrawals that occur after such preceding Valuation Date.

 

(c)          Allocation
to Individual Accounts. The Accounts of each Participant shall be adjusted as of each Valuation Date by: (1) reducing such Accounts
by any distributions and withdrawals made therefrom since the preceding Valuation Date; (2) increasing or reducing such Accounts
by the Participant's share of earnings and losses and reasonable fees charged against such Accounts at the direction of the Plan
Administrator; and (3) crediting such Accounts with any contributions made thereto since the preceding Valuation Date.

 

(d)          Allocation
of Expenses. The Plan Administrator may allocate all, none or any portion of the Plan's expenses to Participant Accounts. When
allocating expenses among Participant Accounts, the Plan Administrator may allocate such expenses using any reasonable method that
does not violate Title I of ERISA and does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees within the meaning of applicable
provisions of Code section 401(a)(4). Such methods may include, but not be limited to: (1) allocating expenses only to current
or former Employees (or among any other classification(s) of Employees); (2) allocating expenses directly to individual Employees;
(3) allocating expenses using the per capita or pro rata method; and (4) any combination of the foregoing.

 

(e)          Valuation
for Distribution. For the purposes of paying the amounts to be distributed to a Participant or Beneficiary pursuant to Articles
7 and 8, the value of the Participant's interest shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article as of the
Valuation Date related to the date benefits are paid.

 

(f)          No
Rights Created by Allocation. An allocation of contributions or earnings to the separate Account of a Participant under this Article
9 shall not cause the Participant to have any right, title or interest in any assets of the Plan except at the time and under the
terms and conditions expressly provided for in the Plan.

 

(g)          Dividends
and Credits. Any dividends or credits earned on insurance contracts will be allocated to the Participant's Account for whose benefit
the contract is held. No contract will be purchased under the Plan unless such contract or a separate definite written agreement
between the Participating Employer and the insurer provides that no value under contracts providing benefits under the Plan or
credits determined by the insurer (on account of dividends, earnings, or other experience rating credits, or surrender or cancellation
credits) with respect to such contracts may be paid or returned to the Participating Employer or diverted to or used for other
than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, any contribution made by the Participating Employer
may be returned to the Participating Employer pursuant to Article 10.

 

    	 	63	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 9 INVESTMENT AND VALUATION
OF TRUST FUND

 

Section 9.06         VOTING
RIGHTS

 

A Participant shall not have the right to
direct the Trustee as to the exercise of voting rights with respect to any Trust Fund investment.

 

    	 	64	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 10 TRUST FUND

 

ARTICLE 10

TRUST FUND

 

Section 10.01TRUST FUND

 

(a)    Continuation
of Trust Fund. A Trust is hereby established or continued under the Plan and the Trustee will maintain a trust account for the
Plan and, as part thereof, Participants' Accounts for such individuals as the Participating Employer shall from time to time give
written notice to the Trustee are Participants in the Plan. The Trustee will accept and hold in the Trust Fund such contributions
on behalf of Participants as it may receive from time to time from the Participating Employer, including amounts transferred by
any prior trustee of the Plan, and such earnings, income and appreciation as may accrue thereon; less losses, depreciation and
payments made by the Trustee to carry out the purposes of the Plan. The Trust Fund shall be fully invested and reinvested in accordance
with the applicable provisions of the Plan.

 

(b)      Exclusive
Benefit. All contributions made to the Plan are made for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, and
such contributions shall not be used for, nor diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and
their Beneficiaries (including the costs of maintaining and administering the Plan and corresponding Trust).

 

(c)      Return
of Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan: (1) as contributions made prior to the receipt of an initial
determination letter are conditional upon a favorable determination as to the qualified status of the Plan under Code section 401(a),
if the Plan receives an adverse determination with respect to its initial qualification, then any such contribution may be returned
to the Participating Employer within one year after such determination, provided the application for determination is made by the
time prescribed by law; (2) contributions made by the Participating Employer based upon mistake of fact may be returned to the
Participating Employer within one year of such contribution; (3) as all contributions to the Plan are conditioned upon their deductibility
under the Code, if a deduction for such a contribution is disallowed, such contribution may be returned to the Participating Employer
within one year of the disallowance of such deduction; and (4) after all liabilities under the Plan have been satisfied, the remaining
assets of the Trust shall be distributed to the Participating Employer if such distribution does not contravene any provision of
applicable law.

 

In the case of the return of a contribution
due to mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction, the amount that may be returned is the excess of the amount contributed
over the amount that would have been contributed had there not been a mistake or disallowance. Earnings attributable to the excess
contributions may not be returned to the Participating Employer but losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount to be so
returned. Any return of contribution or distribution of assets made by the Trustee pursuant to this Section shall be made only
upon the direction of the Participating Employer, which shall have exclusive responsibility for determining whether the conditions
of such return or distribution have been satisfied and for the amount to be returned.

 

(d)     Assets
Not Held by Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any assets of the Plan that are held outside of the Trust Fund. The
Trustee is expressly hereby relieved of any responsibility or liability for any losses resulting to the Plan arising from any acts
or omissions on the part of any insurance Participating Employer holding assets outside of the Trust Fund. The Trustee may require
the Participating Employer to serve as custodian for all promissory notes and related documents issued in connection with the Plan's
Participant loan program and require the Participating Employer to be responsible for the safekeeping of same.

 

    	 	65	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 10 TRUST
FUND

 

(e)     Group
Trust. In the event that the Trust is a part of any group trust (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Rulings
81-100 and 2011-1): (1) participation in the Trust is limited to (i) individual retirement accounts which are exempt under Code
section 408(e), (ii) pension and profit-sharing trusts which are exempt under Code section 501(a) by qualifying under Code section
401(a) and (iii) accounts under Code sections 403(b)(7), 403(b)(9) and governmental retiree benefit plans under Code section 401(a)(24)
to the extent the requirements of Revenue Ruling 2011-1 are met; (2) no part of the corpus or income which equitably belongs to
any individual retirement account or Employer's trust may be used for or diverted to any purposes other than for the exclusive
benefit of the individual or the Employees, respectively, or their Beneficiaries who are entitled to benefits under such participating
individual retirement account or Employer's trust; (3) no part of the equity or interest in the Trust Fund shall be subject to
assignment by a participating individual retirement account or Employer's trust; and (4) the Trustee shall maintain separate accounts
for each participating trust or individual retirement account.

 

Section 10.02DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

 

(a)    In General.
The Trustee is not a party to, and has no duties or responsibilities under the Plan, other than those that may be expressly contained
in this Article. The Trustee shall have no duties, responsibilities or liability with respect to the acts or omissions of any prior
trustee. The Trustee shall discharge its assigned duties and responsibilities under this Article and the Plan with the care, skill,
prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with
such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

 

(b)    Contributions.
The Trustee agrees to accept contributions that are paid to it by the Participating Employer (as well as Rollover Contributions
and direct transfers from other eligible retirement plans) in accordance with the terms of this Article. Such contributions shall
be in cash or in such other form that may be acceptable to the Trustee. In-kind contributions of other than qualifying employer
securities are permitted only in non-pension plans provided that the contribution is discretionary and unencumbered. Qualifying
employer securities may be contributed to both pension and non-pension plans subject to the requirements of ERISA section 408(e).
The Trustee shall have no responsibility for any property until it is received by the Trustee. The CEO of each Participating Employer
has the duty to determine and collect contributions under the Plan. The Participating Employer shall have the sole duty and responsibility
for the determination of the accuracy or sufficiency of the contributions to be made under the Plan, the transmittal of the same
to the Trustee and compliance with any statute, regulation or rule applicable to contributions.

 

(c)    Distributions.
The Trustee shall make distributions out of the Trust Fund pursuant to instructions described in Section 10.05. The Trustee shall
not have any responsibility or duty under this Article for determining that such are in accordance with the terms of the Plan and
applicable law, including without limitation, the amount, timing or method of payment and the identity of each person to whom such
payments shall be made. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or duty to determine the tax effect of any payment or to see to
the application of any payment. In making payments, the Participating Employer acknowledges that the Trustee is acting as a paying
agent and not as the payor, for tax information reporting and withholding purposes. In the event that any dispute shall arise as
to the persons to whom payment or delivery of any assets shall be made by the Trustee, the Trustee may withhold such payment or
delivery until such dispute shall have been settled by the parties concerned or shall have been determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction.

 

(d)    Records.
The Trustee shall keep full and accurate accounts of all receipts, investments, disbursements and other transactions hereunder,
including such specific records as may be agreed upon in writing between the Participating Employer and the Trustee. All such accounts,
books and records shall be open to inspection and audit at all reasonable times by any authorized representative of the Participating
Employer or the Plan Administrator. A Participant may examine only those individual account records pertaining directly to him.

 

    	 	66	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 10 TRUST
FUND

 

(e)    Accounting.
The Trustee shall file with the Plan Administrator a written account of the administration of the Trust Fund showing all transactions
effected by the Trustee subsequent to the period covered by the last preceding account and all property held at the end of the
accounting period. The Trustee shall use its best effort to file such written account within ninety (90) days, but not later than
one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year. Upon approval of such accounting by the Plan Administrator, neither
the Participating Employer nor the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to any further accounting by the Trustee. The Plan Administrator
may approve such accounting by written notice of approval delivered to the Trustee or by failure to express objection to such accounting
in writing delivered to the Trustee within six (6) months from the date on which the accounting is delivered to the Plan Administrator.

 

(f)    Participant
Eligibility. The Trustee shall not be required to determine the facts concerning the eligibility of any Participant to participate
in the Plan, the amount of benefits payable to any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan, or the date or method of payment
or disbursement. The Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely in good faith solely upon the written advice and directions of the
Plan Administrator as to any such question of fact.

 

(g)    Indicia
of Ownership. The Trustee shall not hold the indicia of ownership of any assets of the Trust Fund outside of the jurisdiction of
the District Courts of the United States, unless in compliance with section 404(b) of ERISA and regulations thereunder.

 

(h)    Notice.
The Trustee shall provide the Participating Employer with advance notice of any legal actions the Trustee may take with respect
to the Plan and Trust and shall promptly notify the Participating Employer of any claim against the Plan and Trust.

 

(i)    Other
Fiduciaries. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of any other persons except as may be required by ERISA
section 405.

  

Section 10.03GENERAL INVESTMENT POWERS

 

In addition to all powers and authority
under common law, statutory authority and other provisions of this Article, the Trustee shall have the following powers and authorities
to be exercised in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 hereof:

 

(a)    Invest
and reinvest the Trust Fund in any property, real, personal or mixed, wherever situated, and whether situated, and whether or not
productive of income or consisting of wasting assets, including, without limitation, common and preferred stock, bonds, notes,
debentures, options, mutual funds, leaseholds, mortgages (including without limitation, any collective or part interest in any
bond and mortgage or note and mortgage), certificates of deposit, and oil, mineral or gas properties, royalties, interests or rights
(including equipment pertaining thereto), without being limited to the classes of property in which trustees are authorized by
law or any rule of court to invest trust funds and without regard to the proportion any such property may bear to the entire amount
of the Trust Fund;

 

(b)    Hold property
in nominee name, in bearer form, or in book entry form, in a clearinghouse corporation or in a depository, provided that such property
is held in conformance with DOL Reg. section 2550-403a-1(b) and that such property is held by (i) a bank or trust Participating
Employer that is subject to supervision by the United States or a state, or a nominee of such bank or trust Participating Employer,
(ii) a broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer; (iii) a "clearing
agency," as defined in section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or its nominee; or (iv) any other entity as
provided in DOL Reg. section 2550-403a-1(b);

 

    	 	67	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 10 TRUST
FUND

 

(c)      Collect
income payable to and distributions due to the Trust Fund and sign on behalf of the Trust any declarations, affidavits, certificates
of ownership and other documents required to collect income and principal payments, including but not limited to, tax reclamations,
rebates and other withheld amounts;

 

(d)      To sell,
exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the Trustee.
No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity,
expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition;

 

(e)      Pursuant
to the terms of Section 10.06, to vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies or powers
of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or other options,
and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations
or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or charges in
connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other
property;

 

(f)      Take all
action necessary to pay for authorized transactions or make authorized distributions, including exercising the power to borrow
or raise monies from any lender, upon such terms and conditions as are necessary to settle such transactions or distributions;

 

(g)      To keep
such portion of the Trust Fund uninvested in cash or cash balances as the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the best
interests of the Plan, without liability for interest thereon;

 

(h)      To accept
and retain for such time as the Trustee may deem advisable any securities or other property received or acquired as Trustee hereunder,
whether or not such securities or other property would normally be purchased as investments hereunder;

 

(i)      To make,
execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be
necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

 

(j)       To settle,
compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Trust Fund, to commence or defend
suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan and/or Trust Fund in all suits and legal and administrative
proceedings (arbitration shall not be permitted to the extent the claim involves a Participant);

 

(k)       To invest
in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations;

 

(l)      To deposit
cash in accounts in the banking department of the Trustee or an affiliated banking organization;

 

(m)      To deposit
monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations;

 

    	 	68	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 10 TRUST
FUND

 

(n)       To invest
and reinvest all or any portion of the Trust Fund collectively with funds of other retirement plan trusts exempt from tax under
Code section 501(a), including, without limitation, the power to invest collectively with such other funds through the medium of
one or more common, collective or commingled trust funds which have been or may hereafter be operated by the Trustee, the instrument
or instruments establishing such trust fund or funds, as amended from time to time, being made part of this Trust so long as any
portion of the Trust Fund shall be invested through the medium thereof;

 

(o)      To sell,
either at public or private sale, option to sell, mortgage, lease for a term of years less than or continuing beyond the possible
date of the termination of the Trust created hereunder, partition or exchange any real property which may from time to time constitute
a portion of the Trust Fund, for such prices and upon such terms as it may deem best, and to make, execute and deliver to the purchasers
thereof good and sufficient deeds of conveyance therefor and all assignments, transfers and other legal instruments, either necessary
or convenient for the passing of the title and ownership thereof to the purchaser, free and discharged of all trusts and without
liability on the part of such purchasers to see to the proper application of the purchase price;

 

(p)      To repair,
alter, improve or demolish any buildings which may be on any real estate forming part of the Trust Fund or to erect entirely new
structures thereon;

 

(q)      To renew,
extend or participate in the renewal or extension of any mortgage, upon such terms as may be deemed advisable, and to agree to
a reduction in the rate of interest on any mortgage or to any other modification or change in the terms of any mortgage or of any
guarantee pertaining thereto, in any manner and to any extent that may be deemed advisable for the protection of the Trust Fund
or the preservation of the value of the investment; to waive any default, whether in the performance of any covenant or condition
of any mortgage or in the performance of any guarantee, or to enforce any such default in such manner and to such extent as may
be deemed advisable; to exercise and enforce any and all rights of foreclosure, to bid on property in foreclosure, to take a deed
in lieu of foreclosure with or without paying a consideration therefor, and in connection therewith to release the obligation on
the bond or note secured by the mortgage; and to exercise and enforce in any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity any
rights or remedies in respect to any mortgage or guarantee;

 

(r)      To purchase
any authorized investment at a premium or at a discount;

 

(s)      To purchase
any annuity contract; and

 

(t)      To do
all such acts and exercise all such rights and privileges, although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem
necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

 

Section 10.04OTHER INVESTMENT POWERS

 

(a)    Requirement
for Preapproval. The powers granted the Trustee under Section 10.03 shall be exercised by the Trustee upon the written direction
from the Investment Fiduciary pursuant to Sections 10.05 and 10.06. Any written direction of the Investment Fiduciary may be of
a continuing nature, but may be revoked in writing by the Investment Fiduciary at any time. The Trustee shall comply with any direction
as promptly as possible, provided it does not contravene the terms of the Plan or the provision of any applicable law. The Investment
Fiduciary, by written direction, may require the Trustee to obtain written approval of the Investment Fiduciary before exercising
such of its powers as may be specified in such direction. Any such direction may be of a continuing nature or otherwise and may
be revoked in writing by the Investment Fiduciary at any time. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss that may result
from the failure or refusal of the Investment Fiduciary to give any such required direction or approval.

 

    	 	69	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 10 TRUST
FUND

 

(b)    Prohibited
Transactions. The Trustee shall not engage in any prohibited transaction within the meaning of the Code and ERISA.

 

(c)    Legal
Actions. The Trustee is authorized to execute all necessary receipts and releases and shall be under the duty to make efforts to
collect such sums as may appear to be due (except contributions hereunder); provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be required
to institute suit or maintain any litigation to collect the proceeds of any asset unless it has been indemnified to its satisfaction
for counsel fees, costs, disbursements and all other expenses and liabilities to which it may in its judgment be subjected by such
action. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustee is authorized to compromise and adjust claims arising
out of any asset held in the Trust Fund upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee may deem just, and the action so taken by
the Trustee shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons interested in the Trust Fund.

 

(d)    Retention
of Advisors. The Trustee, with the consent of the Investment Fiduciary, may retain the services of investment advisors to invest
and reinvest the assets of the Trust Fund, as well as employ such legal, actuarial, medical, accounting, clerical and other assistance
as may be required in carrying out the provisions of the Plan. The Trustee may also appoint custodians, subcustodians or subtrustees
as to part or all of the Trust Fund.

 

Section 10.05INSTRUCTIONS

 

(a)    Reliance
on Instructions. Whenever the Trustee is permitted or required to act upon the directions or instructions of the Investment Fiduciary,
Plan Administrator or Participating Employer, the Trustee shall be entitled to act in good faith upon any written communication
signed by any person or agent designated to act as or on behalf of the Investment Fiduciary, Plan Administrator or Participating
Employer. Such person or agent shall be so designated either under the provisions of the Plan or in writing by the Participating
Employer and their authority shall continue until revoked in writing. The Trustee shall incur no liability for failure to act in
good faith on such person's or agent's instructions or orders without written communication, and the Trustee shall be fully protected
in all actions taken in good faith in reliance upon any instructions, directions, certifications and communications believed to
be genuine and to have been signed or communicated by the proper person.

 

(b)    Designation
of Agent.

 

(1)    Plan Sponsor. The Plan Sponsor shall
notify the Trustee in writing as to the appointment, removal or resignation of any person designated to act as or on behalf of
the Investment Fiduciary, Plan Administrator or Plan Sponsor. After such notification, the Trustee shall be fully protected in
acting in good faith upon the directions of, or dealing with, any person designated to act as or on behalf of the Investment Fiduciary,
Plan Administrator or Plan Sponsor until it receives notice to the contrary. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire into the
qualifications of any person designated to act as or on behalf of the Investment Fiduciary, Plan Administrator or Plan Sponsor.

 

(2)    Trustee. If there is more than one Trustee,
the Trustees may designate one or more of the Trustees to act on behalf of the Trustees. Such designated Trustee shall be authorized
to take any and all actions and execute and deliver such documents as may be necessary or appropriate.

 

    	 	70	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 10 TRUST
FUND

 

(c)      Procedures.
The Trustee may adopt such rules and procedures as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate including, but not limited to:
(1) taking action with or without formal meetings; and (2) in the event that there is more than one Trustee, a procedure specifying
whether action may be taken by a less than unanimous vote.

 

(d)      Payment
of Benefits. The Trustee shall pay benefits and expenses from the Trust Fund only upon the written direction of the Plan Administrator.
The Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely in good faith on such directions furnished by the Plan Administrator, and shall be
under no duty to ascertain whether the directions are in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

Section 10.06INVESTMENT OF THE FUND

 

(a)    Investment
Funds. The Investment Fiduciary shall have the exclusive authority and discretion to select the Investment Funds available for
investment under the Plan. In making such selection, the Investment Fiduciary shall use the care, skill, prudence and diligence
under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use
in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. Subject to the first sentence of Subsection (b) below,
the available investments under the Plan shall be sufficiently diversified so as to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under
the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so. The Investment Fiduciary shall notify the Trustee in writing of the selection
of the Investment Funds currently available for investment under the Plan, and any changes thereto.

 

(b)    Participant
Self-Direction. To the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator pursuant to Section 9.02, each Participant shall have the right,
in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, to direct the investment by the Trustee of all amounts allocated to the separate
Accounts of the Participant under the Plan among any one or more of the available Investment Funds; provided, however, that during
any transition period as may be determined by the Investment Fiduciary, the Investment Fiduciary may direct the investment by the
Trustee into the Investment Funds available during such period with respect to which individual Participants' directions shall
not have been made or shall not have been permitted to be made under the Plan. All investment directions by Participants shall
be timely furnished to the Trustee by the Plan Administrator, except to the extent such directions are transmitted telephonically
or otherwise by Participants directly to the Trustee or its delegate in accordance with rules and procedures established and approved
by the Plan Administrator and communicated to the Trustee. In making any investment of the assets of the Fund, the Trustee shall
be fully entitled to rely on such directions furnished to it by the Plan Administrator or by Participants in accordance with the
Plan Administrator's approved rules and procedures, and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or investigation with respect
thereto. If the Trustee receives any contribution under the Plan that is not accompanied by instructions directing its investment,
the Trustee shall notify the Plan Administrator of that fact, and the Trustee may, in its discretion, hold all or a portion of
the contribution uninvested without liability for loss of income or appreciation pending receipt of proper investment directions.

 

(c)    Investment
Managers.

 

(1)      Appointment
of Investment Managers. The Investment Fiduciary may appoint one or more Investment Managers with respect to some or all of the
assets of the Trust Fund as contemplated by section 402(c)(3) of ERISA. Any such Investment Manager shall acknowledge to the Investment
Fiduciary in writing that it accepts such appointment and that it is an ERISA fiduciary with respect to the Plan and the Trust
Fund. The Investment Fiduciary shall provide the Trustee with a copy of the written agreement (and any amendments thereto) between
the Investment Fiduciary and the Investment Manager. By notifying the Trustee of the appointment of an Investment Manager, the
Investment Fiduciary shall be deemed to certify that such Investment Manager meets the requirements of section 3(38) of ERISA.
The authority of the Investment Manager shall continue until the Investment Fiduciary rescinds the appointment or the Investment
Manager has resigned.

 

    	 	71	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 10 TRUST FUND

 

(2)      Separation
of Duties. The assets with respect to which a particular Investment Manager has been appointed shall be specified by the Investment
Fiduciary and shall be segregated in a separate account for the Investment Manager (the "Separate Account") and the Investment
Manager shall have the power to direct the Trustee in every aspect of the investment of the assets of the Separate Account. The
Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of an Investment Manager and shall have no liability or responsibility for
acting pursuant to the direction of, or failing to act in the absence of, any direction from an Investment Manager, unless the
Trustee knows that by such action or failure to act it would be itself committing a breach of fiduciary duty or participating in
a breach of fiduciary duty by such Investment Manager, it being the intention of the parties that each party shall have the full
protection of section 405(d) of ERISA.

 

(d)      Proxies.

 

(1)      Delivery
of Information. The Trustee shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Participating Employer or Plan Administrator all notices,
prospectuses, financial statements, proxies and proxy soliciting materials received by the Trustee relating to securities held
by the Trust or, if applicable, deliver these materials to the appropriate Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

 

(2)      Voting.
The Trustee shall not vote any securities held by the Trust except in accordance with the written instructions of the Participating
Employer, the Investment Fiduciary, or if otherwise permitted in the Plan, the Participant or the Beneficiary of the Participant,
if the Participant is deceased. However, the Trustee may, in the absence of instructions, vote "present" for the sole
purpose of allowing such shares to be counted for establishment of a quorum at a shareholders' meeting. The Trustee shall have
no duty to solicit instructions from Participants, Beneficiaries, the Investment Fiduciary or the Participating Employer.

 

(3)      Investment
Manager. To the extent not delegated to Participants pursuant to Subsection (b), the Investment Manager shall be responsible for
making any proxy voting or tender offer decisions with respect to securities held in the Separate Account and the Investment Manager
shall maintain a record of the reasons for the manner in which it voted proxies or responded to tender offers.

 

Section 10.07COMPENSATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

(a)    Compensation.
The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services as is mutually agreed upon with the Plan Sponsor; provided
that such compensation does not result in a prohibited transaction within the meaning of the Code and ERISA. If the Trustee and
the Participating Employer mutually agree that the Trustee may retain as additional compensation for its services any earnings
resulting from the anticipated short-term investment of funds ("float") on Plan assets deposited in or transferred to
a Trustee general or omnibus account, then the Trustee shall be authorized to retain such float; provided, that such agreement:
(i) discloses the specific circumstances under which float will be earned and retained, (ii) in the case of float on distributions,
discloses when the float period commences and ends, and (iii) discloses the rate of the float or the specific manner in which such
rate will be determined. If approved by the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall also be entitled to reimbursement for all direct
expenses properly and actually incurred on behalf of the Plan. Such compensation or reimbursement shall be paid to the Trustee
out of the Trust Fund unless paid directly by the Participating Employer.

 

    	 	72	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 10 TRUST
FUND

 

(b)    Indemnification.
The Participating Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee (and its delegates) from all claims, liabilities, losses,
damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred by the Trustee in connection with its duties
hereunder to the extent not covered by insurance, except when the same is due to the Trustee's own gross negligence, willful misconduct,
lack of good faith, or breach of its fiduciary duties under the Plan or ERISA.

 

Section 10.08RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL

 

(a)    Resignation.
The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Plan Sponsor which shall be effective 60 days after delivery unless
prior thereto a successor Trustee assumes the responsibilities of Trustee hereunder.

 

(b)    Removal.
The Trustee may be removed by the Plan Sponsor at any time.

 

(c)    Successor
Trustee. The appointment of a successor Trustee hereunder shall be accomplished by and shall take effect upon the delivery to the
resigning or removed Trustee, as the case may be, of written notice of the Plan Sponsor appointing such successor Trustee, and
an acceptance in writing of the office of successor Trustee hereunder executed by the successor so appointed. Any successor Trustee
may be either a corporation authorized and empowered to exercise trust powers or one or more individuals. All of the provisions
set forth herein with respect to the Trustee shall relate to each successor Trustee so appointed with the same force and effect
as if such successor Trustee had been originally named herein as the Trustee hereunder. If within 45 days after notice of resignation
shall have been given under the provisions of this Article a successor Trustee shall not have been appointed, the resigning Trustee
or the Plan Sponsor may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(d)    Transfer
of Trust Fund. Upon the appointment of a successor Trustee, the resigning or removed Trustee shall transfer and deliver the Trust
Fund to such successor Trustee, after reserving such reasonable amount as it shall deem necessary to provide for its expenses in
the settlement of its account, the amount of any compensation due to it and any sums chargeable against the Trust Fund for which
it may be liable. If the sums so reserved are not sufficient for such purposes, the resigning or removed Trustee shall be entitled
to reimbursement for any deficiency from the Plan Sponsor.

 

    	 	73	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 11 SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES

 

ARTICLE 11

SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES

 

Section 11.01TOP-HEAVY STATUS

 

The special provisions set forth in this
Article 11 shall apply during any Plan Year in which this Plan, together with any other retirement plans required to be aggregated
under Code section 416(g) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, is "Top-Heavy." This Plan is Top-Heavy
for any Plan Year beginning after 1983:

 

(a)    If the
Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60% and this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation
Group of plans;

 

(b)    If this
Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy Ratio
for the Required Aggregation Group of plans exceeds 60%; or

 

(c)    If this
Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-Heavy Ratio for
the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%.

 

Section 11.02MINIMUM ALLOCATIONS

 

(a)    In General.
Notwithstanding other provisions of this Plan, for any Plan Year during which this Plan is Top-Heavy and the Top-Heavy minimum
allocation is not met solely or partially in another plan, the following shall apply:

 

(1)      A Participant
specified in Subsection (a)(2) below shall receive the minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to Top-Heavy plans
specified in (a)(3) below.

 

(2)      Participants
Receiving Minimum Allocation/Benefit. If the Participant is not eligible to participate in a defined benefit plan in a group specified
in Section 11.01 other than a frozen plan in which no additional accruals are being made, he or she shall receive the minimum allocation
or benefit in this Plan or any other defined contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer provided, he or she is (i) an
Eligible Employee who is not a Key Employee; and (ii) employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. If the Participant
is eligible to participate in a defined benefit plan in a group specified in Section 11.01, and the Top-Heavy minimum is to be
made in this Plan for such Participant, he or she shall receive the minimum allocation or benefit in this Plan or any other defined
contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer provided, he or she is (i) an Eligible Employee as described in the applicable
plan document; and (ii) has completed 1,000 Hours of Service (in accordance with such defined benefit plan) during such Plan Year.
In the event a Participant is entitled to a Top-Heavy minimum benefit accrual under a defined benefit plan and is not otherwise
eligible for a Top-Heavy minimum allocation under this Plan because of severance of employment prior to the last day of the Plan
Year, such requirement shall be waived in this Plan solely to the extent the Top-Heavy minimum is required to be given in this
Plan. Participants covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall share in Top-Heavy minimum allocations provided retirement
benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining.

 

    	 	74	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 11 SPECIAL
TOP-HEAVY RULES

 

(3)      Amount
of Minimum Allocation/Benefit. If the Participant is not eligible to participate in a defined benefit plan in a group specified
in Section 11.01, the Top-Heavy minimum allocation ("defined contribution minimum") shall not be less than the lesser
of 3% of such Participant's Statutory Compensation or the largest percentage of Participating Employer contributions (including
Elective Deferrals) and forfeitures, as a percentage of Key Employee's Statutory Compensation, as limited by Code section 401(a)(17),
allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that Plan Year. If: (i) the Participant is eligible to participate in a defined benefit
plan in a group specified in Section 11.01, (ii) satisfies the requirement in the defined benefit plan to receive the Top-Heavy
minimum under the terms of that plan, and (iii) the Top-Heavy minimum is to be given in this Plan, the Top-Heavy minimum benefit
("defined benefit minimum") shall be determined under one of the following methods:

 

(A)      Defined
Benefit Minimum. A defined benefit minimum, which is an accrued benefit at any point in time equal to at least the product of (i)
a Participant's average annual compensation for the period of consecutive years (not exceeding five) when the Participant had the
highest aggregate compensation from the Employer and (ii) the lesser of 2% per year of service or 1-year period of service (within
the meaning of Code section 416), as applicable, with the Employer or 20%, subject to the rules of Code section 416 and the Regulations
thereunder;

 

(B)      Floor
Offset. A floor offset approach, pursuant to Revenue Ruling 76-259, 1976-2 C.B. 111, under which the defined benefit minimum of
the defined benefit plan that is provided pursuant to Subsection (A) above is offset by the benefits provided under the defined
contribution plan (or plans);

 

(C)      Comparability
Analysis. A demonstration, using a comparability analysis of Rev. Rul. 81-202, that the plans are providing benefits at least equal
to the defined benefit minimum that is provided pursuant to Subsection (A) above; or

 

(D)      Defined
Contribution Minimum. An allocation of Employer contributions and forfeitures that are made on behalf of such Participant under
this Plan (or any defined contribution plan that is sponsored by the Employer) equal to 5% of the Participant's Statutory Compensation
unless off-setting a portion of the minimum allocation in another plan or the Participant in this Plan is not a participant in
the defined benefit plan. If the Plan allocates its Profit Sharing or Pension Contribution using permitted disparity (integration),
it may, therefore, substitute the 3% in the first step of its allocation process with 5% (or such other amount required) in order
to satisfy the Top-Heavy minimum allocation.

 

(4)      The minimum
allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution. The Top-Heavy minimum shall be made even though, under
other Plan provisions, the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser
allocation for the Plan Year because of: (i) the Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service (or any equivalent provided
in the Plan); (ii) the Participant's failure to make mandatory Employee contributions to the Plan; or (iii) Compensation less than
a stated amount. Except as provided in Subsections (b) and (c) below, neither Elective Deferrals nor Matching Contributions may
be taken into account for the purpose of satisfying the minimum Top-Heavy contribution requirement.

 

(5)      Contributions
under other Plans. In the event the minimum allocation requirement discussed in Subsection 11.02(a) is met solely or partially
in another plan, this Plan may offset the minimum required allocation in Subsection 11.02(a) by the amount allocated in or the
benefit accrued in the other plan. If, after applying the requirements of Code section 416, corresponding regulations and this
Article 11, the Top-Heavy minimum allocation is not satisfied, then additional contributions may be made to this Plan and/or to
one or more plans that are part of the Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group.

 

    	 	75	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 11 SPECIAL TOP-HEAVY RULES

 

(b)    Matching
Contributions. Employer Matching Contributions may be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements
of Code section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the Plan
or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer Matching
Contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as Matching Contributions for purposes
of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code section 401(m).

 

(c)    The Top-Heavy
requirements of Code section 416 and this Section shall not apply in any year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which the Plan
consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code sections 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12) or 401(k)(13)
and Matching Contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code sections 401(m)(10), 401(m)(11) or 401(m)(12) are met;
or in which the Plan is part of an "eligible combined plan" in compliance with Code section 414(x), IRS Notice 2009-71,
and any superseding/subsequent guidance.

 

Section 11.03MINIMUM VESTING

 

(a)    For any
Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy, the following vesting schedule shall automatically apply to the Plan to the extent that
it is more favorable than the vesting schedule provided for in Article 6:

 

	Years of Vesting Service	 	Vesting	 
	 	 	Percentage	 
	Less than Two Years	 	 	0	%
	Two Years but less than Three Years	 	 	20	%
	Three Years but less than Four Years	 	 	40	%
	Four Years but less than Five Years	 	 	60	%
	Five Years but less than Six Years	 	 	80	%
	Six or More Years	 	 	100	%

 

(b)    The minimum
vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to Employee contributions
or those already subject to a vesting schedule which vests at least as rapidly as the schedule listed above, including benefits
accrued before the effective date of Code section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became Top-Heavy. Further, no decrease
in a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the Plan's status as Top-Heavy changes for any Plan Year. However,
this Section does not apply to the Account balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan initially
became Top-Heavy and such Employee's Account balance attributable to Participating Employer contributions and forfeitures will
be determined without regard to this Section. The minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under
Code section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

 

    	 	76	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 12 PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

ARTICLE 12

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

Section 12.01PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

 

(a)   Designation.
The Plan Administrator shall be the Plan Sponsor. The Plan Sponsor may subsequently designate other persons to serve as Plan Administrator.

 

(b)   Authority
and Responsibility of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall be the Plan "administrator" as such term is
defined in section 3(16) of ERISA, and as such shall have total and complete discretionary power and authority:

 

(1)      to make
factual determinations, to construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan, to correct defects and resolve ambiguities and inconsistencies
therein and to supply omissions thereto. Any construction, interpretation or application of the Plan by the Plan Administrator
shall be final, conclusive and binding;

 

(2)      to determine
the amount, form or timing of benefits payable hereunder and the recipient thereof and to resolve any claim for benefits in accordance
with this Article 12;

 

(3)      to determine
the amount and manner of any allocations and/or benefit accruals hereunder, including whether the Plan maintains an ERISA account
and the manner in which amounts deposited in such ERISA account shall be allocated;

 

(4)      to maintain
and preserve records relating to Participants, former Participants, and their Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees;

 

(5)      to prepare
and furnish to Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees all information and notices required under applicable law or the
provisions of this Plan;

 

(6)      to prepare and file or publish with
the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Treasury, their delegates and all other appropriate government officials all reports
and other information required under law to be so filed or published;

 

(7)      to approve
and enforce any loan hereunder including the repayment thereof;

 

(8)      to provide
directions to the Trustee with respect to the purchase of life insurance, methods of benefit payment, valuations at dates other
than regular Valuation Dates and on all other matters where called for in the Plan or requested by the Trustee;

 

(9)      to hire
such professional assistants and consultants as it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable; and shall be entitled,
to the extent permitted by law, to rely conclusively on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports which are furnished
by same;

 

(10)      to determine
all questions of the eligibility of Employees and of the status of rights of Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees;

 

    	 	77	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 12 PLAN
ADMINISTRATION

 

(11)      to arrange
for bonding, if required by law;

 

(12)      to adjust
Accounts in order to correct errors or omissions;

 

(13)      to determine
whether any domestic relations order constitutes a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and to take such action as the Plan Administrator
deems appropriate in light of such domestic relations order;

 

(14)      to retain
records on elections and waivers by Participants, their spouses and their Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees;

 

(15)      to supply
such information to any person as may be required;

 

(16)      to establish,
revise from time to time, and communicate to the Trustee and/or the Investment Fiduciary and Investment Manager(s), a funding policy
and method for the Plan; and

 

(17)      to perform
such other functions and duties as are set forth in the Plan that are not specifically given to the Investment Fiduciary or Trustee.

 

(c)      In performing
its duties, the Plan Administrator shall use the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that
a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character
and with like aims.

 

(d)      Procedures.
The Plan Administrator may adopt such rules and procedures as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate for the administration
of the Plan. When making a determination or calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished
to it. The Plan Administrator's decisions shall be binding and conclusive as to all parties.

 

(e)      Allocation
of Duties and Responsibilities. The Plan Administrator may designate other persons to carry out any of his duties and responsibilities
under the Plan.

 

Section 12.02INVESTMENT FIDUCIARY

 

(a)    Designation.
The Investment Fiduciary shall be the Trustee.

 

(b)    Authority
and Responsibility of the Investment Fiduciary. The Investment Fiduciary shall have the following discretionary authority and responsibility:

 

(1)      to manage
the investment of the Trust Fund;

 

(2)      to appoint
one or more Investment Managers;

 

(3)      to hire
such professional assistants and consultants as it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable;

 

(4)      to establish,
revise from time to time, and communicate to the Trustee and/or Investment Manager(s), an investment policy for the Plan; and

 

(5)      to supply
such information to any person as may be required.

 

    	 	78	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 12 PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

(c)      Procedures.
The Investment Fiduciary may adopt such rules and procedures as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate in furtherance of
its duties hereunder. When making a determination or calculation, the Investment Fiduciary shall be entitled to rely upon information
furnished to it. The Investment Fiduciary's decisions shall be binding and conclusive as to all parties.

 

Section 12.03COMPENSATION OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR
AND INVESTMENT FIDUCIARY

 

The Plan Administrator and Investment Fiduciary
shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for their services as is mutually agreed upon to the extent that such compensation
would not constitute a prohibited transaction within the meaning of the Code and ERISA.

 

Section 12.04PLAN EXPENSES

 

All direct expenses of the Plan, Trustee,
Plan Administrator and Investment Fiduciary or any other person in furtherance of their duties hereunder shall be paid or reimbursed
by the Participating Employer, and if not so paid or reimbursed, shall be proper charges to the Trust Fund and shall be paid therefrom.

 

Section 12.05ALLOCATION OF FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY

 

A Plan fiduciary shall have only those specific
powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are explicitly given him under the Plan and Trust Agreement. It is intended
that each fiduciary shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary. A fiduciary may serve in more
than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

 

Section 12.06INDEMNIFICATION

 

The Participating Employer shall indemnify
and hold harmless any person serving as the Investment Fiduciary and/or Plan Administrator (and their delegates) from all claims,
liabilities, losses, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred by such persons in connection
with their duties hereunder to the extent not covered by insurance, except when the same is due to such person's own gross negligence,
willful misconduct, lack of good faith, or breach of its fiduciary duties under this Plan or ERISA.

 

Section 12.07CLAIMS PROCEDURES

 

(a)   Application
for Benefits. A Participant or any other person entitled to benefits from the Plan (a "Claimant") may apply for such
benefits by completing and filing a claim with the Plan Administrator. Any such claim shall be in writing and shall include all
information and evidence that the Plan Administrator deems necessary to properly evaluate the merit of and to make any necessary
determinations on a claim for benefits. The Plan Administrator may request any additional information necessary to evaluate the
claim.

 

(b)   Timing
of Notice of Denied Claim. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of any adverse benefit determination within a reasonable
period of time, but not later than 90 days (45 days if the claim relates to a disability determination) after receipt of the claim.
This period may be extended one time by the Plan for up to 90 days (30 additional days if the claim relates to a disability determination),
provided that the Plan Administrator both determines that such an extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the
Plan and notifies the Claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial review period, of the circumstances requiring the extension
of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision. If the claim relates to a disability determination, the period
for making the determination may be extended for up to an additional 30 days if the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant prior
to the expiration of the first 30-day extension period.

 

    	 	79	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 12 PLAN
ADMINISTRATION

 

(c)   Content
of Notice of Denied Claim. If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Claimant with a written
notice identifying (1) the reason or reasons for such denial, (2) the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (3)
any material or information needed to grant the claim and an explanation of why the additional information is necessary, and (4)
an explanation of the steps that the Claimant must take if he wishes to appeal the denial including a statement that the Claimant
may bring a civil action under ERISA.

 

(d)   Appeals
of Denied Claim. If a Claimant wishes to appeal the denial of a claim, he shall file a written appeal with the Plan Administrator
on or before the 60th day (180th day if the claim relates to a disability determination) after he receives the Plan Administrator's
written notice that the claim has been wholly or partially denied. The written appeal shall identify both the grounds and specific
Plan provisions upon which the appeal is based. The Claimant shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, documents and
other information relevant to his claim. A written appeal may also include any comments, statements or documents that the Claimant
may desire to provide. The Plan Administrator shall consider the merits of the Claimant's written presentations, the merits of
any facts or evidence in support of the denial of benefits, and such other facts and circumstances as the Plan Administrator may
deem relevant. The Claimant shall lose the right to appeal if the appeal is not timely made. The Plan Administrator shall ordinarily
rule on an appeal within 60 days (45 days if the claim relates to a disability determination). However, if special circumstances
require an extension and the Plan Administrator furnishes the Claimant with a written extension notice during the initial period,
the Plan Administrator may take up to 120 days (90 days if the claim relates to a disability determination) to rule on an appeal.

 

(e)   Denial
of Appeal. If an appeal is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Claimant with a notice identifying
(1) the reason or reasons for such denial, (2) the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (3) a statement that
the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records,
and other information relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits, and (4) a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring
an action under section 502(a) of ERISA. The determination rendered by the Plan Administrator shall be binding upon all parties.
If the Plan Administrator provides the claimant with a final notice of denial of appeal, in order to preserve his or her claim,
the Claimant must file an action with respect to the denied claim no later than 180 days following the date of the Plan Administrator's
final notice of denial of appeal.

 

(f)   Determinations
of Disability. If the claim relates to a disability determination, determinations of the Plan Administrator shall include the information
required under applicable United States Department of Labor regulations.

 

Section 12.08WRITTEN COMMUNICATION

 

To the extent permitted by applicable Treasury
and/or Department of Labor Regulations and accepted by the Plan Administrator and, as applicable, the Trustee, all provisions of
the Plan and Trust that require written notices and elections shall be interpreted to mean authorized electronic and telephonic
notices and elections. Any notice made under the terms of the Plan may be made in any electronic or telephonic method.

 

    	 	80	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 13 AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION

 

ARTICLE 13

AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION

 

Section 13.01AMENDMENT

 

The provisions of the Plan may be amended
at any time and from time to time by the Plan Sponsor, provided, however, that:

 

(a)    No amendment
to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued benefit and no amendment
shall increase the duties and liabilities of the Trustee without the Trustee's consent. For purposes of this Subsection, a Plan
amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant's Account balance, with respect to benefits attributable to service
before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit.

 

A Plan amendment may not decrease a Participant's
accrued benefits, or otherwise place greater restrictions or conditions on a Participant's rights to Code section 411(d)(6) protected
benefits, even if the amendment merely adds a restriction or condition that is permitted under the vesting rules in Code section
411(a)(3) through (11). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an amendment described in the previous sentence does not violate Code section
411(d)(6) to the extent: (1) it applies with respect to benefits that accrue after the applicable amendment date; (2) the Plan
amendment changes the Plan's Vesting Computation Period and it satisfies the applicable requirements under 29 CFR 2530.203-2(c);
or (3) permitted under Code section 412(d)(2) or Treas. Reg. sections 1.411(d)-3 and 1.411(d)-4 and any superseding guidance.

 

No amendment to the Plan shall be effective
to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding sentence shall not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates
or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his or her Account balance under a particular optional form of
benefit if the amendment is permitted under applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

A Plan amendment may also provide exceptions
from the general prohibition against the elimination or restriction of optional forms of benefit for in-kind distributions and
elective transfers as specified under Treas. Reg. section 1.411(d)-4 Q&A 2 and 3.

 

(b)    The Plan
Sponsor may: (1) change the choice of optional language in the plan document; (2) add overriding language in the plan document
when such language is necessary to satisfy Code sections 415 or 416 because of the required aggregation of multiple plans; (3)
amend administrative provisions of the Trust or custodial document and the name of any pooled trust in which the Plan's Trust will
participate; (4) add certain sample or model amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service or other required good faith
amendments which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed; (5) add
or change provisions permitted under the Plan and/or specify or change the effective date of a provision as permitted under the
Plan; and (6) adopt other amendments permitted under Revenue Procedure 2011-49 and any superseding guidance that do not cause the
Plan to become individually designed (this would include, but not be limited to, situations where a closing agreement under the
Audit Closing Agreement Program or a compliance statement under the Voluntary Correction Program has been issued with respect to
the Employer's Plan with regard to the amendment).

 

(c)    If the
Plan's vesting schedule is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date the amendment is
adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee's Employer-derived
accrued benefit will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.

 

    	 	81	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 13 AMENDMENT,
MERGER AND TERMINATION

 

(d)    If the
Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the
Participant's nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a Top-Heavy vesting
schedule, each Participant with at least 3 Years of Vesting Service with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after
the adoption of the amendment or change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment
or change. For Participants who do not have at least 1 Hour of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the
preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting "5 Years of Vesting Service" for "3 Years of Vesting Service"
where such language appears. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted
or deemed to be made and shall end on the latest of:

 

(1)      60 days
after the amendment is adopted;

 

(2)      60 days
after the amendment becomes effective; or

 

(3)      60 days
after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Plan Administrator.

 

The election provided for in this Section
13.01 shall be made in writing and shall be irrevocable when made.

 

(e)      Code section
411(d)(6) protected benefits will be available without regard to Employer discretion in accordance with Treas. Reg. section 1.411(d)(4),
Q & A's #8 & 9.

 

(f)      An amendment
or restatement of the Plan may be made by any method including a formal record of action by the Plan Sponsor or other written document
and execution of such amendment or restatement may be made by written or electronic means.

 

Section 13.02MERGER AND TRANSFER

 

(a)      Merger. In the
event of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each Participant shall have
a benefit in the surviving or transferee plan (as if such plan were then terminated immediately after such merger, consolidation
or transfer) that is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have had immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer
in the plan in which he was then a Participant had such plan been terminated at that time.

 

(b)     Transfer. The
Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to accept assets and related liabilities from another qualified plan in a form acceptable
to the Trustee; provided that the Trustee receives sufficient evidence that the transferor plan is a tax-qualified plan and further
provided that the Trustee shall not be liable for any breach of duty or error in respect of the other qualified plan. The Plan
Administrator may direct the Trustee to transfer assets and related liabilities to another qualified plan provided that it receives
sufficient evidence that the transferee plan is a tax-qualified plan.

 

    	 	82	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 13 AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION

 

Section 13.03TERMINATION

 

(a)    It is the intention
of the Plan Sponsor that this Plan will be permanent. However, the Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any
time for any reason.

 

(b)    Each entity
constituting the Participating Employer reserves the right to terminate its participation in this Plan. Each such entity constituting
the Participating Employer shall be deemed to terminate its participation in the Plan if: (1) it is a party to a merger in which
it is not the surviving entity and the surviving entity is not an affiliate of another entity constituting the Participating Employer;
or (2) it sells all or substantially all of its assets to an entity that is not an affiliate of another entity constituting the
Participating Employer.

 

(c)    Any termination
of the Plan shall become effective as of the date designated by the Plan Sponsor. Except as expressly provided elsewhere in the
Plan, prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to the benefits provided under this Plan, no termination shall
cause any part of the funds or assets held to provide benefits under the Plan to be used other than for the benefit of Participants
or to meet the administrative expenses of the Plan. In the event of the termination of the Plan the Account balance of each affected
Participant will be nonforfeitable. In the event of a partial termination of the Plan the Account balance of each affected Participant
will be nonforfeitable. In the event of a complete discontinuance of contributions under the Plan, the Account balance of each
affected Participant will be nonforfeitable. Upon termination of the Plan, Participant Accounts shall be distributed in a single
lump sum payment unless otherwise required pursuant to Article 7.

    	 	83	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS

 

ARTICLE 14

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

Section 14.01NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS

 

(a)     Except as provided
in Section 14.01(b), the Trust Fund shall not be subject to any form of attachment, garnishment, sequestration or other actions
of collection afforded creditors of the Participating Employer, Participants or Beneficiaries under the Plan and all payments,
benefits and rights shall be free from attachment, garnishment, trustee's process, or any other legal or equitable process available
to any creditor of such Participating Employer, Participant or Beneficiary. Except as provided in Section 14.01(b), no Participant
or Beneficiary shall have the right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any of the benefits or payments
which he may expect to receive, contingently or otherwise, under the Plan, except the right to designate a Beneficiary. Any reference
to a Participant or Beneficiary shall include an Alternate Payee or the Beneficiary of an Alternate Payee.

 

(b)     Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Trustee and/or Plan Administrator may:

 

(1)     Subject to Section
14.02 below, comply with the provisions and conditions of any Qualified Domestic Relations Order pursuant to the provisions of
Code section 414(p).

 

(2)     Comply with
any federal tax levy made pursuant to Code section 6331.

 

(3)     Subject to the
provisions of Code section 401(a)(13), comply with the provisions and conditions of a judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement
issued on or after August 5, 1997 between the Participant and the Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
relating to a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of subtitle B of title I of ERISA.

 

(4)     Bring action
to recover benefit overpayments.

 

Section 14.02RIGHTS OF ALTERNATE PAYEES

 

(a)     General. An
Alternate Payee shall have no rights to a Participant's benefit and shall have no rights under this Plan other than those rights
specifically granted to the Alternate Payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order that are consistent with this Section
14.02.

 

(b)     Distribution.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to distribute all or a
portion of a Participant's benefits under the Plan to an Alternate Payee in accordance with the terms and conditions of a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order. The Plan hereby specifically permits and authorizes distribution of a Participant's benefits under the
Plan to an Alternate Payee in accordance with a Qualified Domestic Relations Order prior to the date the Participant has a Termination
of Employment, or prior to the date the Participant attains his earliest retirement age as defined in Code section 414(p).

 

(c)     Investment Funds.
If the Qualified Domestic Relations Order does not specify the Participant's Accounts, or Investment Funds in which such Accounts
are invested, from which amounts that are separately accounted for shall be paid to an Alternate Payee, such amounts shall be distributed,
or segregated, from the Participant's Accounts, and the Investment Funds in which such Accounts are invested (excluding any amounts
invested as a Participant loan), on a pro rata basis. A Qualified Domestic Relations Order may not provide for the assignment to
an Alternate Payee of an amount that exceeds the balance of the Participant's vested Accounts after deduction of any outstanding
loan.

 

    	 	84	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS

 

(d)        Default Rules. Unless a Qualified Domestic
Relations Order provides to the contrary:

 

(1)     Death Benefits.
An Alternate Payee shall have the right to designate a Beneficiary who shall receive benefits payable to an Alternate Payee which
have not been distributed at the time of the Alternate Payee's death. If the Alternate Payee does not designate a Beneficiary,
or if the Beneficiary predeceases the Alternate Payee, benefits payable to the Alternate Payee which have not been distributed
shall be paid pursuant to Section 7.04(c) (substituting "Alternate Payee" for "Participant"). Any death benefit
payable to the Beneficiary of an Alternate Payee shall be paid in a single sum as soon as administratively practicable after the
Alternate Payee's death.

 

(2)     Investment Direction.
An Alternate Payee shall have the right to direct the investment of any portion of a Participant's Accounts payable to the Alternate
Payee under such order in the same manner with respect to a Participant, which amounts shall be separately accounted for by the
Trustee in the Alternate Payee's name.

 

(3)     Voting Rights.
An Alternate Payee shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of voting rights in the same manner as provided
with respect to a Participant.

 

(e)     Withdrawals/Loans.
An Alternate Payee shall not be permitted to make any withdrawals under Article 8 and shall not be permitted to make a loan from
the separate Account established for the Alternate Payee pursuant to the Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

(f)     Treatment as
Spouse. A former spouse may be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the spouse
or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

(g)     Plan Procedures.
The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for establishing reasonable procedures for determining whether any domestic relations
order received with respect to the Plan qualifies as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, and for administering distributions
in accordance with the terms and conditions of such procedures and any Qualified Domestic Relations Order. Effective April 6, 2007,
pursuant to DOL regulation 2530.206, a domestic relations order will not fail to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order solely
because the domestic relations order: (1) revises or is issued after another domestic relations order or Qualified Domestic Relations
Order, or (2) the domestic relations order is issued after the Participant's death, divorce or Annuity Starting Date.

 

Section 14.03NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT

 

Nothing contained in this Plan shall be
construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and the Participant, or as a right of any Employee to continue in the
employment of the Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the Employer to discharge any of its Employees, with or without
cause.

 

Section 14.04NO RIGHT TO TRUST ASSETS

 

No Employee, Participant, former Participant,
Beneficiary or Alternate Payee shall have any rights to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust upon Termination of Employment
or otherwise, except as specifically provided under the Plan. All payments of benefits under the Plan shall be made solely out
of the assets of the Trust.

 

    	 	85	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.05GOVERNING LAW

 

This Plan shall be construed in accordance
with and governed by the laws of California to the extent not preempted by Federal law.

 

Section 14.06SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS

 

If any provision of the Plan shall be held
invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and the Plan shall
be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

 

Section 14.07HEADINGS AND CAPTIONS

 

The headings and captions herein are provided
for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of
the Plan.

 

Section 14.08GENDER AND NUMBER

 

Except where otherwise clearly indicated
by context, the masculine and the neuter shall include the feminine and the neuter, the singular shall include the plural, and
vice-versa.

 

Section 14.09DISASTER RELIEF

 

The Plan may grant temporary disaster relief
in compliance with Code sections 1400M and 1400Q, and subsequent guidance and/or law, to the extent provided in a resolution by
the Plan Sponsor. Such resolution by the Plan Sponsor may include, but is not limited to: (a) increasing the statutory limits on,
delaying the repayment of, and/or waiving the adequate security requirement for Participants loans; (b) permitting qualified disaster
distributions; and/or (c) permitting the re-contribution of prior disaster distributions by Participants.

 

    	 	86	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 15 MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PROVISIONS

 

ARTICLE 15

MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PROVISIONS

 

 

Section 15.01ELECTION AND OVERRIDING EFFECT

 

If a Participating Employer adopts this
Plan by signing the MEP Participation Agreement, then the provisions of this Article 15 shall apply to such Participating Employer
as of the Effective Date specified in its MEP Participation Agreement and supersede any contrary provisions in the Plan. If this
Article 15 applies, then the Plan shall be a multiple employer plan as described in Code §413(c). In this case, the Employer
and each Participating Employer acknowledge that the Plan is a multiple employer plan subject to the rules of Code §413(c)
and the Regulations thereunder, which are hereby incorporated by reference, and specific annual reporting requirements.

 

Section 15.02PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER ELECTIONS

 

The MEP Participation Agreement must identify
the Participating Employer and the covered Employees and provide for the Participating Employer's signature. In addition, in the
MEP Participation Agreement, the Plan Sponsor shall specify which elections, if any, the Participating Employer can modify, and
any restrictions on the modifications. Any such modification shall apply only to the employees of that Participating Employer.
The Participating Employer shall make any such modification by selecting the appropriate option on its MEP Participation Agreement.
To the extent that the MEP Participation Agreement does not permit modification of an election, any attempt by a Participating
Employer to modify the election shall have no effect on the Plan and the Participating Employer is bound by the Plan terms. If
a Participating Employer does not make any permissible MEP Participation Agreement election modifications, then with regard to
any election, the Participating Employer is bound by the defaults provided in the MEP Participation Agreement.

 

Section 15.03ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

 

Contributions and Forfeitures will only
be allocated to Participants employed by such Participating Employer. Forfeitures of amounts attributable to a Participating Employer
will only be used for the benefit of the Participants of such Participating Employer.

 

    	 	87	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 15 MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PROVISIONS

 

Section 15.04HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE STATUS

 

Status as a Highly Compensated Employee
shall be determined separately with respect to each Participating Employer.

 

Section 15.05TESTING

 

(a) Separate status. The Plan Administrator
shall perform the tests listed below separately for each Participating Employer, with respect to the Employees of that Participating
Employer. For this purpose, the Employees of a Participating Employer, and their allocations and accounts, shall be treated as
though they were in separate plan. Any correction action, such as additional contributions or corrective distributions, shall only
affect the Employees of the Participating Employer. The tests subject to this separate treatment are:

 

(1) The ADP test.

 

(2) The ACP test.

 

(3) Nondiscrimination testing
as described in Code §401(a)(4) and the applicable Regulations.

 

(4) Coverage testing as described
in Code §410(b) and the applicable Regulations.

 

(b) Joint status. The Plan Administrator
shall perform the following tests for the Plan as whole, without regard to employment by a particular Participating Employer:

 

(1) Applying the Code §415
limitation.

 

(2) Applying the Code §402(g)
limitation.

 

(3) Applying the limit on Catch-Up
Contributions.

 

 

Section 15.06TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

 

The Plan will apply the provisions of Article
11 separately to each Participating Employer. The Plan will be considered separate plans for each Participating Employer and its
Employees for purposes of determining whether such a separate plan is top-heavy. For purposes of applying this Article to a Participating
Employer, the Participating Employer and any business which is related to that Participating Employer shall be the "Employer"
for purposes of Article 11, and the terms "Key Employee" and "Non-Key Employee" shall refer only to the Employees
of that Participating Employer. If such a Participating Employer's separate plan is top-heavy, then:

 

(a) Highest contribution rate. The Plan Administrator
shall determine the highest Key Employee contribution rate under Article 11 by reference to the Key Employees and their allocations
in the separate plan of that Participating Employer;

 

(b) Top-heavy minimum allocation. The Plan Administrator
shall determine the amount of any required top-heavy minimum allocation separately for that separate plan under Article 11; and

 

    	 	88	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 15 MULTIPLE EMPLOYER
PROVISIONS

 

(c) Plan Which Will Satisfy. The Participating Employer
shall make any additional contributions Article 11 requires.

 

Section 15.07COMPENSATION

 

(a) Separate determination. For the following
purposes, a Participant's Compensation shall be determined separately for each Participating Employer:

 

(1) Nondiscrimination and coverage.
All of the separate tests listed in Section 15.06(a).

 

(2) Top-heavy. Application of
the top-heavy rules in Article 11.

 

(3) Allocations. Application of
allocations under Article 4.

 

(4) HCE determination. The determination
of an Employee's status as a Highly Compensated Employee.

 

(b) Joint status. For all Plan purposes
other than those described in Section 15.08(a), including but not limited to determining the Code §415 limits, Compensation
includes all Compensation paid by or for any Participating Employer.

 

Section 15.08SERVICE

 

An Employee's service includes all Hours
of Service and Years of Service with any and all Participating Employers. An Employee who terminates employment with one Participating
Employer and immediately commences employment with another Participating Employer has not separated from service or had a severance
from employment.

 

Section 15.09REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

 

If a Participant is a more than 5% Owner
(under Code §416(i)) of any Participating Employer for which the Participant is an Employee in the Plan Year the Participant
attains age 70 1/2, then the Participant's "required beginning date" shall be the April 1 following the close of the
calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

 

Section 15.10COOPERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

(a) Cooperation. Each Participating Employer
agrees to timely provide all information the Plan Administrator deems necessary to insure the Plan is operated in accordance with
the requirements of the Code and ERISA and will cooperate fully with the Plan Sponsor, the Plan, the Plan fiduciaries and other
proper representatives in maintaining the qualified status of the Plan. Such cooperation will include payment of such amounts into
the Plan, to be allocated to employees of the Participating Employer, which are reasonably required to maintain the tax-qualified
status of the Plan.

 

    	 	89	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 15 MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PROVISIONS

 

(b) Indemnity. Each Participating Employer
will indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator, the Plan Sponsor and its subsidiaries; officers, directors, shareholders,
employees, and agents of the Plan Sponsor; the Plan; the Trustees, Fiduciaries, Participants and Beneficiaries of the Plan, as
well as their respective successors and assigns, against any cause of action, loss, liability, damage, cost, or expense of any
nature whatsoever (including, but not limited to, attorney's fees and costs, whether or not suit is brought, as well as IRS plan
disqualifications, other sanctions or compliance fees or DOL fiduciary breach sanctions and penalties) arising out of or relating
to the Participating Employer's noncompliance with any of the Plan's terms or requirements; any intentional or negligent act or
omission the Participating Employer commits with regard to the Plan; and any omission or provision of incorrect information with
regard to the Plan which causes the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of a tax-qualified plan.

 

Section 15.11INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION

 

Unless the Plan Sponsor provides otherwise
in an addendum hereto, the Plan Sponsor shall have the power to terminate the participation of any Participating Employer (hereafter
"Terminated Employer") in this Plan. If and when the Plan Sponsor wishes to exercise this power, the following shall
occur:

 

(a) Notice. The Plan Sponsor shall give
the "Terminated Employer" a notice of the Plan Sponsor’s intent to terminate the "Terminated Employer's"
status as a Participating Employer of the Plan. The Plan Sponsor will provide such notice not less than thirty (30) days prior
to the date of termination unless the Plan Sponsor determines that the interest of Plan Participants requires earlier termination.

(b) Spin-off. The Plan Sponsor shall establish
a new defined contribution plan, using the provisions of this Plan with any modifications contained in the "Terminated Employer's"
MEP Participation Agreement, as a guide to establish a new defined contribution plan (the "spin-off plan"). The Plan
Sponsor will direct the Trustee to transfer (in accordance with the rules of Code §414(l)) the Accounts of the Employees of
the "Terminated Employer" to the "spin-off plan." The "Terminated Employer" shall be the Employer,
Plan Administrator, and sponsor of the "spin-off plan." The Trustee of the "spin-off plan" shall be the person
or entity designated by the "Terminated Employer," or, in the absence of any such designation, the chief executive officer
of the "Terminated Employer." If state law prohibits the "Terminated Employer" from serving as Trustee, the
Trustee is the president of a corporate "Terminated Employer," the managing partner of a partnership "Terminated
Employer," the managing member of a limited liability Participating Employer "Terminated Employer," the sole proprietor
of a proprietorship "Terminated Employer," or in the case of any other entity type, such other person with title and
responsibilities similar to the foregoing. However, the Plan Sponsor shall have the option to designate an appropriate financial
institution as Trustee instead if necessary to protect the interest of the Participants. The Plan Sponsor shall have the authority
to charge the "Terminated Employer" or the Accounts of the Employees of the "Terminated Employer" a reasonable
fee to pay the expenses of establishing the "spin-off plan."

 

(c) Alternative. The "Terminated Employer,"
in lieu of creation of the "spin-off plan" under (b) above, has the option to elect a transfer alternative in accordance
with this Subsection (c).

 

(1) Election. To exercise the
option described in this Subsection, the "Terminated Employer" must inform the Plan Sponsor of its choice, and must supply
any reasonably required documentation as soon as practical. If the Plan Sponsor has not received notice of a "Terminated Employer's"
exercise of this option within ten (10) days prior to the stated date of termination, the Plan Sponsor can choose to disregard
the exercise and proceed with the Spin-off.

 

    	 	90	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE
15 MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PROVISIONS

 

(2) Transfer. If the "Terminated
Employer" selects this option, the Plan Administrator shall transfer (in accordance with the rules of Code §414(l)) the
Accounts of the Employees of the "Terminated Employer" to a qualified plan the "Terminated Employer" maintains.
To exercise this option, the "Terminated Employer" must deliver to the Plan Sponsor or Plan Administrator in writing
the name and other relevant information of the transferee plan and must provide such assurances that the Plan Administrator shall
reasonable require to demonstrate that the transferee plan is a qualified plan.

 

(d) Participants. The Employees of the "Terminated
Employer" shall cease to be eligible to accrue additional benefits under the Plan with respect to Compensation paid by the
"Terminated Employer," effective as of the date of termination. To the extent that these Employees have accrued but unpaid
contributions as of the date of termination, the "Terminated Employer" shall pay such amounts to the Plan or the "spin-off
plan" no later than thirty (30) days after the date of termination, unless the "Terminated Employer" effectively
selects the Transfer option under Subsection (c)(2) above.

 

(e) Consent. By its signature on the MEP
Participation Agreement, the Terminated Employer specifically consents to the provisions of this Article and agrees to perform
its responsibilities with regard to the "spin-off plan," if necessary.

 

Section 15.12VOLUNTARY TERMINATION

 

A Participating Employer (hereafter "withdrawing
employer") may voluntarily withdraw from participation in this Plan at any time. If and when a "withdrawing employer"
wishes to withdraw, the following shall occur:

 

(a) Notice. The "withdrawing employer"
shall inform the Plan Sponsor and the Plan Administrator of its intention to withdraw from the Plan. The Withdrawing Employer must
give the notice not less than thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of its withdrawal.

 

(b) Procedure. The "withdrawing employer"
and the Plan Sponsor shall agree upon procedures for the orderly withdrawal of the "withdrawing employer" from the plan.
Such procedures may include any of the optional spin-off or transfer options described in Section 15.12.

 

(c) Costs. The "withdrawing employer"
shall bear all reasonable costs associated with withdrawal and transfer under this Section.

 

(d) Participants. The Employees of the "withdrawing
employer" shall cease to be eligible to accrue additional benefits under the Plan as to Compensation paid by the "withdrawing
employer," effective as of the effective date of withdrawal. To the extent that such Employees have accrued but unpaid contributions
as of the effective date of withdrawal, the "withdrawing employer" shall contribute such amounts to the Plan or the "spin-off
plan" promptly after the effective date of withdrawal, unless the accounts are transferred to a qualified plan the "withdrawing
employer" maintains.

 

    	 	91	 

     

    

  

ARTICLE 15 MULTIPLE
EMPLOYER PROVISIONS

 

Section 15.13REMOVAL OF PLAN ADMINSTRATOR, PLAN
SPONSOR, OR TRUSTEE

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Article
12, in the event the Plan Administrator, Plan Sponsor, or Trustee resigns or is removed by a majority vote taken by Participating
Employers, the Participating Employers shall designate another person to serve as Plan Administrator, Plan Sponsor, or Trustee.

 

    	 	92	 

     

    

  

Execution Page

 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

The undersigned agree to be bound by the terms of this Plan
document and acknowledge receipt of same. The parties have caused this Plan to be executed this _______ day of ________________,
2015.

 

 

	 	Erisa Wise, Llc:
	 	 
	 	Signature: 	 
	 	 
	 	Print Name:	 
	 	 
	 	Title/Position:	 
	 	 
	 	TRUSTEE:
	 	 
	 	 
	 	ERISA Wise, LLC

 

    	 	93	 

     

    

 

IN-PLAN ROTH TRANSFERS ADDENDUM

 

IN-PLAN ROTH TRANSFERS ADDENDUM

 

Effective January 1, 2015 the Plan shall allow Participants
to elect to transfer any amount not otherwise distributable under the Plan to a designated Roth Elective Deferral Account (or subaccount)
maintained for the Participant within the Plan. The Plan shall not be treated as violating the provisions of Code sections 401(k)(2)(B)(i)
solely by reason of such transfer. Amounts transferred will retain the restrictions on distribution the Account had before such
transfer.

 

This Amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the
requirements of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 and IRS Notice 2013-74 and is to be construed in accordance with the same.

 

    	 	94Exhibit 10.2

 

[INTENDED FOR CYCLE D2]

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT

ESOP

 

The undersigned adopting employer hereby adopts
this Plan. The Plan is intended to qualify as a tax-exempt plan under Code sections 401(a) and 501(a), respectively. The ESOP Accounts
of the Plan and the applicable portion of the Trust are also intended to qualify as a tax-exempt employee stock ownership plan
and trust under Code section 4975(e)(7). The Plan shall consist of this Adoption Agreement, its related Basic Plan Document #CD2-ESOP
and any related Appendix and Addendum to the Adoption Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, all Section references are to Sections
in the Basic Plan Document.

 

COMPANY INFORMATION

 

		1.	Name of adopting employer (Plan Sponsor):         Atlantic Coast Financial
Corporation

		2.	Address  4655 Salisbury Road, Suite 110

		3.	City: Jacksonville 4. State:FL 5. Zip:32256

		6.	Phone number: 904 998-5500 7. Fax number: __________ __________

		8.	Plan Sponsor EIN: 65-1310069

		9.	Plan Sponsor fiscal year end: December 31

		10a.	Plan Sponsor entity type:

		i.	x C Corporation

		ii.	 ̈ S Corporation

		iii.	 ̈ Non Profit Organization

		iv.	 ̈ Partnership

		v.	 ̈ Limited Liability Company

		vi.	 ̈ Limited Liability Partnership

		vii.	 ̈ Sole Proprietorship

		viii.	 ̈ Union

		ix.	 ̈ Government Agency

		x.	 ̈ Other: __________ (must be a legal entity
recognized under the Code)

		10b.	If 10a.viii (Union) is selected, enter name of the representative of the parties who established or maintain the Plan:
__________

		11.	State of organization of Plan Sponsor:Maryland

		12a.	The Plan Sponsor is a member of an affiliated service group:

 ̈
Yes x No

		12b.	If 12a is "Yes", list all members of the group (other than the Plan Sponsor): __________

		13a.	The Plan Sponsor is a member of a controlled group:

 ̈
Yes x No

		13b.	If 13a is "Yes", list all members of the group (other than the Plan Sponsor): __________

 

PLAN INFORMATION

 

		A.	GENERAL INFORMATION.

 

		1.	Plan Number:       034

		2.	Plan name:            a. Atlantic
Coast Financial Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan

			                                b. __________

		3.	Effective Date:

		3a.	Original effective date of Plan: January 01, 2004

		3b.	Is this a restatement of a previously-adopted plan?

x
Yes  ̈ No

		3c.	If A.3b is "Yes", effective date of Plan restatement: January 1, 2016.

NOTE: If A.3b is "No", the Effective
Date shall be the date specified in A.3a, otherwise the date specified in A.3c; provided, however, that when a provision
of the Plan states another effective date, such stated specific effective date shall apply as to that provision. The date specified
in A.3a for a new plan, or the date specified in A.3c for an amended and restated plan, may not be earlier than the
first day of the Plan Year during which the Plan is adopted by the Plan Sponsor.

		4a.	Plan Year means each 12-consecutive month period ending on December 31 (e.g. December 31).

		4b.	The Plan has a short Plan Year:

 ̈
Yes x No

		4c.	If A.4b is "Yes", the short Plan Year begins __________ and ends __________.

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

		5.	Limitation Year means:

		i.	x Plan Year

		ii.	 ̈ calendar year

		iii.	 ̈ tax year of the Plan Sponsor

		6a.	The Plan is frozen as to eligibility and benefits

 ̈
Yes x No

		6b.	If A.6a is "Yes", enter the date the Plan was frozen __________.

NOTE: If A.6a is "Yes", no Eligible
Employee shall become a Participant, no Participant shall be eligible to further participate in the Plan and no contributions shall
accrue as of the date specified in A.6b.

 

Plan Features

 

		14.	ESOP Accounts. The Non-Elective Contribution Account shall constitute the ESOP Accounts of the Plan (Section 1.02).

NOTE: It may be possible for other Accounts to
be specified as ESOP Accounts. Consult with appropriate counsel before specifying any other Accounts.

 

ESOP Contributions

 

		15a.	If more than one ESOP Account is specified in A.14 and the Company Stock to be allocated to ESOP Accounts is insufficient
to fully fund the contributions to the ESOP Accounts, specify the ordering rule of the ESOP contributions made in the form of Company
Stock (Section 4A.01(b)):

		i.	x Pro rata

		ii.	 ̈ Pursuant to the special ordering rule
in A.15b

		15b.	If A.15a.ii (special ordering rule) is selected, specify the ordering rule: __________

 

Compensation

 

		20a.	Definition of Compensation:

		i.	x W-2. Wages within the meaning of
Code section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade
or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3),
and 6052.

		ii.	 ̈ Withholding. Wages within the
meaning of Code section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source.

		iii.	 ̈ 415 Safe Harbor. Only those items
specified in Treas. Reg. section 1.415(c)-2(b)(1) and excluding all those items listed in Treas. Reg. section 1.415(c)-2(c).

		20b.	If A.20a.iii (415 Safe Harbor) is selected, exclude amounts received during the year by an employee pursuant to a nonqualified
unfunded deferred compensation plan to the extent includible in gross income:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

		21.	Include deferrals in definition of Compensation:

x
Yes  ̈ No

Unless "No" is checked, Compensation shall also
include any amount which is contributed by the Company pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includable in
the gross income of the Employee under Code sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 132(f) or 457.

		22a.	Include Post Severance Compensation in definition of Compensation for allocation purposes:

 ̈
Yes x No

		22b.	If A.22a is "Yes", effective date of inclusion of Post Severance Compensation shall be limitation years beginning
on or after: __________.

		22c.	Determine compensation for allocation purposes using Post Year End Compensation:

 ̈
Yes x No

NOTE: If "Yes" is selected, amounts earned
during the current year and paid during the first few weeks of the next year will be included in current year compensation.

		22d.	If A.22c is "Yes", effective date of inclusion of Post Year End Compensation shall be limitation years beginning
on or after: __________.

		22e.	Include in Compensation payments made to an individual on account of qualified military service:

 ̈
Yes x No

		22f.	Include in Compensation payments made to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled:

 ̈
Yes x No

		22g.	Include deemed Code section 125 compensation in definition of Compensation:

 ̈
Yes x No

NOTE: The elections specified in A.20b and
A.22a - A.22g will also apply for purposes of Testing Compensation.

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

Compensation Exclusions

 

		23a.	Exclude pay earned before participation in Plan from definition of Compensation:

x
Yes  ̈ No

Unless "No" is checked, Compensation shall include
only that compensation which is actually paid to the Participant by the Company during that part of the Plan Year the Participant
is eligible to participate in the Plan. Otherwise, Compensation shall include that compensation which is actually paid to the Participant
by the Company during the Plan Year.

		23b.	Exclude certain fringe benefits from definition of Compensation:

 ̈
Yes x No

If "Yes" is checked, Compensation shall exclude
all of the following items (even if includable in gross income): reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash
and noncash), moving expenses, deferred compensation, and welfare benefits.

		24a.	Exclude other pay from definition of Compensation for the following Participants:

		i.	x None

		ii.	 ̈ Highly Compensated Employees only

		iii.	 ̈ All Participants

		24b.	If A.24a.ii or iii is selected, describe other pay excluded from definition of Compensation: __________.

NOTE: The pay specified above must be objectively
determinable and may not be specified in a manner that is subject to Company discretion.

 

Testing Compensation

 

		26.	Definition of Testing Compensation:

		i.	x W-2. Wages within the meaning of
Code section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade
or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3),
and 6052.

		ii.	 ̈ Withholding. Wages within the
meaning of Code section 3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source.

		iii.	 ̈ 415 Safe Harbor. Only those items
specified in Treas. Reg. section 1.415(c)-2(b)(1) and excluding all those items listed in Treas. Reg. section 1.415(c)-2(c).

 

Highly Compensated Employee

 

		29.	Use top-paid group election in determining Highly Compensated Employees:

x
Yes  ̈ No

		30.	Use calendar year beginning with or within the preceding Plan Year in determining Highly Compensated Employees:

x
Yes  ̈ No

 

Other Definitions

 

		32.	Definition of Disability:

		i.	 ̈ The Participant is unable to engage
in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected
to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The permanence
and degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence.

		ii.	 ̈ The determination by the Social Security
Administration that the Participant is eligible to receive disability benefits under the Social Security Act.

		iii.	 ̈ The Participant suffers from a physical
or mental impairment that results in his inability to engage in any occupation comparable to that in which the Participant was
engaged at the time of his disability. The permanence and degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence.

		iv.	 ̈ The Participant is eligible to receive
benefits under a Company-sponsored disability plan.

		v.	x The Participant is mentally or physically
disabled under uniform rules consistently applied to all Participants in like circumstances.

		33.	Name of state or commonwealth for choice of law (Section 14.05): Maryland

 

		B.	ELIGIBILITY.

 

Exclusions

 

The term "Eligible Employee" shall not include (Check
items B.1 - B.4a as appropriate):

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

		1.	x Union.
Any Employee who is included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement, if retirement benefits were the
subject of good faith bargaining, and if the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for participation in this Plan.

		2.	x Any Leased Employee
(as defined in Article 2).

		3.	x Non-Resident Alien.
Any Employee who is a non-resident alien who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code section 911(d)(2)) which constitutes
income from services performed within the United States (within the meaning of Code section 861(a)(3)).

		4a.	 ̈ Other.
Other Employees described in B.4b (any exclusion must satisfy Code section 401(a)).

		4b.	If B.4a is selected, describe other excluded Employees from definition of Eligible Employee: __________.

NOTE: Any classification specified in B.4b
must be an objectively defined classification of Employees.

		5.	Opt-Out. An Employee may irrevocably elect not to participate in the Plan:

x
Yes  ̈ No

 

Other Employer Service

 

		6a.	Count a maximum of five years of service with other non-affiliated employers for eligibility purposes:

 ̈
Yes x No

		6b.	If B.6a is "Yes", list other employers: __________

 

Break in Service

 

		7a.	Rule of parity. If an Employee does not have any nonforfeitable right to the Account balance derived from Employer contributions,
exclude eligibility service before a period of five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service/Periods of Severance.

x
Yes  ̈ No

		7b.	One-year holdout. If an Employee has a One-Year Break in Service/Period of Severance, exclude eligibility service before
such period until the Employee has completed a Year of Eligibility Service after returning to employment with the Employer.

x
Yes  ̈ No

 

Immediate Participation

 

		8a.	If the Plan is a new plan, allow immediate participation to all Eligible Employees employed on the date specified in B.8b:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

		8b.	If B.8a is "Yes", all Eligible Employees employed on __________ shall become eligible to participate in the
Plan as of such date.

 

Eligibility Service Computation Rules

 

NOTE: The responses to B.9 are used only
to the extent that the Plan determines eligibility service by the hour of service method.

		9a.	Eligibility Computation Period switch to Plan Year:

 ̈
Yes x No

		9b.	Select hours equivalency for eligibility purposes:

		i.	x None

An Employee shall be credited with
the following service with the Employer:

		ii.	 ̈ 10 Hours of Service for each day or
partial day

		iii.	 ̈ 45 Hours of Service for each week or
partial week

		iv.	 ̈ 95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly
payroll period or partial semi-monthly payroll period

		v.	 ̈ 190 Hours of Service for each month
or partial month

 

Non-Elective Contributions

 

An Eligible Employee shall be eligible to receive an allocation
of Non-Elective Contributions (if permitted pursuant to A.13) at the time specified in B.33 upon meeting the requirements
of B.30 through B.32 (Section 3.01):

		30.	Minimum age requirement for Non-Elective Contributions: 21 (21 maximum - leave blank or enter "0" if
none)

		31a.	Minimum service requirement for Non-Elective Contributions (Cannot exceed 1 year, unless the Plan provides a nonforfeitable
right to 100% of the Participant's Non-Elective Contribution Account balance after not more than 2 years of service, in which case
up to 2 years is permitted.):

		i.	 ̈ None

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

		ii.	x Completion of one (1) Year
of Eligibility Service (Not to exceed 2. See B.31c for hours of service required for a year of service if the Plan does
not use the Elapsed Time method in B.31b)

		iii.	 ̈ Completion of __________ Hours of Service
(not more than 1,000) in a _____ month period (Not to exceed 12.)

		iv.	 ̈ Completion of __________ Hours of Service
(not to exceed 1,000) within a twelve month period.

		v.	 ̈ Completion of __________ months of service
(not to exceed 24 months—elapsed time only).

NOTE: If 1-1/2 Years of Eligibility Service is
selected, an Eligible Employee shall be deemed to earn 1/2 Year of Eligibility Service on the date that is six months after the
end of the Eligibility Computation Period during which he earns his first Year of Eligibility Service; provided, that the individual
is an Eligible Employee on the applicable entry date. Other fractional years may not be used.

NOTE: If B.31a.iii - B.31a.iv is
selected and the Plan uses the Hours of Service method, the service requirement under B.31a shall be deemed met no later
than the end of an Eligibility Computation Period during which the Eligible Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service; provided,
that the individual is an Eligible Employee on the applicable entry date. Service taken into account for purposes of B.31a
shall be determined under the terms and conditions as is specified for determining a Year of Eligibility Service.

NOTE: If B.31a.iv is selected, the service
requirement under B.31a shall be deemed met at the time the specified number of Hours of Service are completed.

		31b.	Eligibility service computation method for Non-Elective Contributions. (Unless B.31b.ii (Elapsed Time) is selected,
the Plan will use the Hours of Service method for determining eligibility service for Non-Elective Contributions):

		i.	x Hours of Service

		ii.	 ̈ Elapsed Time

		31c.	If B.31a.ii is selected and if B.31b is "Hours of Service", enter the number of Hours of Service necessary
for Year of Eligibility Service for purposes of Non-Elective Contributions: 1000 (Not more than 1,000. If left blank,
the Plan will use 1,000 Hours of Service.)

		32a.	In addition to the foregoing, the Plan provides for additional requirements for eligibility to receive allocations of Non-Elective
Contributions:

 ̈
Yes x No

		32b.	If B.32a is "Yes", Describe any other eligibility requirements: __________.

		33a.	Frequency of entry dates for Non-Elective Contributions:

		i.	 ̈ An Eligible Employee shall become a
Participant eligible to receive an allocation of Non-Elective Contributions immediately upon meeting the requirements of B.30
through B.32.

		ii.	 ̈ first day of each calendar month

		iii.	 ̈ first day of each plan quarter

		iv.	x first day of the first month and seventh
month of the Plan Year

		v.	 ̈ first day of the Plan Year

		vi.	 ̈ the dates specified in B.33c.

		33b.	If B.33a.i and B.33a.vi (immediate entry/dates specified in B.33c) are not selected, an Eligible Employee
shall become a Participant eligible to receive an allocation of Non-Elective Contributions on the entry date selected in B.33a
that is:

		i.	x coincident with or next following

		ii.	 ̈ next following

		iii.	 ̈ coincident with or immediately preceding

		iv.	 ̈ immediately preceding

		v.	 ̈ nearest to

the date the requirements of B.30
through B.32 are met.

		33c.	If B.33a.vi (dates specified in B.33c) is selected, describe the other entry dates: __________.

 

		C.	CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Non-Elective - Service

 

NOTE: An Eligible Employee who has met the requirements
of B.30 through B.33 and who has satisfied the following requirements shall be eligible to receive an allocation
of Non-Elective Contributions during the applicable Plan Year.

		31a.	Require service for a Participant to receive an allocation of Non-Elective Contributions?

x
Yes  ̈ No

		31b.	If C.31a is "Yes", Hours of Service required in the applicable Plan Year for a Participant to receive an allocation
of Non-Elective Contributions: 1000 (Not more than 1,000. If left blank, the Plan will use 1,000 Hours of Service.)

		32.	Require employment by the Company on last day of Plan Year for a Participant to receive an allocation of Non-Elective Contributions?

x
Yes  ̈ No

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

		33a.	Waive service requirement under C.31 and last
day requirement under C.32 for a Participant who Terminates employment with the Employer during the Plan Year due to:

		i.	x
death.

		ii.	x
Disability.

		iii.	x
attainment of Normal Retirement Age.

		33b.	Any Hour of Service requirement and last day requirement
shall be modified upon the occurrence of the events described in C.33a as follows:

		i.	x
Waive both the Hour of Service requirement and last day requirement in C.31/C.32.

		ii.	 ̈
Waive the Hour of Service requirement in C.31/C.32 only

		iii.	 ̈
Waive last day requirement in C.31/C.32 only

		34.	Method to fix Non-Elective Contribution Code section
410(b) coverage failures (Section 4.01(d)):

		i.	 ̈
Do not automatically fix

		ii.	x
Add just enough Participants to meet the coverage requirements

		iii.	 ̈
Add all non-excludable Participants

 

Non-Elective - Formula

 

		35.	Non-Elective allocation formula. The Company's Non-Elective
Contribution shall be allocated to eligible Participants who have met the requirements of B.30 through B.33 and
C.31 through C.34 in the ratio that each Participant's Compensation bears to the Compensation of all eligible Participants.

 

Non-Elective - Disability

 

		39a.	Allocate Non-Elective Contributions to Disabled Participants
(Section 4.01(e)):

 ̈
Yes x No

		39b.	If C.39a is "Yes", select the anniversary
of Disability when allocations end (Allocations to a Disabled Participant end as of the earliest of: (i) the last day of the Plan
Year in which occurs the anniversary of the start of the Participant's Disability specified in this C.39b, or (ii) such
other time specified in Section 4.01(e).):

 ̈
first  ̈ second  ̈
third  ̈ fourth  ̈
fifth  ̈ sixth  ̈
seventh  ̈ eighth  ̈
ninth  ̈ tenth

 

Non-Elective - HEART Act

 

		39c.	For benefit accrual purposes, a Participant that dies
or becomes disabled while performing qualified military service will be treated as if he had been employed by the Company on the
day preceding death or disability and terminated employment on the day of death or disability pursuant to Code section 414(u)(9)
(Section 4.04(d)):

 ̈
Yes x No

		39d.	If C.39c is "Yes", enter the effective
date: __________ (must be on or after January 1, 2007).

 

Rollovers

 

		50.	Rollover Contributions are permitted (Section 4.02):

		i.	x
No

		ii.	 ̈
Yes - All Eligible Employees may make a Rollover Contribution even if not yet a Participant in the Plan

		iii.	 ̈
Yes - Only active Participants may make a Rollover Contribution

		51a.	If C.50 is not "No", Rollover Contributions
are permitted from:

		i.	 ̈
All qualified plans and tax favored vehicles allowed under Code section 402 (Section 4.02(b))

		ii.	 ̈
Only qualified plans under Code section 401(a) and conduit IRAs

		51b.	If C.50 is not "No" and C.51a.i
is selected, enter the effective date: __________ (must be after December 31, 2001)

 

415 Corrections

 

		70.	Corrections to Code section 415 violations made to another
plan (Section 5.01):

x
Yes  ̈ No

		71.	If C.70 is "Yes", name of plan in which
415 corrections will be made: ATLANTIC COAST BANK EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS & PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST

 

		D.	VESTING

 

Vesting Service Computation Rules:

 

		1.	Vesting service computation method (Unless D.1.ii
(Elapsed Time) is selected, the Plan will use the Hours of Service method for determining vesting service. If D.1.ii
(Elapsed Time) is selected, questions D.2 through D.4 are disregarded.):

		i.	x
Hours of Service

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

		ii.	 ̈
Elapsed Time

		2.	Number of Hours of Service necessary for a Year of Vesting
Service: 1000 (Not more than 1,000. If left blank, the Plan will use 1,000 Hours of Service.)

		3.	Select equivalency for vesting purposes:

		i.	x
None.

An Employee shall be credited with the following service
with the Employer:

		ii.	 ̈
10 Hours of Service for each day or partial day

		iii.	 ̈
45 Hours of Service for each week or partial week

		iv.	 ̈
95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly payroll period or partial semi-monthly payroll period

		v.	 ̈
190 Hours of Service for each month or partial month

		4.	Vesting Computation Period:

		i.	x
Calendar year

		ii.	 ̈
Plan Year

		iii.	 ̈
The twelve-consecutive month period commencing on the date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service; each subsequent twelve-consecutive
month period shall commence on the anniversary of such date.

 

Other Employer Service

 

		5a.	Count a maximum of five years service with other non-affiliated
employers for vesting purposes

 ̈
Yes x No

		5b.	If D.5a is "Yes", list other non-affiliated
employers: __________

 

Vesting Exceptions

 

		6.	Provide for full vesting for a Participant who Terminates
employment with the Employer due to death while an Employee (Section 6.02):

x
Yes  ̈ No

		7.	Provide for full vesting for a Participant who Terminates
employment with the Employer due to Disability while an Employee (Section 6.02):

x
Yes  ̈ No

 

Vesting Exclusions

 

		8a.	Exclude Years of Vesting Service earned before age 18:

x
Yes  ̈ No

		8b.	Exclude Years of Vesting Service earned before the Employer
maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan:

x
Yes  ̈ No

		8c.	One-year holdout. If an Employee has a One-Year Break
in Service/Period of Severance, exclude Years of Vesting Service earned before such period until the Employee has completed a
Year of Vesting Service after returning to employment with the Employer.

x
Yes  ̈ No

		8d.	Rule of parity. If an Employee does not have any nonforfeitable
right to the Account balance derived from Employer contributions, exclude Years of Vesting Service earned before a period of five
(5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service/Periods of Severance.

x
Yes  ̈ No

 

Non-Elective Schedule

 

		30a.	Non-Elective Contribution Account Vesting Schedule:

 ̈
100%  ̈ 2-6 Year Graded x
1-5 Year Graded  ̈ 1-4 Year Graded  ̈
3 Year Cliff  ̈ 2 Year Cliff  ̈
Other

		30b.	Retain prior Non-Elective Vesting schedule for pre 2007
contributions:

 ̈
Yes x No

NOTE: If D.30b is "Yes", the PPA
Vesting Schedule shall apply to employer nonelective contributions for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006. If D.30b
is "No", the PPA Vesting Schedule shall apply to Participants who complete at least one Hour of Service in a Plan Year
beginning after December 31, 2006.

		31a.	Other Non-Elective Schedule - less than 1 year: __________

		31b.	Other Non-Elective Schedule - 1 year but less than 2
years: __________

		31c.	Other Non-Elective Schedule - 2 years but less than 3
years: __________

		31d.	Other Non-Elective Schedule - 3 years but less than 4
years: __________

		31e.	Other Non-Elective Schedule - 4 years but less than 5
years: __________

		31f.	Other Non-Elective Schedule - 5 years but less than 6
years: __________

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

		31g.	Other Non-Elective Schedule - 6 or more years: 100%.

 

		E.	DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Normal Retirement

 

		1a.	Normal Retirement Age means:

		i.	x
Attainment of the age specified in E.1b.

		ii.	 ̈
Later of attainment of the age specified in E.1b and the anniversary of Plan participation specified in E.1c.

		1b.	Age component of Normal Retirement Age (not to exceed
65): 65

		1c.	If E.1a.ii is selected, anniversary of participation
for Normal Retirement Age:

 ̈
fifth  ̈ fourth  ̈
third  ̈ second  ̈
first

 

Time and Form of Payment after Termination for Reasons other
than Death

 

NOTE: Unless E.10b is "Yes", E.3
through E.6 shall only apply to Accounts other than those that comprise a Participant's ESOP Accounts.

		3a.	Distributions after Termination of Employment for reasons
other than death shall commence (Section 7.02(b)):

		i.	x
Immediate. As soon as administratively feasible with a final payment made consisting of any allocations occurring after such Termination
of Employment.

		ii.	 ̈
End of Plan Year. As soon as administratively feasible after all contributions have been allocated relating to the Plan Year in
which the Participant's Account balance becomes distributable.

		iii.	 ̈
Normal Retirement Age. When the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

		iv.	 ̈
Other.

		3b.	If E.3a.iv (Other) is selected, enter time when
distributions after Termination of Employment commence: __________

		4a.	Medium of distribution from the Plan:

		i.	 ̈
Cash only

		ii.	x
Cash or in-kind

		iii.	 ̈
Cash or in-kind rollover to an Individual Retirement Account sponsored by the vendor described in E.4b.

		4b.	If E.4a.iii (specified vendor) is selected, enter
name of specified vendor: __________

		5a.	Distributions from the Plan after Termination for reasons
other than death may be made in the following forms:

		i.	x
Lump sum only

		ii.	 ̈
Lump sum payment or substantially equal annual, or more frequent installments over a period not to exceed the joint life expectancy
of the Participant and his Beneficiary

		iii.	 ̈
Under a continuous right of withdrawal pursuant to which a Participant may withdraw such amounts at such times as he shall elect.

		iv.	 ̈
Other

		5b.	If E.5a.iv is selected, describe payment forms
that apply uniformly to Participants: __________

NOTE: Any entry must comply with Code section 401(a)(9),
Section 7.02(e) and other requirements of Article 7.

		6.	Permit distributions in the form of an annuity:

 ̈
Yes x No

If E.6 is "Yes", a Participant may elect
to have the Plan Administrator apply his Accounts other than those that comprise his or her ESOP Accounts toward the purchase of
an annuity contract, which shall be distributed to the Participant. The terms of such annuity contract shall comply with the provisions
of this Plan and any annuity contract shall be nontransferable.

 

Payment on Participant Death

 

NOTE: Unless E.10b is "Yes", E.7
shall only apply to Accounts other than those that comprise a Participant's ESOP Accounts.

		7.	Distributions on account of the death of the Participant
shall be made in accordance with one of the following:

		i.	 ̈
Pay entire Account balance by end of fifth year for all Beneficiaries in accordance with Sections 7.02(c)(1)(A) and 7.02(c)(2)(A)
only.

		ii.	 ̈
Pay entire Account balance no later than the 60th day following the end of Plan Year in which the Participant dies.

		iii.	x
Allow extended payments for all beneficiaries in accordance with Sections 7.02(c)(1)(A), (B) and (C) and 7.02(c)(2)(A) and (B).

		iv.	 ̈
Pay entire Account balance by end of fifth year for Beneficiaries in accordance with Sections 7.02(c)(1)(A) and 7.02(c)(2)(A)
and allow extended payments in accordance with Sections 7.02(c)(1)(B) and (C) and 7.02(c)(2)(B) only if the Participant's spouse
is the Participant's sole primary Beneficiary.

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

ESOP Distributions

 

NOTE: E.10 through E.13 shall only
apply to a Participant's ESOP Accounts.

		10a.	Distributions from a Participant's ESOP Accounts may
be made over a period longer than the period described in Section 7.02(a)(3):

 ̈
Yes x No

		10b.	Distributions from a Participant's ESOP Accounts may
be made pursuant to the elections in E.3, E.5 and E.7:

x
Yes  ̈ No

		11.	Distributions from a Participant's ESOP Accounts may
be made in Company Stock:

x
Yes  ̈ No

		12.	Apply the distribution rules of Section 7.02(a) and the
diversification rules of Section 9.02(b) to Company Stock acquired by the Plan on or before December 31, 1986:

x
Yes  ̈ No

		13.	Provide for a right of first refusal for distributions
payable in Company Stock (Section 7.02(d)(4)):

x
Yes  ̈ No

 

Cash Out

 

		15a.	Involuntary cash-out amount for purposes of Section 7.03:
$1000 ($5,000 maximum)($5,000 unless otherwise specified. If zero, the Plan will not automatically cash out participants).

		15b.	Involuntary cash-out amount for purposes of Section 7.10
(J&S consent requirements): $__________ ($5,000 maximum).

		16.	Involuntary cash-out of a terminated Participant's Account
balance when it exceeds the cash-out amount specified in E.15a is deferred under Section 7.03(b) until:

		i.	 ̈
Later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age - payment made in a lump sum only.

		ii.	x
Required Beginning Date - Participant may elect payment in a lump sum or installments.

		iii.	 ̈
Required Beginning Date - payment made in a lump sum only.

		17a.	Exclude amounts attributable to Rollover Contributions
in determining the value of the Participant's nonforfeitable account balance for purposes of the Plan's involuntary cash-out rules
(Sections 7.03 and 7.10):

 ̈
Yes x No

		17b.	If E.17a is "Yes", the election shall
apply with respect to distributions made on or after __________ (Enter a date no earlier than January 1, 2002.).

		18a.	It is necessary to provide an effective date for the
cash out amount specified in E.15:

 ̈
Yes x No

		18b.	If E.18a is "Yes", enter the effective
date of the change in the amount specified in E.15a: __________

		18c.	If E.18a is "Yes", enter the effective
date of the change in the amount specified in E.15b: __________

NOTE: May not be earlier than the Effective Date.

 

Spousal Death Benefits

 

		20.	The Plan has received a transfer of assets from a plan
subject to the survivor annuity rules of Code sections 411(a)(11) and 417:

 ̈
Yes x No

 

Required Beginning Date

 

		30.	Required Beginning Date for a Participant other than
a More Than 5% Owner:

		i.	x
Retirement. April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant: (x) attains age 70-1/2,
or (y) retires

		ii.	 ̈
Age 70-1/2. April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2

		iii.	 ̈
Election. Participant may elect to commence distributions pursuant to either E.30.i or E.30.ii.

 

Final 401(a)(9) Regulations

 

		31.	Effective date of adoption of final 401(a)(9) regulations
(Section 7.05): January 2015

NOTE: The response to E.31 will be deemed
to be the Effective Date unless the Plan was amended to comply with the final 401(a)(9) regulations on or before the later of:
(i) the last day of the first Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2003, or (ii) the end of the GUST remedial amendment period.
If the Plan was timely amended to comply with the final 401(a)(9) regulations, the date entered should be the 2003 calendar year
or a date during the 2002 calendar year.

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

2009 Required Minimum Distributions

 

		33a.	Indicate the extent to which Participants and Beneficiaries
have an election to receive distributions that include 2009 RMDs:

		i.	x
Default to continue 2009 RMDs.

		ii.	 ̈
Default to discontinue 2009 RMDs.

		iii.	 ̈
Other: __________.

NOTE: If "Other" is selected, the below
provisions will not apply except to the extent specified.

		33b.	Direct Rollovers of 2009 RMDs. For purposes of the direct
rollover provisions of the Plan, the following will also be treated as eligible rollover distributions in 2009:

		i.	x
None. 2009 RMDs will not be treated as eligible rollover distributions in 2009.

		ii.	 ̈
2009 RMDs only.

		iii.	 ̈
Extended 2009 RMDs only.

		iv.	 ̈
2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs.

 

		F.	IN SERVICE WITHDRAWALS & LOANS

 

General

 

		1.	In-service withdrawals under F are allowed from Accounts
that are only partially vested:

		i.	x
No - an Account must be fully vested for a Participant to receive an in-service withdrawal

		ii.	 ̈
Yes

 

Hardship

 

		10.	Hardship withdrawals are allowed from the portion of
a Participant's Accounts described in F.1 as follows (Section 8.01) (If "None", questions regarding Hardship
withdrawals are disregarded. Skip to F.20):

		i.	 ̈
All Accounts

		ii.	 ̈
Selected Accounts

		iii.	x
None

		11a.	The criteria used in determining whether a Participant
is entitled to receive a Hardship withdrawal:

		i.	 ̈
Safe Harbor criteria set forth in Section 8.01(b)

		ii.	 ̈
Non Safe Harbor criteria set forth in Section 8.01(c)

		11b.	Expand the Hardship criteria to include the beneficiary
of the Participant:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

NOTE: If F.11b is "Yes", Hardship
distributions may be made for a primary beneficiary for expenses described in Treas. Reg. sections 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B)(1),
(3), or (5) (relating to medical, tuition, and funeral expenses, respectively). A "primary beneficiary" is an individual
who is named as a beneficiary under the Plan and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the Participant's Account Balance
upon the death of the Participant.

		11c.	If F.11b is "Yes", enter the effective
date: __________.

NOTE: May not be earlier than August 17, 2006.

		12.	If F.10.ii (Selected Accounts) is selected, hardship
withdrawals may be made from the following Accounts:

		a.	 ̈
Non-Elective Contribution Account.

		b.	 ̈
Rollover Contribution Account.

		c.	 ̈
Transfer Account.

 

Specified Age

 

		20.	In-service withdrawals are allowed on attainment of the
age specified in F.21 from the portion of a Participant's Accounts described in F.1.  (Section 8.02) (If "None",
questions regarding specified age withdrawals are disregarded. Skip to F.30):

		i.	 ̈
All Accounts.

		ii.	 ̈
Selected Accounts.

		iii.	x
None.

		21.	In-service withdrawal permitted after age __________.

		22.	If F.20.ii (Selected Accounts) is selected, specified
age withdrawals may be made from the following Accounts:

		a.	 ̈
Non-Elective Contribution Account.

		b.	 ̈
Rollover Contribution Account.

		c.	 ̈
Transfer Account.

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

Other Withdrawals

 

		30a.	After a Period Certain (Section 8.03(a)). In-service
withdrawals are allowed from a Participant's Non-Elective Contribution Account after 5 yrs. participation or on funds held 2 yrs.
from the portion of a Participant's Accounts described in F.1:

 ̈
Yes x No

		30b.	If F.30a is "Yes", allow in-service
withdrawals after a period certain pursuant to F.30a from an Account that constitutes a Participant's ESOP Account:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

		31.	At Any Time (Section 8.03(b)). In-service withdrawals
are allowed from a Participant's Rollover Contribution Account at any time:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

 

Loans

 

		40.	Loans are permitted (Section 8.06) (If "No",
questions regarding loans are disregarded. Skip to G):

 ̈
Yes x No

		41.	Require showing of financial hardship or unusual or
special situation to receive loan:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

		42.	Permit loans in excess of 1/2 of account balance up
to $10,000 with adequate security:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

		43.	Allow extended loan amortization for purchase of principal
residence:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

		44.	Minimum loan amount: __________ (Not greater than
$1,000. Leave blank or enter "0" if none.)

		45.	Maximum number of loans outstanding: __________ (If
blank, the maximum number of loans is one.)

		46.	If G.3.iii is selected (Plan does not permit
participant self-direction), are loans treated as a segregated investment:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

		47.	A Participant must obtain the consent of his or her
spouse, if any, to use the Account balance as security for a loan:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

NOTE: "Yes" is automatically selected
for F.47 if E.20 is "Yes" (Plan has received a transfer of assets from a plan subject to the survivor annuity
rules of Code sections 411(a)(11) and 417) or E.6 (distributions allowed in the form of an annuity) is "Yes"

 

		G.	PLAN OPERATIONS

 

Permitted Investments

 

		1.	Plan may invest assets in Accounts other than ESOP
Accounts in life insurance (Section 9.11):

 ̈
Yes x No

		2a.	Indicate the extent to which terminated Participant
shall be subject to the reshuffling provisions of Section 7.02(d)(5):

		i.	 ̈
Redemption. Company Stock held in an ESOP Account shall be redeemed for assets other than Company Stock

		ii.	 ̈
Transfer. Company Stock held in an ESOP Account shall be transferred to other Participant Accounts

		iii.	 ̈
Other

		iv.	 ̈
None

		2b.	If G.2a.iv is not selected indicate: (i) when
such redemption/transfer shall occur, (ii) the manner in which Company stock will be valued, and (iii) the method used to determine
how many shares of Company Stock shall be redeemed/transferred and to which Participant Accounts the Company Stock shall be transferred:
__________

 

Participant Self Direction

 

		3.	Specify the extent to which the Plan permits Participant
self direction (Section 9.02. If "None", questions regarding Participant self direction are disregarded. Skip to G.7a):

		i.	 ̈
All Accounts other than ESOP Accounts

		ii.	 ̈
Some Accounts

		iii.	x
None

		4.	If G.3.iii (None) is not selected, Participants
may also establish individual brokerage accounts:

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

		5.	Participants may exercise voting rights with respect
to the assets held in Accounts other than ESOP Accounts (Section 9.06(a)):

 ̈
Yes  ̈ No

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

		6.	If G.3.ii (Some Accounts) is selected, a Participant
may self direct the following Accounts if they are not ESOP Accounts:

		a.	 ̈
Non-Elective Contribution Account.

		b.	 ̈
Rollover Contribution Account.

		c.	 ̈
Transfer Account.

 

Valuation Date

 

		7a.	Enter Valuation Date for Accounts other than ESOP
Accounts (Article 2 Definitions):

		i.	 ̈
Last day of Plan Year

		ii.	 ̈
Last day of each Plan quarter

		iii.	 ̈
Last day of each month

		iv.	x
Each business day

		v.	 ̈
Other

		7b.	If G.7a.v is selected, enter Valuation Date:
__________ (Must be at least annually).

		8a.	Enter Valuation Date for ESOP Accounts (Article 2
Definitions and Section 9.10):

		i.	 ̈
Last day of Plan Year

		ii.	x
Other

		8b.	If G.8a.ii is selected, enter Valuation Date:
Each valuation price of stock (Must be at least annually).

 

Diversification

 

		9a.	Enter the method used to determine "years of
participation in the Plan" for purposes of Section 9.02(b)(3):

		i.	 ̈
Anniversaries of date of initial participation in the plan

		ii.	x
Plan Years in which the Participant was entitled to receive an allocation of employer contributions

		iii.	 ̈
Plan Years in which the Participant earned the Hours of Service (not to exceed 1,000) specified in G.9b

		iv.	 ̈
Other specified in G.9b

		9b.	If G.9a.iii or G.9a.iv is selected,
describe the hours or method: __________.

NOTE: The response to G.9 may not impose
any additional requirements than what was imposed in prior version of the Plan.

 

Plan Administration

 

		10a.	Designation of Plan Administrator (Section 12.01):

		i.	x
Plan Sponsor

		ii.	 ̈
Committee appointed by Plan Sponsor

		iii.	 ̈
Other

		10b.	If G.10a.iii is selected, Name of Plan Administrator:
__________

		11.	Establishment of procedures for the Plan Administrator
and the Investment Fiduciary (Sections 12.01(c) and 12.02(c)):

		i.	x
Plan Administrator and Investment Fiduciary adopt own procedures.

		ii.	 ̈
Board sets procedures for Plan Administrator and Investment Fiduciary.

		12a.	Type of indemnification for the Plan Administrator
and Investment Fiduciary:

		i.	 ̈
None - the Company will not indemnify the Plan Administrator or the Investment Fiduciary.

		ii.	x
Standard according to Section 12.06.

		iii.	 ̈
Custom.

		12b.	If G.12a.iii (Custom) is selected, indemnification
for the Plan Administrator and Investment Fiduciary is provided pursuant to an Addendum to the Adoption Agreement.

 

Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

 

		13.	Allow distribution of ESOP Accounts to an Alternate
Payee prior to the date the Participant has a Termination of Employment or reaches his earliest retirement age (Section 14.02(b)):

x
Yes  ̈ No

 

Trust

 

		20.	Trust Agreement is contained in a document separate
from the Basic Plan Document.

		i.	x
No

		ii.	 ̈
Yes - Section 10.09 of the Basic Plan Document shall apply.

		21.	Trustee Type

		i.	 ̈
Corporate

		ii.	x
Individual

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

		22.	If G.21.i (Corporate) is selected, enter Trustee
address: __________

		23.	Name of Trustee: Tracy Keegan

		24a.	Type of Trustee Indemnification:

		i.	x
Standard according to Section 10.07(b)

		ii.	 ̈
Custom

		24b.	If G.24a.ii (Custom) is selected, indemnification
for the Trustee is provided pursuant to an addendum to the Adoption Agreement.

		25.	If G.20.i (use trust in Basic Plan Document)
is selected, the Trustees may designate one Trustee to act on behalf of all Trustees (Section 10.05(b)(2)):

x
Yes  ̈ No

		26a.	The Trustee is also the Investment Fiduciary (Section
10.06):

x
Yes  ̈ No

		26b.	If G.26a is "No", enter the name
of the Investment Fiduciary: __________.

 

		H.	TOP HEAVY

 

Top Heavy Plans

 

		1.	Plan to which Top-Heavy allocations are made:

		i.	 ̈
This Plan

		ii.	x
Pursuant to the terms of another plan

		2.	If H.1.ii (another plan) is selected, name
of other Plan to which Top-Heavy allocations are made: ATLANTIC COAST BANK EMPLOYEES' SAVINGS & PROFIT SHARING PLAN
AND TRUST

		3.	If H.1.i (This Plan) is selected, type of other
plan maintained by the Company that covers employees eligible to participate in this Plan:

		i.	 ̈
N/A - No other plan

		ii.	 ̈
Defined Contribution

		iii.	 ̈
Defined Benefit

 

Top Heavy Allocations

 

		4.	If H.1.i (This Plan) is selected, Participants
who share in Top-Heavy minimum allocations:

		i.	 ̈
Non-Key only. Any Participant who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and is not a Key Employee.

		ii.	 ̈
All Participants. Any Participant who is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

 

Top Heavy Vesting

 

		5.	Top-Heavy vesting schedule:

 ̈
100%  ̈ 2-6 Year Graded  ̈
3 Year Cliff x Other

		6a.	Other Top-Heavy Schedule - less than 1 year: 0

		6b.	Other Top-Heavy Schedule - 1 year but less than 2
years: 20

		6c.	Other Top-Heavy Schedule - 2 years but less than 3
years: 40

		6d.	Other Top-Heavy Schedule - 3 years but less than 4
years: 60

		6e.	Other Top-Heavy Schedule - 4 years but less than 5
years: 80

		6f.	Other Top-Heavy Schedule - 5 years but less than 6
years: 100

		6g.	Other Top-Heavy Schedule - 6 or more years: 100%.

 

Present Value Assumptions

 

		7a.	Enter the interest rate to be used for determining
Present Value to compute the top-heavy ratio: __________ %

		7b.	Enter the mortality table to be used for determining
Present Value to compute the top-heavy ratio: __________

NOTE: H.7 should only be completed if the
Employer also sponsors a defined benefit plan.

 

NOTE: The Plan Sponsor should add an Addendum to
the Adoption Agreement to add any language that is necessary to satisfy Code sections 415 and 416.

 

		I.	MISCELLANEOUS

 

Failure to properly fill out the Adoption Agreement may result in
disqualification of the Plan.

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

The Plan shall consist of this Adoption Agreement, its related Basic
Plan Document #CD2-ESOP and any related Appendix and Addendum to the Adoption Agreement.

 

		J.	EXECUTION PAGE

 

The undersigned agree to be bound by the terms of this
Adoption Agreement and Basic Plan Document and acknowledge receipt of same. The parties have caused this Plan to be executed
this 18th day of December, 2015.

 

	 	Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation:
	 	 	 
	 	Signature:	/s/ John K. Stephens, Jr.

 

	 	Print Name:	John K. Stephens, Jr.
	 	 	 
	 	Title/Position:	President
	 	 
	 	TRUSTEE:
	 	 
	 	/s/ Tracy L. Keegan
	 	Tracy Keegan

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

FUTUREBENEFITS OF AMERICA, LLC

 

BASIC
PLAN DoCUMENT #CD2-ESOP

 

[INTENDED FOR CYCLE D2]

 

Copyright, 2002-2015 FUTUREBENEFITS OF AMERICA,
LLC

All Rights Reserved.

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

FUTUREBENEFITS OF AMERICA, LLC

BASIC
PLAN DOCUMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	ARTICLE 1 INTRODUCTION	1
	Section 1.01  Plan and Trust	1
	Section 1.02  Employee Stock Ownership Plan	1
	Section 1.03  Application of Plan and Trust	1
	 	 
	ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS	2
	 	 
	ARTICLE 3 PARTICIPATION	13
	Section 3.01  Non-Elective Contributions	13
	Section 3.02  Transfers	13
	Section 3.03  Termination and Rehires	13
	Section 3.04  Limitations on Exclusions	13
	Section 3.05  Procedures for Admission	14
	 	 
	ARTICLE 4 CONTRIBUTIONS	15
	Section 4.01  Non-Elective Contributions	15
	Section 4.02  Rollover Contributions	16
	Section 4.03  Transfers	17
	Section 4.04  Military Service	17
	Section 4.05  Multiple Employer Plan	18
	 	 
	ARTICLE 4A SPECIAL ESOP PROVISIONS	19
	Section 4A.01  ESOP Contributions	19
	Section 4A.02  Exempt Loan	19
	Section 4A.03  Release of Company Stock	20
	Section 4A.04  Prohibited Allocations	20
	Section 4A.05  Non-ESOP Portion of Plan	22
	 	 
	ARTICLE 5 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS	25
	Section 5.01  Maximum Amount of Annual Additions	25
	 	 
	ARTICLE 6 VESTING	27
	Section 6.01  Participant Contributions	27
	Section 6.02  Employer Contributions	27
	Section 6.03  Forfeitures	28
	 	 
	ARTICLE 7 DISTRIBUTIONS	30
	Section 7.01  Commencement of Distributions	30
	Section 7.02  Timing and Form of Distributions	30
	Section 7.03  Cash-Out of Small Balances	34
	Section 7.04  Beneficiary	35
	Section 7.05  Minimum Distribution Requirements	36
	Section 7.06  Direct Rollovers	40
	Section 7.07  Minor or Legally Incompetent Payee	42
	Section 7.08  Missing Payee	42
	Section 7.09  Distributions on Termination of Plan	42
	Section 7.10  Joint and Survivor Annuities	43
	 	 
	ARTICLE 8 INSERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS	45
	Section 8.01  Hardship	45
	Section 8.02  Specified Age	47
	Section 8.03  Other Withdrawals	47
	Section 8.04  Transfer Account	47
	Section 8.05  Rules Regarding Distributions	47
	Section 8.06  Loans	48

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

	ARTICLE 9 INVESTMENT AND VALUATION OF TRUST FUND	50
	Section 9.01  Investment of Assets	50
	Section 9.02  Participant Self Direction	50
	Section 9.03  Individual Accounts	51
	Section 9.04  Qualifying Employer Investments	51
	Section 9.05  Allocation of Earnings and Losses	51
	Section 9.06  Voting Rights	52
	Section 9.07  Liquidity	53
	Section 9.08  Restrictions on Company Stock	53
	Section 9.09  Treatment of Dividends	53
	Section 9.10  Use of Appraiser	54
	Section 9.11  Life Insurance	54
	 	 
	ARTICLE 10 TRUST FUND	56
	Section 10.01  Trust Fund	56
	Section 10.02  Duties of the Trustee	57
	Section 10.03  General Investment Powers	58
	Section 10.04  Other Investment Powers	60
	Section 10.05  Instructions	60
	Section 10.06  Investment of the Fund	61
	Section 10.07  Compensation and Indemnification	62
	Section 10.08  Resignation and Removal	62
	Section 10.09  Other Trust Agreement	63
	 	 
	ARTICLE 11 SPECIAL "TOP-HEAVY" RULES	64
	Section 11.01  "Top Heavy" Status	64
	Section 11.02  Minimum Allocations	64
	Section 11.03  Minimum Vesting	65
	 	 
	ARTICLE 12 PLAN ADMINISTRATION	66
	Section 12.01  Plan Administrator	66
	Section 12.02  Investment Fiduciary	67
	Section 12.03  Compensation of Plan Administrator and Investment Fiduciary	68
	Section 12.04  Plan Expenses	68
	Section 12.05  Allocation of Fiduciary Responsibility	68
	Section 12.06  Indemnification	68
	Section 12.07  Claims Procedures	68
	 	 
	ARTICLE 13 AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION	70
	Section 13.01  Amendment	70
	Section 13.02  Merger and Transfer	71
	Section 13.03  Termination	71
	 	 
	ARTICLE 14 MISCELLANEOUS	72
	Section 14.01  Nonalienation of Benefits	72
	Section 14.02  Rights of Alternate Payees	72
	Section 14.03  No Right to Employment	73
	Section 14.04  No Right to Trust Assets	73
	Section 14.05  Governing Law	73
	Section 14.06  Severability of Provisions	73
	Section 14.08  Headings and Captions	73
	Section 14.09  Gender and Number	74

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 1

INTRODUCTION

 

Section 1.01         PLAN
AND TRUST

 

This document ("Basic Plan Document")
and its related Adoption Agreement are intended to qualify as a tax-exempt plan and trust under Code sections 401(a) and 501(a),
respectively.

 

Section 1.02         EMPLOYEE
STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

The Accounts specified in the Adoption Agreement
as the ESOP Accounts and the applicable portion of the Trust are also intended to qualify as a tax-exempt employee stock ownership
plan and trust under Code section 4975(e)(7). The Accounts specified in the Adoption Agreement as the ESOP Accounts of the Plan
shall be invested primarily in Company Stock.

 

Section 1.03         APPLICATION
OF PLAN AND TRUST

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein,
the provisions of this Plan shall apply to those individuals who are Eligible Employees of the Company on or after the Effective
Date. Except as otherwise specifically provided for herein, the rights and benefits, if any, of former Eligible Employees of the
Company whose employment terminated prior to the Effective Date, shall be determined under the provisions of the Plan, as in effect
from time to time prior to that date.

 

    	 	1	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

 

 

"Account" means the balance
of a Participant's interest in the Trust Fund as of the applicable date as adjusted pursuant to Article 9. "Account"
or "Accounts" shall include to the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, Non-Elective Contribution Account, Rollover
Contribution Account, Transfer Account and such other account(s) or subaccount(s) as the Plan Administrator, in its discretion,
deems appropriate.

 

"Adoption Agreement" means
the document executed in conjunction with this Basic Plan Document that contains the optional features selected by the Plan Sponsor.

 

"Alternate Payee" means the
person entitled to receive payment of benefits under the Plan pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

"Annual Addition" means the
sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's Account for the Limitation Year:

 

(a)          Company
contributions allocated to a Participant's Account, including elective deferrals, matching contributions, Non-Elective Contributions
and qualified nonelective contributions. Company contributions shall also include excess elective deferrals, unless such amounts
are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the Participant's taxable year;

 

(b)          after-tax
contributions;

 

(c)          forfeitures;

 

(d)          amounts
allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as defined in Code section 415(l)(2), which is part of a pension
or annuity plan maintained by the Employer;

 

(e)          amounts
derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable
to post-retirement medical benefits, allocated to the separate account of a key employee, as defined in Code section 419A(d)(3),
under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code section 419(e), maintained by the Employer; and

 

(f)          allocations
under a simplified employee pension.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Annual Addition shall not include
a restorative payment within the meaning of IRS Revenue Ruling 2002-45 and any superseding guidance.

 

"Annuity Starting Date" means
the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

 

"Beneficiary" means the person(s)
entitled to receive benefits, under Section 7.04 of the Plan, upon the Participant's death.

 

"Board" means the governing
body of the Plan Sponsor. If the Plan Sponsor is a sole proprietorship, the Board means the sole proprietor.

 

"Code" means the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

"Committee" means the Committee
that may be appointed by the Plan Sponsor pursuant to Section 12.01 to serve as Plan Administrator.

 

"Company" means the Plan Sponsor
and any other entity that has adopted the Plan with the approval of the Plan Sponsor.

 

    	 	2	 

     

    

 

"Company Stock" means the securities
issued by the Employer that qualifies as employer securities within the meaning of Code section 409(l).

 

"Company Stock Fund" means
the Investment Fund which is invested primarily in Company Stock.

 

"Compensation" shall have the
meaning set forth in the Adoption Agreement. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, amounts not includible in gross
income under Code section 125 shall include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage
because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage ("deemed Code section 125 compensation").
An amount will be treated as an amount under Code section 125 only if the Company does not request or collect information regarding
the Participant's other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

 

Compensation shall include other compensation
paid by 2-1/2 months after a Participant's severance from employment with the Company if: (a) the payment is regular compensation
for services during the Participant's regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant's regular working
hours (e.g., overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments; and the payment would have been
paid to the Participant prior to a severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Company. The
exclusions from compensation for payments after severance from employment do not apply to payments to a Participant who does not
currently perform services for the Company by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Code section 414(u)(1))
to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the Participant would have received if the individual had continued to perform
services for the Company rather than entering qualified military service. To the extent provided in the Plan, Compensation shall
include compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled.

 

Compensation must be determined without regard
to any rules under Code section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)). For any Self-Employed Individual
covered under the Plan, Compensation will mean Earned Income.

 

For any Plan Year, the annual compensation of
each Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed
$200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with Code section 401(a)(17)(B). Annual compensation means Compensation
during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the
determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination
period that begins with or within such calendar year.

 

If a determination period consists of fewer
than 12 months, the annual Compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual Compensation limit multiplied
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of which is
12.

 

"Determination Date" means
the last day of the preceding Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Determination Date for the first Plan Year shall be
the last day of such year.

 

"Disabled" or "Disability"
shall have the meaning specified in the Adoption Agreement. The determination of Disability shall be made by the Plan Administrator.

 

"Disqualified Person" means
a person defined in Code section 4975(e)(2), including but not limited to (i) a fiduciary of the Plan; (ii) a person providing
services to the Plan; (iii) the Employer; (iv) an owner of 50% or more of the combined voting power or value of all classes of
stock of the Plan Sponsor entitled to vote or the total value of shares of all classes of stock of the Plan Sponsor and certain
members of such owner's family; or (v) an officer, director, 10% or greater shareholder or highly compensated employee (who earns
10% or more of the yearly wages) of the Employer.

 

"Earned Income" means the net
earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, for which personal services
of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included
in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified
plan to the extent deductible under Code section 404. Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed to
the taxpayer by Code section 164(f) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.

 

    	 	3	 

     

    

 

"Effective Date" shall have
the meaning set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

 

"Eligibility Computation Period"
means a 12 consecutive month period beginning with an Employee's Employment Commencement Date and each anniversary thereof. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if the Adoption Agreement provides that the Eligibility Computation Period switches to the Plan Year his succeeding
Eligibility Computation Period for such purpose will switch to the Plan Year, beginning with the Plan Year that includes the first
anniversary of his Employment Commencement Date. If the Eligibility Computation Period switches to the Plan Year, an Employee who
is credited with a Year of Eligibility Service in both the initial Eligibility Computation Period and the first Plan Year which
commences prior to the first anniversary of the Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period will be credited with two Years
of Eligibility Service.

 

"Eligible Employee" means any
Employee employed by the Company, subject to the modifications and exclusions described in the Adoption Agreement.

 

If an individual is subsequently reclassified
as, or determined to be, an Employee by a court, the Internal Revenue Service or any other governmental agency or authority, or
if the Company is required to reclassify such individual an Employee as a result of such reclassification determination (including
any reclassification by the Company in settlement of any claim or action relating to such individual's employment status), such
individual shall not become an Eligible Employee by reason of such reclassification or determination.

 

An individual who becomes employed by the Employer
in a transaction between the Employer and another entity that is a stock or asset acquisition, merger, or other similar transaction
involving a change in the employer of the employees of the trade or business shall not become eligible to participate in the Plan
until the Plan Sponsor specifically authorizes such participation.

 

"Employee" means any individual
who is employed by the Employer, including a Self-Employed Individual. The term "Employee" includes any Leased Employee
of the Employer. No Leased Employee may become a Participant hereunder unless he becomes an Eligible Employee. The term "Employee"
shall not include a person who is classified by the Employer as an independent contractor or a person (other than a Self-Employed
Individual) who is not treated as an employee for purposes of withholding federal employment taxes.

 

"Employer" means the Company
or any other employer required to be aggregated with the Company under Code sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o); provided,
however, that "Employer" shall not include any entity or unincorporated trade or business prior to the date on
which such entity, trade or business satisfies the affiliation or control tests described above. In identifying "Employer"
for purposes of Section 5.01, the definition in Code sections 414(b) and (c) shall be modified as provided in Code section 415(h).

 

"Employment Commencement Date"
means the first date on which the Eligible Employee performs an Hour of Service.

 

"ERISA" means the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, all amendments thereto and all federal regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

"ESOP Accounts" means those
Accounts specified in Section 1.02 and the Adoption Agreement as the ESOP portion of the Plan. The ESOP Accounts shall be invested
in the Company Stock Fund.

 

"Exempt Loan" means an extension
of credit to the Plan which satisfies the requirements of Treas. Reg. section 54.4975-7(b) and Department of Labor Reg. section
2550.408(b)-3, or any future law or regulation that modifies either or both of such regulations and affects the exemption for such
loans to an employee stock ownership plan.

 

    	 	4	 

     

    

 

"Highly Compensated Employee"
means, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, any Employee who during the Plan Year performs services for
the Employer and who:

 

(a)          was
a More Than 5% Owner at any time during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year; or

 

(b)          during
the preceding Plan Year (the Adoption Agreement may provide that the foregoing determination may be made with respect to the calendar
year beginning with or within the preceding Plan Year) received Testing Compensation in excess of the Code section 414(q)(1) amount
($80,000 as adjusted) and unless otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement was a member of the top paid group of Employees within
the meaning of Code section 414(q)(3).

 

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated
Employee will be made in accordance with Code section 414(q) and the regulations thereunder to the extent they are not inconsistent
with the method established above.

 

The term Highly Compensated Employee also includes
a former Employee who was a Highly Compensated Employee when he separated from service or at any time after attaining age 55.

 

"Hour of Service" means:

 

(a)          Each
hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours will be
credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed.

 

(b)          Each
hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties
are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
(including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 hours of service will be credited
under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours
under this paragraph will be calculated and credited pursuant to DOL Reg. section 2530.200b-2 which is incorporated herein by this
reference.

 

(c)          Each
hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same hours
of service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These
hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than
the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

 

Solely for purposes of determining whether a
One-Year Break in Service has occurred, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons shall receive
credit for the hours of service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case
in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 hours of service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence
from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of
a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption
of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such
birth or placement. The hours of service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (1) in the computation period in which
the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a break in service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the
following computation period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for determining
service under the elapsed time method an Hour of Service means each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment for
the performance of duties for the Employer.

 

If the Employer is a member of an affiliated
service group (under Code section 414(m)), a controlled group of corporations (under Code section 414(b)), a group of trades or
businesses under common control (under Code section 414(c)) or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant
to Code section 414(o), service will be credited for any employment with such groups during the time the Employer is a member of
the applicable group. Service will also be credited for any individual considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Code
sections 414(n) or 414(o).

 

    	 	5	 

     

    

 

If the Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor
employer, service with such employer will be treated as service for the Employer.

 

Service with respect to qualified military service
shall be credited in accordance with Code section 414(u) and service shall also be determined to the extent required by the Family
and Medical Leave Act of 1993.

 

"Investment Fiduciary" means
the persons designated in the Adoption Agreement.

 

"Investment Funds" means the
funds, including the Company Stock Fund, in which the Trust Fund is invested.

 

"Investment Manager" means
an investment manager as described in section 3(38) of ERISA.

 

"Key Employee" means for Plan
Years beginning after December 31, 2001, any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during
the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date is an officer of the Employer having an annual Testing Compensation greater
than $130,000 (as adjusted under Code section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a More Than 5% Owner
of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having Testing Compensation of more than $150,000. In determining whether
a plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, Key Employee means any employee or former employee (including
any deceased employee) who at any time during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date, is an officer of the Employer
having Testing Compensation that exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under Code section 415(b)(1)(A), an owner (or considered
an owner under Code section 318) of one of the ten largest interests in the Employer if such individual's Testing Compensation
exceeds 100 percent of the dollar limitation under Code section 415(c)(1)(A), a More than 5% Owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent
owner of the Employer who has Testing Compensation of more than $150,000. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made
in accordance with Code section 416(i)(1) and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

 

"Leased Employee" means any
person (other than an employee of the Employer) who pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person ("leasing
organization") has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with
Code section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under
primary direction or control by the Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing organization
which are attributable to services performed for the Employer shall be treated as provided by the Employer. A person shall not
be considered a Leased Employee if: (i) such person is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a nonintegrated
employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined in Code section 415(c)(3), but including amounts
contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the employee's gross income under Code sections
125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 132(f) or 457, (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) Leased
Employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer's nonhighly compensated work force.

 

"Leveraged Shares" means shares
of Company Stock acquired by the Trustee with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan pursuant to Article 4A.

 

"Limitation Year" means the
year specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new
Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

 

"More Than 5% Owner" means
any person who owns (either directly or by attribution, under Code section 318) more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the Employer
or stock possessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated
business, any person who owns more than 5% of the capital or profits interest in the Employer. For purposes of Section 7.05, a
Participant is treated as a More than 5% Owner if such participant is a More than 5% Owner at any time during the Plan Year ending
with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age 70-1/2 and shall continue to be considered a More than 5% Owner
(and distributions must continue under Section 7.05) even if the Participant ceases to be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year.

 

    	 	6	 

     

    

 

"Non-Elective Contribution"
means a contribution made by the Company that is allocated to a Participant's Non-Elective Contribution Account pursuant to Article
4.

 

"Non-Elective Contribution Account"
means so much of a Participant's Account as consists of Non-Elective Contributions made to the Plan.

 

"Non-Key Employee" means any
Employee or former Employee who is not a Key Employee.

 

"Nonhighly Compensated Employee"
means an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

 

"Normal Retirement Age" shall
have the meaning set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

 

"One-Year Break in Service"
means, for purposes of determining eligibility service, an Eligibility Computation Period or, for purposes of determining a Year
of Vesting Service, a Vesting Computation Period during which an Employee is credited with 500 or fewer Hours of Service.

 

"One-Year Period of Severance"
means a Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months. In the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity
or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall
not constitute a One-Year Period of Severance. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity
reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual,
(3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual,
or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.

 

"Participant" means an Eligible
Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with Article 3.

 

"Period of Severance" means
a continuous period of time during which the Employee does not perform an Hour of Service for the Employer. Such period begins
on the date the Employee retires, dies, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12 month anniversary of the date on which the
Employee was otherwise first absent from service.

 

"Permissive Aggregation Group"
means the Required Aggregation Group of plans, plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with
the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

 

"Plan Administrator" means
the person(s) designated pursuant to the Adoption Agreement and Section 12.01. The Plan Administrator is a "named fiduciary"
within the meaning of ERISA section 402(a)(2).

 

"Plan Sponsor" means the entity
described in the Adoption Agreement.

 

"Plan Year" means the 12-consecutive
month period described in the Adoption Agreement.

 

"Post Severance Compensation"
means amounts paid by 2-1/2 months after a Participant's severance from employment with the Company and those amounts would have
been included in the definition of compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant's severance from employment with the
Company. However the payment must be for (a) unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Participant
would have been able to use the leave if the employee had continued in employment; or (b) received by a Participant pursuant to
a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid to the Participant at the same
time if the Participant had continued in employment with the Company and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the
Participant's gross income.

 

    	 	7	 

     

    

 

"Post Year End Compensation"
means amounts earned during a year but not paid during that year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates if:
(i) these amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next year; (ii) the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent
basis with respect to all similarly situated Employees; and (iii) no compensation is included in more than one year.

 

"Present Value" means a benefit
of equivalent value and shall be based only on the interest and mortality rates specified in the Adoption Agreement.

 

"Qualified Domestic Relations Order"
means any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) that constitutes a "qualified
domestic relations order" within the meaning of Code section 414(p). Effective April 6, 2007, pursuant to DOL regulation section
2530.206, a domestic relations order will not fail to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order solely because the domestic relations
order: (i) revises or is issued after another domestic relations order or Qualified Domestic Relations Order, or (ii) the domestic
relations order is issued after the participant's death, divorce or annuity starting date.

 

"Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity"
means for a married Participant, an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the
Participant's spouse which is not less than 50 percent and not more than 100 percent of the amount of the annuity which is payable
during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant's
vested Account balance. The percentage of the survivor annuity under the plan shall be 50%, unless a different percentage is elected
in the Adoption Agreement. For a single Participant, a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity means an immediate annuity for the
life of the Participant and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the Participant's vested Account balance.
The terms of such annuity contract shall comply with the provisions of this Plan and the annuity contract shall be nontransferable.

 

"Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity"
means an annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity that is equal to the applicable percentage of the amount
of the annuity that is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse, and that is the actuarial equivalent of
a single life annuity for the life of the Participant. The survivor percentage of the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity shall
be determined in accordance with the following:

 

(a).         If
the Plan provides for a specific Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity survivor annuity percentage and such percentage is less than
75%, then the Plan's Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity shall be 75%.

 

(b)          If
the Plan provides for a specific Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity survivor annuity percentage and such percentage is greater
than or equal to 75%, then the Plan's Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity shall be 50%.

 

(c)          If
the Plan does not provide for a specific Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity survivor annuity percentage, then the Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity survivor annuity percentage shall be 50% and the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity survivor annuity percentage
shall be 75%.

 

"Released and Unallocated Account"
means the account established and maintained in the Trust to hold Company Stock released from the Suspense Account, as described
in Article 4A, but not yet allocated to Participants' Accounts and dividends thereon.

 

"Required Aggregation Group"
means (a) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during
the Plan Year containing the Determination Date or any of the four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the Plan has terminated),
and (b) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code sections
401(a)(4) or 410.

 

"Required Beginning Date" means
April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 or the calendar
year in which the Participant retires, except that benefit distributions to a More Than 5% Owner must commence by April 1 of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2. The Adoption Agreement may provide that
for a Participant other than a More Than 5% Owner: (i) the Required Beginning Date is the April 1 of the calendar year following
the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2; or (ii) the Participant may elect to begin receiving distributions
at the date specified in the preceding sentence or the date specified in clause (i) of this sentence.

 

    	 	8	 

     

    

 

"Rollover Contribution" means
an Employee contribution made to the Plan as a rollover from another eligible retirement plan or individual retirement account
pursuant to Article 4 of the Plan.

 

"Rollover Contribution Account"
means so much of a Participant's Account as consists of a Participant's Rollover Contributions (and corresponding earnings) made
to the Plan.

 

"S Corporation" means a corporation
described in Code section 1361(a)(1) for which an election under Code section 1362(a) is in effect.

 

"Self-Employed Individual"
means any individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established, including
an individual who would have Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable year.
An individual shall not be a Self-Employed Individual unless he or she is also an owner of the Company.

 

"Suspense Account" means the
account established and maintained in the Trust to hold Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, which has not
yet been released pursuant to Article 4A, and dividends thereon.

 

"Termination" and "Termination
of Employment" means any absence from service that ends the employment of the Employee with the Employer.

 

"Testing Compensation" shall
have the meaning set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

 

Testing Compensation must be determined without
regard to any rules under Code section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of
the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code section 3401(a)(2)). For any Self-Employed
Individual, Testing Compensation shall mean Earned Income.

 

Testing Compensation shall include any amount
which is contributed by the Company pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not includible in the gross income of
the Participant under Code sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 132(f) or 457. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement,
Testing Compensation shall include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because
the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage ("deemed Code section 125 compensation").
An amount will be treated as an amount under Code section 125 only if the Company does not request or collect information regarding
the Participant's other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

 

Testing Compensation shall include other compensation
paid by 2-1/2 months after a Participant's severance from employment with the Company if: (a) the payment is regular compensation
for services during the Participant's regular working hours, or compensation for services outside the Participant's regular working
hours (e.g., overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments; and the payment would have been
paid to the Participant prior to a severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Company. The
exclusions from compensation for payments after severance from employment do not apply to payments to a Participant who does not
currently perform services for the Company by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Code section 414(u)(1))
to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the Participant would have received if the individual had continued to perform
services for the Company rather than entering qualified military service. To the extent provided in the Plan, Testing Compensation
shall include compensation paid to a Participant who is permanently and totally disabled.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof to
the contrary, the annual Testing Compensation of each Employee taken into account under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed
the amount in effect for such year under Code section 401(a)(17). If a Plan Year consists of fewer than 12 months, the applicable
limitation under Code section 401(a)(17) will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in such
year, and the denominator of which is 12.

 

    	 	9	 

     

    

 

"Top-Heavy Ratio" means:

 

(a)          If
the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer
has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued
benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction,
the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), including any part
of any account balance distributed in the one-year period ending on the Determination Date(s), (five-year period ending on the
Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and
in determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002), and the denominator of which is
the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in the 1-year period ending on the Determination
Date(s)) (5-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from
employment, death or disability and in determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002),
both computed in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy
Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken
into account on that date under Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder.

 

(b)          If
the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Employer
maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)
has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation group as appropriate is a fraction,
the numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees,
determined in accordance with (a) above, and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or
plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under
the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Participants, determined in accordance with (a) above, and the Present
Value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined
in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan in both the
numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the one-year
period ending on the Determination Date (five-year period ending on the Determination Date in the case of a distribution made for
a reason other than severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy for Plan Years
beginning before January 1, 2002).

 

(c)          For
purposes of (a) and (b) above the value of account balances and the Present Value of accrued benefits will be determined as of
the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided
in Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances
and accrued benefits of a Participant (1) who is a Non Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (2) who has
not been credited with at least one hour of service with any Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the one-year period
(5-year period in determining whether the Plan is Top-Heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the Determination
Date will be disregarded. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers
are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code section 416 and the regulations thereunder. Deductible employee contributions
will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When aggregating plans the value of account balances
and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

 

The accrued benefit of a Non Key Employee shall be determined under:
(x) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer,
or (y) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the
fractional rule of Code section 411(b)(1)(C).

 

"Transfer Account" means so
much of a Participant's Account as consists of amounts transferred from another eligible retirement plan (and corresponding earnings)
pursuant to Article 4 in a transaction that was not an eligible rollover distribution within the meaning of Code section 402.

 

    	 	10	 

     

    

 

"Trust Fund" means all of the
assets of the Plan held by the Trustee pursuant to Article 10 or held by an insurance company pursuant to section 403 of ERISA.

 

"Trustee" means the persons
designated in the Adoption Agreement.

 

"Valuation Date" has the meaning
specified in the Adoption Agreement. Valuations of Company Stock shall be made pursuant to Section 9.10. Notwithstanding anything
in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary and in the event that a Participant is to receive a distribution from the Plan, the Plan
Administrator may in its sole discretion declare a special Valuation Date for that portion of the Plan that is not daily-valued
in extraordinary situations to protect the interests of Participants in the Plan or the Participant receiving the distribution.
Such extraordinary circumstances include a significant change in economic conditions or market value of the Trust Fund.

 

"Vesting Computation Period"
means, for purposes of determining Years of Vesting Service, the period described in the Adoption Agreement.

 

"Year of Eligibility Service"
means, with respect to any Eligible Employee, an Eligibility Computation Period during which he completes at least the service
specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the Plan uses the elapsed time method: (i) "Year of Eligibility Service" means
a twelve month period of time beginning on an Employee's Employment Commencement Date and ending on the date on which eligibility
service is being determined; (ii) in order to determine the number of whole Years of Eligibility Service under the elapsed time
method, nonsuccessive periods of service and less than whole year periods of service shall be aggregated on the basis that 12 months
of service (30 days are deemed to be a month in the case of the aggregation of fractional months) or 365 days of service are equal
to a whole year of service; (iii) an Employee will also receive credit for any Period of Severance of less than 12 consecutive
months; and (iv) if less than one year of eligibility service is required in Article 3, such service shall be determined by substituting
such period for "twelve month" and "Year" where they appear in this paragraph. If the Plan provides for fractional
Years of Eligibility Service, the requirement to complete any specified hours in the fractional period shall be waived.

 

All eligibility service with the Employer are
taken into account except that if permitted in the Adoption Agreement, the following service shall be disregarded in determining
Years of Eligibility Service:

 

(a)          One-Year
Holdout. If an Employee has a One-Year Break in Service (One-Year Period of Severance to the extent the Plan uses the elapsed time
method), Years of Eligibility Service before such period will not be taken into account until the Employee has completed a Year
of Eligibility Service after returning to employment with the Employer.

 

(b)          Rule
of Parity. If an Employee does not have any nonforfeitable right to the Account balance derived from Employer contributions, Years
of Eligibility Service before a period of five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service (One-Year Periods of Severance to the
extent the Plan uses the elapsed time method) will not be taken into account in computing eligibility service.

 

If a Participant's Years of Eligibility Service are disregarded
pursuant to the foregoing, such Participant will be treated as a new Employee for eligibility purposes. If a Participant's Years
of Eligibility Service may not be disregarded pursuant to the foregoing, such Participant shall participate in the Plan pursuant
to the terms of Article 3.

 

To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement,
eligibility service may also include service with employers other than the Employer.

 

"Year of Vesting Service" means
a Vesting Computation Period during which the Employee completes at least the number of hours specified in the Adoption Agreement.
If the Plan uses the elapsed time method: (i) "Year of Vesting Service" means a twelve month period of time beginning
on an Employee's Employment Commencement Date and ending on the date on which vesting service is being determined; (ii) in order
to determine the number of whole Years of Vesting Service under the elapsed time method, nonsuccessive periods of service and less
than whole year periods of service shall be aggregated on the basis that 12 months of service (30 days are deemed to be a month
in the case of the aggregation of fractional months) or 365 days of service are equal to a whole year of service; and (iii) an
Employee will also receive credit for any Period of Severance of less than 12 consecutive months.

 

    	 	11	 

     

    

 

All Years of Vesting Service with the Employer
are taken into account except that for an Employee who has five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service (One-Year Periods of Severance
to the extent the Plan uses the elapsed time method) and except to the extent provided in Article 6, all periods of service after
such breaks in service/periods of severance shall be disregarded for the purpose of vesting the Employee's employer-derived Account
balance that accrued before such breaks in service/periods of severance, but except as otherwise expressly provided, both the service
before and after such breaks in service/periods of severance shall count for purposes of vesting the Employee's employer-derived
Account balance that accrues after such breaks in service/periods of severance.

 

In addition, if permitted in the Adoption Agreement,
the following service shall be disregarded in determining Years of Vesting Service:

 

(a)          One-Year
Holdout. If an Employee has a One-Year Break in Service (One-Year Period of Severance to the extent the Plan uses the elapsed time
method), Years of Vesting Service before such period will not be taken into account until the Employee has completed a Year of
Vesting Service after returning to employment with the Employer.

 

(b)          Rule
of Parity. If an Employee does not have any nonforfeitable right to the Account balance derived from Employer contributions, Years
of Vesting Service before a period of five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service (One-Year Periods of Severance to the extent
the Plan uses the elapsed time method) will not be taken into account in computing vesting service. Elective Deferrals under a
qualified CODA are taken into account for purposes of determining whether a Participant is a nonvested Participant for purposes
of Code section 411(a)(6)(D)(iii).

 

(c)          Years
of Vesting Service before age 18 and/or Years of Vesting Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan
will not be taken into account in computing vesting service.

 

To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement,
vesting service may also include service with employers other than the Employer.

 

    	 	12	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 3

PARTICIPATION

 

Section 3.01         NON-ELECTIVE
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Each Eligible Employee as of the Effective Date
who was eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to Non-Elective Contributions immediately prior to the Effective Date
shall be a Participant eligible to receive Non-Elective Contributions pursuant to Article 4 on the Effective Date. Each other Eligible
Employee who was not a Participant in the Plan with respect to Non-Elective Contributions immediately prior to the Effective Date
shall become a Participant eligible to receive Non-Elective Contributions on the date specified in the Adoption Agreement; provided
that he is an Eligible Employee on such date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall be eligible to receive Non-Elective
Contributions only to the extent such contributions are permitted in the Adoption Agreement.

 

Section 3.02         TRANSFERS

 

If a change in job classification or a transfer
results in an individual no longer qualifying as an Eligible Employee, such Employee shall cease to be a Participant for purposes
of Article 4 (or shall not become eligible to become a Participant) as of the effective date of such change of job classification
or transfer. Should such Employee again qualify as an Eligible Employee or if an Employee who was not previously an Eligible Employee
becomes an Eligible Employee, he shall become a Participant with respect to the contributions for which the eligibility requirements
have been satisfied as of the later of the effective date of such subsequent change of status or the date the Employee meets the
eligibility requirements of this Article 3.

 

Section 3.03         TERMINATION
AND REHIRES

 

If an Employee has a Termination of Employment,
such Employee shall cease to be a Participant for purposes of Article 4 (or shall not become eligible to become a Participant)
as of his Termination of Employment. An individual who has satisfied the applicable eligibility requirements set forth in Article
3 as of his Termination date, and who is subsequently reemployed by the Company as an Eligible Employee, shall resume or become
a Participant immediately upon his rehire date with respect to the contributions for which the eligibility requirements of this
Article 3 have been satisfied. An individual who has not so qualified for participation on his Termination date, and who is subsequently
reemployed by the Company as an Eligible Employee, shall be eligible to participate as of the later of the effective date of such
reemployment or the date the individual meets the eligibility requirements of this Article 3. The determination of whether a rehired
Eligible Employee satisfies the requirements of Article 3 shall be made after the application of any applicable break in service
rules.

 

Section 3.04         LIMITATIONS
ON EXCLUSIONS

 

(a)          Exclusions.
Any employee exclusion entered in the Adoption Agreement shall not be valid to the extent that such exclusion requires that the
maximum number of Nonhighly Compensated Employees with the highest amount of compensation and/or service shall be excluded from
participation so that the Plan still meets the coverage requirements of Code section 410(b).

 

(b)          Coverage.
The Plan must provide that an Eligible Employee who has attained age 21 and who has completed one Year of Eligibility Service (two
Years of Eligibility Service may be used for contributions other than Elective deferrals if the Plan provides a nonforfeitable
right to 100% of the Participant's applicable Account balance after not more than 2 Years of Eligibility Service) shall commence
participation in the Plan no later than the earlier of: (i) the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date on which
such Eligible Employee satisfied such requirements; or (ii) the date that is 6 months after the date on which he satisfied such
requirements.

 

(c)          A
Participant shall be treated as benefiting under the Plan for any Plan Year during which the Participant received or is deemed
to receive an allocation in accordance with Treas. Reg. section 1.410(b)-3(a). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary, no Participant shall earn an allocation hereunder except as provided under the terms of the Plan as in effect on the
last day of the Plan Year after giving effect to all retroactive amendments that may be permitted under applicable Internal Revenue
Service procedures and other applicable law; including, without limitation, any amendment permitted under Treas. Reg. 1.401(a)(4)-11.

 

    	 	13	 

     

    

 

(d)          Eligibility
Waiver. The Company may waive any of the Eligibility requirements to participate in the Plan with respect to Profit Sharing Contributions
for an Employee who does not otherwise satisfy such requirements. However, in order to qualify for the waiver, the Employee must
also be: (i) a Nonhighly Compensated Employee, and (ii) eligible for a nonelective allocation.

 

Section 3.05         PROCEDURES
FOR ADMISSION

 

The Plan Administrator shall prescribe such
forms and may require such data from Participants as are reasonably required to enroll a Participant in the Plan or to effectuate
any Participant elections made pursuant to this Article 3.

 

    	 	14	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.01         NON-ELECTIVE
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          Amount.
Subject to the limitations described in Article 5, the Company may, in its sole discretion, make Non-Elective Contributions to
the Plan on behalf of each Participant who has completed any service requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement.

 

(b)          Allocation
of Non-Elective Contributions. Non-Elective Contributions shall be allocated to the Non-Elective Contribution Accounts of each
Participant eligible to share in such allocations pursuant to Subsection (a) in the manner described in the Adoption Agreement.

 

(c)          Participant.
For purposes of this Section, "Participant" shall mean an Eligible Employee who has met the eligibility requirements
of Article 3 with respect to Non-Elective Contributions.

 

(d)          Coverage
Failures. If the application of the rules described above causes the Plan to fail to meet the minimum coverage requirements of
Code section 410(b)(1)(B) (the Plan does not benefit a percentage of Nonhighly Compensated Employees that is at least 70% of the
percentage of Highly Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan) for any Plan Year with respect to contributions described
in this Section 4.03 because such contributions have not been allocated to a sufficient number or percentage of Participants for
such year, then the list of Participants eligible to share in such contributions for such year shall be expanded to include the
Participants described in the Adoption Agreement.

 

(1)         If
the Adoption Agreement specifies that all non-excludable Participants shall be entitled to share in such contributions for such
year, then the following additional Participants shall be eligible to share in such contributions:

 

(A)         Any
Participant who remains in the Employer's employ on the last day of such Plan Year; and

 

(B)         Any
Participant who completes at least 501 Hours of Service during such Plan Year (whether or not he remains in the Employer's employ
in the last day of such Plan Year).

 

(2)         If
the Adoption Agreement specifies that just enough Participants shall be entitled to share in such contributions for such year,
then the following additional Participants shall be eligible to share in such contributions:

 

(A)         The
list of Participants eligible to share in such contributions for such Plan Year shall be expanded to include the minimum number
of Participants who would not otherwise be eligible as are necessary to satisfy the minimum coverage requirements under Code section
410(b)(1)(B). The specific Participants who shall become eligible to share in such contributions for such Plan Year pursuant to
this Paragraph (A) shall be those Participants who remain in the Company's employ on the last day of such Plan Year and who have
completed the greatest amount of service during the Plan Year.

 

(B)         If,
after the application of Paragraph (A) above, the minimum coverage requirements of Code section 410(b)(1)(B) are still not satisfied,
then the list of Participants eligible to share in such contributions for such Plan Year shall be further expanded to include the
minimum number of Participants who do not remain in the Company's employ on the last day of the Plan Year as are necessary to satisfy
such requirements. The specific Participants who shall become eligible to share in the Company's contribution for such Plan Year
pursuant to this Paragraph (B) shall be those Participants who had completed the greatest amount of service during the Plan Year
before terminating their employment with the Employer.

 

    	 	15	 

     

    

 

(e)          Disability.
In addition to the foregoing, if the Adoption Agreement specifies that contributions described in this Section shall be allocated
to Disabled Participants, a Participant who does not meet the requirements of Subsection (a) due to Disability shall be eligible
to share in such contributions; provided that such Disability would also constitute a disability pursuant to Code section 22(e).
The Company shall allocate the applicable contributions on behalf of each such Disabled Participant on the basis of the Compensation
each such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation
paid immediately before suffering a Disability. Contributions allocated to Participants suffering a Disability pursuant to this
Subsection shall be fully vested when made. Such allocations shall cease on the first to occur of the following:

 

(1)         the
last day of the Plan Year in which occurs the anniversary specified in the Adoption Agreement of the date the Plan Administrator
determines that the Participant's Disability commenced;

 

(2)         the
date the Participant ceases to suffer from a Disability;

 

(3)         the
date the Participant refuses to submit to a periodic examination by the Company or its agent to determine the existence of a Disability;
or

 

(4)         the
date the Participant dies.

 

Section 4.02         ROLLOVER
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          In
General. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Administrator may accept Rollover Contributions made in cash
or other form acceptable to the Trustee; but only if the contribution qualifies as a tax-free rollover as defined in Code section
402(c) from: (i) a plan qualified under Code section 401(a); or (ii) a "Conduit Individual Retirement Account", as determined
in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator. If it is later determined that the amount received does not
qualify as a tax-free rollover, the amount shall be refunded to the Eligible Employee. Rollover Contributions shall be allocated
to the Eligible Employee's Rollover Contribution Account.

 

(b)          Additional
Rollovers. In addition to the Rollover Contributions specified in Subsection (a), the Plan may accept the following Rollover Contributions
made after December 31, 2001 (or such other date specified in the Adoption Agreement) if permitted in the Adoption Agreement and
to the extent allowed by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion:

 

(1)         A
direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution of after-tax employee contributions from a qualified plan described in Code
section 401(a) or 403(a).

 

(2)         Any
rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b), excluding after-tax employee
contributions.

 

(3)         Any
rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political
subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.

 

(4)         Any
rollover contribution of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code sections
408(a) or 408(b) that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includable in gross income.

 

(5)         If
the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals, the Plan may accept a rollover contribution to a Roth Elective Deferral Account only
if it is a direct rollover from another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code section
402A(e)(1) and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code section 402(c).

 

(c)          Additional
Rollovers. In addition to the Rollover Contributions specified in Subsections (a) and (b), effective for taxable years beginning
on or after January 1, 2007, if the Plan permits Rollover Contributions to the Plan from all qualified plans and tax favored vehicles,
the eligible plans shall include after-tax contributions as permitted by Section 822 of PPA. The Plan shall separately account
for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such contribution which is includible in gross income
and the portion of such contribution which is not so includible.

 

    	 	16	 

     

    

 

Section 4.03         TRANSFERS

 

The Trustee may accept a direct transfer of
assets, made without the consent of the affected Employees, from the trustee of any other qualified plan described in Code section
401(a) to the extent permitted by the Code and the regulations and rulings thereunder. In the event assets are transferred to the
Plan pursuant to the foregoing sentence, the transferred assets shall be accounted for separately in the Transfer Account of the
affected Employees to the extent necessary to preserve a more favorable vesting schedule or any other any legally-protected benefits
available to such Employees under the transferor plan. The Plan Administrator shall establish a vesting schedule for the Transfer
Account; provided that such schedule is not less favorable that the vesting schedule under the transferor plan.

 

Section 4.04         MILITARY
SERVICE

 

(a)          In
General. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to
qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Code section 414(u).

 

(b)          Death
Benefits Under USERRA. Effective January 1, 2007, if a Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined
in Code section 414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals
relating to the period of qualified military service specified in Subsection (d) below) provided under the plan as if the Participant
had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death pursuant to Code section 401(a)(37), Notice 2010-5 and any superseding
guidance.

 

(c)          Differential
Military Pay. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2008, pursuant to Code section 414(u)(12), Notice 2010-5 and
any superseding guidance, a Participant receiving differential wage payments (as defined in Code section 3401(h)(2)) shall be treated
as an Employee of the Employer making the payment and the differential wage payments shall be treated as Compensation under the
Plan.

 

(1)         For
purposes of Code sections 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), 403(b)(7)(A)(ii), 403(b)(11)(A), or 457(d)(1)(A)(ii), a Participant shall be treated
as having terminated from employment during any period the Participant is performing services described in Code section 3401(h)(2)(A).

 

(2)         If
a Participant elects to receive a distribution by reason of Subsection (c)(1), the Participant may not make an Elective Deferral
during the 6-month period beginning on the date of distribution.

 

(d)          Death
or Disability During Qualified Military Service. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement and pursuant to Code section
414(u)(9), Notice 2010-5 and any superseding guidance, a Participant that dies or becomes disabled while performing qualified military
service (as defined in Code section 414(u)) will be treated as if he had been employed by the Company on the day preceding death
or disability and terminated employment on the day of death or disability and receive benefit accruals related to the period of
qualified military service as provided under Code section 414(u)(8), except as provided below:

 

(1)         All
Participants eligible for benefits under the Plan by reason of this Section shall be provided benefits on reasonably equivalent
terms.

 

(2)         For
the purposes of applying Code section 414(u)(8)(C), a Participant's Elective Deferrals shall be determined based on the Participant's
average actual contributions for: (i) the 12-month period of service with the Employer immediately prior to qualified military
service, or (ii) if service with the Employer is less than such 12-month period, the actual length of continuous service with the
Employer.

 

Section 4.05         MULTIPLE
EMPLOYER PLAN

 

If the Employees of more than one employer within
the meaning of Code section 413(c) are covered under the Plan, the provisions of such section shall apply to the Plan. The Plan
Administrator may restrict the allocation of any forfeitures arising hereunder to the entity for which the applicable Participant
is or was employed.

 

    	 	17	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 4A

SPECIAL ESOP PROVISIONS

 

Section 4A.01       ESOP
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          Amount
of ESOP Contributions. The Company shall make a contribution to the Plan in cash sufficient to pay any currently maturing obligations
on an Exempt Loan (to the extent that such obligations will not be satisfied pursuant to the terms of Article 4 by means of contributions
paid to ESOP Accounts or by use of dividends pursuant to Article 9). Such contributions shall be applied, as the Plan Administrator
shall direct the Trustee, to repay any outstanding Exempt Loan in accordance with any pledge or similar agreement. The Company
may make additional contributions in cash or Company Stock; provided however, that Rollover Contributions and transfers may be
in such other form that may be acceptable to the Trustee and the Plan Administrator.

 

(b)          Allocation
of ESOP Contributions. ESOP Contributions made in the form of Company Stock and Company Stock transferred to the Released and Unallocated
Account shall be allocated to the ESOP Accounts in the manner specified in the Adoption Agreement and determined by the Plan Administrator.
The shares so allocated shall have a fair market value as of the allocation date equal to the amount of the contributions to which
the Participant is entitled. Allocations to Participants within each ESOP Account shall be made pursuant to the terms of Article
4.

 

Section 4A.02        EXEMPT LOAN

 

(a)          Authorization
- Use. The Board may direct the Trustee to borrow money from a Disqualified Person, or another source which is guaranteed by a
Disqualified Person the proceeds of which are used within a reasonable time to: (1) acquire Company Stock, (2) repay such Exempt
Loan, or (3) repay a prior Exempt Loan pursuant to applicable regulations.

 

(b)          Terms
of Exempt Loan Agreements. All Exempt Loans shall satisfy the following requirements:

 

(1)         The
loan shall be primarily for the benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries.

 

(2)         The
loan shall be for a specified term, shall bear no more than a reasonable rate of interest, and shall not be payable on demand except
in the event of default.

 

(3)         The
collateral pledged by the Trustee shall consist only of the Company Stock purchased with the borrowed funds, or Company Stock that
was pledged as collateral in connection with a prior Exempt Loan that was repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan.

 

(4)         Under
the terms of the loan agreement, the lender shall have no recourse against the Trust, or any of its assets, except with respect
to the collateral and contributions (other than contributions of Company Stock) by the Company that are made to satisfy the Trustee's
obligations under the loan agreement and earnings attributable to such collateral and such contributions.

 

(5)         The
payments made on the Exempt Loan during a Plan Year shall not exceed an amount equal to the sum of such contributions and earnings
received during or prior to the year less such payments on the Exempt Loan in prior years.

 

(6)         In
the event of default, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan shall not exceed the amount of default;
moreover, if the lender is a Disqualified Person, the loan agreement shall provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only
upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of the loan.

 

    	 	18	 

     

    

 

Section 4A.03        RELEASE OF COMPANY STOCK

 

(a)          Company
Stock purchased with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall be held in the Suspense Account as the collateral for that Exempt Loan.
Such Company Stock shall be released from the Suspense Account, and transferred to the Released and Unallocated Account, on a pro-rata
basis according to the amount of the payment on the Exempt Loan determined under one of the following two alternative formulas
specified in Subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) in the discretion of the Plan Administrator and in accordance with the terms of the
Exempt Loan.

 

(1)         For
each payment during the duration of the Exempt Loan, the number of shares of Company Stock released and transferred to the Released
and Unallocated Account shall equal the number of such shares held in the Suspense Account immediately before release for the current
payment period multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the amount of principal and interest paid for the payment
period, and the denominator of the fraction is the sum of the numerator plus the remaining principal and interest to be paid for
all future payments. The number of future payments under the Exempt Loan must be definitely ascertainable and must be determined
without taking into account any possible extensions or renewal periods. If the interest rate under the Exempt Loan is variable,
the interest to be paid in future payment periods must be computed by using the interest rate applicable as of the end of the immediately
preceding payment period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Exempt Loan is repaid with the proceeds of a subsequent Exempt
Loan, such repayment shall not operate to release all of the Company Stock in the Suspense Account; rather, such release shall
be effected pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this subsection on the basis of payments of principal and interest on such
substitute loan; or

 

(2)         For
each payment during the duration of the Exempt Loan, the number of shares of Company Stock released and transferred to the Released
and Unallocated Account is determined solely with reference to the principal payment of the Exempt Loan. Company Stock in the Suspense
Account may be released in accordance with this subsection (2) only if the following three conditions are met:

 

(i)          The
Exempt Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than
level annual payments of such amounts for ten years;

 

(ii)         The
interest portion of any payment is disregarded for purposes of determining the number of shares released only to the extent it
would be treated as interest under standard loan amortization tables; and

 

(iii)        If
the Exempt Loan is renewed, extended or refinanced, the sum of the expired duration of the Exempt Loan and the renewal period,
the extension period or the duration of a new Exempt Loan does not exceed ten years.

 

(b)          More
than One Exempt Loan. If at any time there is more than one Exempt Loan outstanding, separate accounts shall be established under
the Suspense Account and the Released and Unallocated Account for each Exempt Loan. Each Exempt Loan for which a separate account
is maintained shall be treated separately for purposes of Subsection (a) governing the release of shares from the Suspense Account.

 

(c)          Treasury
Regulations. It is intended that the provisions of this section be applied and construed in a manner consistent with the requirements
and provisions of Treas. Reg. section 54.4975-7(b)(8) and any successor regulation thereto. If the Suspense Account holds more
than one class of Company Stock, such stock shall be allocated and distributed in substantially the same proportion of each such
class of Company Stock when distributed under Article 7, pursuant to Treas. Reg. 54.4975-11(f)(2).

 

Section 4A.04        PROHIBITED ALLOCATION

 

(a)          Section
1042. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, if shares of Company Stock (in a C-Corporation only) are sold
to the Plan by a shareholder in a transaction for which special tax treatment is elected by such shareholder (or his representative)
pursuant to Code section 1042, no assets attributable to such Company Stock may be allocated to the ESOP Accounts of: (i) the shareholder,
and any person who is related to such shareholder [within the meaning of Code section 267(b)], during the nonallocation period
except that lineal descendants of such shareholder may receive allocations so long as no more than 5% of the aggregate amount of
all Company Stock sold by such shareholder in a transaction to which Code section 1042 applies is allocated to such lineal descendants
of such shareholder; and (ii) any other person who owns [after application of Code section 318(a)] more than 25 percent in value
of the outstanding securities of the Employer.

 

    	 	19	 

     

    

 

For purposes of this Subsection, "nonallocation
period" means the period beginning on the date of a sale of Company Stock to the Plan financed with an Exempt Loan and ending
on the later of ten years after the date of such sale or the date of the allocation attributable to the final payment on the Exempt
Loan incurred with respect to the sale.

 

(b)          Subchapter
S Corporations.

 

(1)         In
General. Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, if the Company Stock is issued by an S Corporation, no portion
of the assets attributable to (or allocable in lieu of) Company Stock may, during a nonallocation year, accrue (or be allocated
directly or indirectly under any Employer plan qualified under Code section 401(a)) for the benefit of any S Corporation disqualified
person. This Subsection (b) shall be effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2004 and only to the extent that Company
Stock consists of shares in an S Corporation. However, in the case of: (i) an employee stock ownership plan established after March
14, 2001 (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2003-6); or (ii) an employee stock ownership plan established
on or before March 14, 2001 where the employer securities held by the Plan consist of stock in a corporation that is not an S Corporation
on such date, this Subsection (b) shall be effective for Plan Years ending after March 14, 2001.

 

(2)         Prevention
of Nonallocation Year. In the absence of a Board resolution to otherwise prevent a nonallocation year, the Plan Administrator shall
transfer the S Corporation securities held for the Participant under the ESOP into a separate portion of the Plan that is not an
ESOP (as provided in Section 4A.05 and as permitted under Treas. Reg. section 54.4975-11(a)(5)) or to another qualified plan of
the Employer that is not an ESOP. Any such transfer must be effectuated by an affirmative action taken no later than the date of
the transfer, and all subsequent actions (including benefit statements) generally must be consistent with the transfer having occurred
on that date.

 

(3)         Definitions
and Other Rules. The following definitions and other rules apply for purposes of this Subsection (b):

 

(A)         "Nonallocation
Year" means any Plan Year if, at any time during such Plan Year: (i) the Plan holds employer securities consisting of stock
in an S Corporation; and (ii) disqualified persons own at least 50 percent of the number of shares of stock in the S Corporation.
For purposes of this definition, the rules of Code section 318(a) shall apply for purposes of determining ownership, except that
in applying Code section 318(a)(1), the members of an individual's family shall include members of the family defined in Subsection
(3)(D) herein pursuant to Code section 409(p)(4)(D) and Code section 318(a)(4) regarding options shall not apply. Notwithstanding
the employee trust exception in Code section 318(a)(2)(B)(i), an individual shall be treated as owning deemed-owned shares of the
individual. Solely for purposes of applying Code section 409(p)(5) (regarding the treatment of synthetic equity), this definition
of a nonallocation year shall be applied after the attribution rules of Section 4A.04(b)(3)(E)(1) and Code section 409(p)(5) have
been applied.

 

(B)         "Disqualified
Person" means any person if: (i) the aggregate number of deemed-owned shares of such person and the members of such person's
family is at least 20 percent of the number of deemed-owned shares of stock in the S corporation, or (ii) in the case of a person
not described in clause (i), the number of deemed-owned shares of such person is at least 10 percent of the number of deemed-owned
shares of stock in such corporation (a "deemed 10% shareholder"). For purposes of clause (i) of the preceding sentence,
any member of such person's family with deemed-owned shares shall be treated as a disqualified person if not otherwise treated
as a disqualified person under this Subsection (B).

 

(C)         "Deemed-Owned
Shares" means, with respect to any person: (i) the stock in the S Corporation constituting employer securities of an employee
stock ownership plan which is allocated to such person under the Plan, and; (ii) such person's share of the stock in such corporation
which is held by the Plan but which is not allocated under the Plan to Participants. For purposes of clause (ii) of the preceding
sentence, a person's share of unallocated S corporation stock held by the Plan is the amount of the unallocated stock which would
be allocated to such person if the unallocated stock were allocated to all Participants in the same proportions as the most recent
stock allocation under the Plan.

 

    	 	20	 

     

    

 

(D)         
"Member of the Family” means, with respect to any individual: (i) the spouse of the individual; (ii) an ancestor or
lineal descendant of the individual or the individual's spouse; (iii) a brother or sister of the individual or the individual's
spouse and any lineal descendant of the brother or sister; and (iv) the spouse of any individual described in clause (ii) or (iii).
A spouse of an individual who is legally separated from such individual under a decree of divorce or separate maintenance shall
not be treated as such individual's spouse for purposes of this Subsection (D).

 

(E)         Treatment
of Synthetic Equity.

 

(1)         In
General. For purposes of Subsections (3)(A) and (3)(B), in the case of a person who owns synthetic equity in the S Corporation,
except to the extent provided in regulations, the shares of stock in such corporation on which such synthetic equity is based shall
be treated as outstanding stock in such corporation and deemed-owned shares of such person if such treatment of synthetic equity
of one or more such persons results in (i) the treatment of any person as a disqualified person, or (ii) the treatment of any year
as a nonallocation year. For purposes of this Subsection, synthetic equity shall be treated as owned by a person in the same manner
as stock is treated as owned by a person under the rules of Code section 318(a)(2) and (3). If, without regard to this Subsection,
a person is treated as a disqualified person or a year is treated as a nonallocation year, this Subsection shall not be construed
to result in the person or year not being so treated.

 

(2)         "Synthetic
Equity" means any stock option, warrant, restricted stock, deferred issuance stock right, or similar interest or right that
gives the holder the right to acquire or receive stock of the S Corporation in the future. Except to the extent provided in regulations,
synthetic equity also includes a stock appreciation right, phantom stock unit, or similar right to a future cash payment based
on the value of such stock or appreciation in such value.

 

(3)         Determination
of Other Synthetic Equity. This Subsection (3) shall apply with regard to other synthetic equity described in Treas. Reg. section
1.409(p)-1(f)(4)(iii)(A) or superseding guidance. The Plan Administrator shall use the first day of the Plan Year as the annual
determination date and the number of shares of synthetic equity owned shall be treated as owned for the period from a determination
date through the date immediately preceding the next following determination date pursuant to Treas. Reg. section 1.409(p)-1(f)(4)(iii)(B).
The Plan Administrator shall use triannual recalculations specified in Treas. Reg. section 1.409(p)-1(f)(4)(iii)(C). Such triannual
recalculations may be modified as provided in Treas. Reg. section 1.409(p)-1(f)(4)(iii)(C)(3).

 

(F)         "Impermissible
Allocation” means, an allocation occurring during a Nonallocation Year to a Disqualified Person under this Plan or any other
plan of the Employer qualified under Code section 401(a).

 

(G)         "Impermissible
Accrual" means, any accrual of Company Stock, and any assets attributable thereto, that are made to the Account of a Disqualified
Person during a Nonallocation Year.

 

Section 4A.05        NON-ESOP PORTION OF PLAN

 

(a)          Non-ESOP
Portion. Assets held under the Plan in accordance with this Section are held under a portion of the Plan that is not an employee
stock ownership plan (ESOP), within the meaning of Code section 4975(e)(7). Amounts held in the portion of the Plan that is not
an ESOP (the Non-ESOP Portion) shall be held in Accounts that are separate from the Accounts for the amounts held in the remainder
of the Plan (the ESOP Portion). Any statements provided to Participants and/or Beneficiaries to show their interest in the Plan
shall separately identify the amounts held in each such portion. Except as specifically set forth in this Section, all of the terms
of the Plan apply to any amount held under the Non-ESOP Portion of the Plan in the same manner and to the same extent as an amount
held under the ESOP Portion of the Plan.

 

    	 	21	 

     

    

 

(b)          Transfers
from ESOP Portion to Non-ESOP Portion of Plan.

 

(1)         Amount
to be Transferred. In the case of any event that the Plan Administrator determines would otherwise cause a nonallocation year (as
defined in Section 4A.04(b)) to occur (referred herein as a "nonallocation event"), shares of employer stock held under
the Plan before the date of the nonallocation event shall be transferred from the ESOP Portion of the Plan to the Non-ESOP Portion
of the Plan as provided in Subsection (b)(2). Events that may cause a nonallocation year include, but are not limited to, a contribution
to the Plan in the form of shares of employer stock, a distribution from the Plan in the form of shares of employer stock, a change
of investment within a Plan account of a disqualified person (as defined in Section 4A.04(b)) that alters the number of shares
of employer stock held in the account of the disqualified person, or the issuance by the employer of synthetic equity as defined
by Code section 409(p)(6)(C) and Treas. Reg. section 1.409(p)-1(f). A nonallocation event occurs only if (i) the total number of
shares of employer stock that, held in the ESOP account of those Participants who are or who would be disqualified persons after
taking into account the Participant's synthetic equity and the nonallocation event exceeds (ii) the number of shares of employer
stock equal to 49.9% of the total number of shares of employer stock outstanding after taking the nonallocation event into account
(causing a nonallocation year to occur). The amount transferred under this Subsection shall be the amount that the Plan Administrator
determines to be the minimum amount that is necessary to ensure that a nonallocation year does not occur, but in no event is the
amount so transferred to be less than the excess of (i) over (ii). The Plan Administrator shall take steps to ensure that all actions
necessary to implement the transfer are taken before the nonallocation event occurs.

 

(2)         Ordering
Rules.

 

(A)         Except
as provided for in Subsection (b)(2)(B), at the date of the transfer, the total number of shares transferred, as provided for in
Subsection (b)(1), shall be charged against the accounts of Participants who are disqualified persons (i) by first reducing the
ESOP account of the Participant who is a disqualified person whose account has the largest number of shares (with the addition
of synthetic equity shares) and (ii) thereafter by reducing the ESOP accounts of each succeeding Participant who is a disqualified
person who has the largest number of shares in his or her account (with the addition of synthetic equity shares). Immediately following
the transfer, the number of transferred shares charged against any Participant's account in the ESOP Portion of the Plan shall
be credited to an account established for that Participant in the Non-ESOP Portion of the Plan.

 

(B)         Notwithstanding
Subsection (b)(2)(A), the number of shares transferred shall be charged against the accounts of Participants who are disqualified
persons (i) by first reducing the account of the Participant with the fewest shares (including synthetic equity shares) who is
a disqualified person and who is a Highly Compensated Employee to cause the Participant not to be a disqualified person, and (ii)
thereafter reducing the account of each other Participant who is a disqualified person and a Highly Compensated Employee, in the
order of who has the fewest ESOP shares (including synthetic equity shares). A transfer under this Subsection (b)(2)(B) only applies
to the extent that the transfer results in fewer shares being transferred than in a transfer under Subsection (b)(2)(A).

 

(3)         Tie
Breaker.

 

(A)         If
two or more Participants described in Subsection (b)(2) have the same number of shares, the account of the Participant with the
longest service shall be reduced first.

 

(B)         Beneficiaries
of the Plan are treated as Plan Participants for purposes of this Section.

 

(c)          Income
Taxes. If the Trust owes income taxes as a result of unrelated business taxable income under Code section 512(e) with respect to
shares of employer stock held in the Non-ESOP Portion of the Plan, the income tax payments made by the Trustee shall be charged
against the accounts of each Participant or Beneficiary who has an account in the Non-ESOP Portion of the Plan in proportion to
the ratio of the shares of employer stock in such Participant's or Beneficiary's account in the non-ESOP Portion of the Plan to
the total shares of employer stock in the non-ESOP Portion of the Plan. The Employer shall purchase shares of employer stock from
the Trustee with cash (based on the fair market value of the shares so purchased) from each such account to the extent cash is
not otherwise available to make the income tax payments from the Participant's or Beneficiary's ESOP accounts or his or her other
defined contribution plan accounts.

 

    	 	22	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 5

LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 5.01         MAXIMUM
AMOUNT OF ANNUAL ADDITIONS

 

(a)          General
Rule.

 

(1)         One
Plan. If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified plan maintained by the Employer
or a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code section 419(e) maintained by the Employer, or an individual medical account, as defined
in Code section 415(l)(2), maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension, as defined in Code section 408(k), maintained
by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition, the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account
for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the maximum permissible amount specified in Section 5.01(b) or any other
limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's
Account would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed such maximum permissible amount, the amount contributed
or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal the maximum permissible amount.

 

(2)         Multiple
Plans. This Subsection 5.01(a)(2) applies if, in addition to this Plan, the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
contribution plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit fund maintained by the Employer, an individual medical account
maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee pension maintained by the Employer, that provides an Annual Addition during
any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant's Account under this Plan for any such Limitation
Year will not exceed the maximum permissible amount specified in Section 5.01(b) reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a
Participant's account under the other qualified defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts,
and simplified employee pensions for the same Limitation Year.

 

(b)          Maximum
Permissible Amount. For Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the maximum permissible amount is the lesser of:

 

(1)         $40,000,
as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Code section 415(d); or

 

(2)         100
percent of the Participant's Testing Compensation for the Limitation Year. The compensation limit referred to in this Subsection
(b)(2) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Code sections
401(h) or 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Testing Compensation
for purposes of Section 5.01 for a Participant in a defined contribution plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined
in Code section 22(e)(3)) is the compensation such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had
been paid at the rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled.

 

Prior to determining the Participant's actual
Testing Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the maximum permissible amount for a Participant on the
basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's Testing Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all
Participants similarly situated. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the maximum permissible
amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Testing Compensation for the Limitation
Year.

 

(c)          Correction
of Excess. If there is an allocation in excess of the Maximum Permissible Amount, the Plan Administrator shall correct such excess
pursuant to the procedures outlined under EPCRS as described in Rev. Proc. 2008-50 and any superseding guidance.

 

(d)          Special
ESOP Rule.

 

(1)         General
Rule. In the case of an applicable plan that meets the requirements of Subsection (d)(2) below, the limitations imposed by this
Section do not apply to: (i) forfeitures of employer securities (within the meaning of Code section 409(l)) if such securities
were acquired with the proceeds of a loan (as described in Code section 404(a)(9)(A)); or (ii) employer contributions which are
deductible under Code section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against the Participant's Account.

 

    	 	23	 

     

    

 

(2)         Applicable
Plan. An employee stock ownership plan as described in Code section 4975(e)(7) meets the requirements of this Subsection if no
more than one-third of the employer contributions for the Limitation Year that are deductible under Code section 404(a)(9) are
allocated to Highly Compensated Employees. This Subsection (f) shall not apply if the Company Stock is issued by an S Corporation.

 

(e)          Stock
Value Declines Below Basis. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amount of Company contributions attributable to ESOP Contributions
that is considered an Annual Addition for any Limitation Year shall in no event be greater than the lesser of (i) the amount of
the payment of principal and interest on the Acquisition Loan or (ii) the fair market value of shares released from the Suspense
Account on account of the repayment and allocated to Participants.

 

    	 	24	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 6

VESTING

 

Section 6.01         PARTICIPANT
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

A Participant shall have a fully vested and
nonforfeitable interest in his Rollover Contribution Account. A Participant shall also be fully vested in cash dividends that the
Participant elects to have reinvested in the Plan pursuant to Section 9.09(a)(2)(B).

 

Section 6.02         EMPLOYER
CONTRIBUTIONS

 

The Participant's interest in his Non-Elective
Contribution Account shall vest based on his Years of Vesting Service in accordance with the terms of the Adoption Agreement.

 

For purposes of the Adoption Agreement, "3-7
Year Graded", "2-6 Year Graded", "1-5 Year Graded", "1-4 Year Graded", "5 Year Cliff",
"3 Year Cliff" and "2 Year Cliff" shall be determined in accordance with the following schedules:

 

	Years of Vesting Service	 	Vesting
 Percentage	 
	 	 	 	 
	"3-7 Year Graded":	 	 	 	 
	Less than Three Years	 	 	0	%
	Three Years but less than Four Years	 	 	20	%
	Four Years but less than Five Years	 	 	40	%
	Five Years but less than Six Years	 	 	60	%
	Six Years but less than Seven Years	 	 	80	%
	Seven or More Years	 	 	100	%
	 	 	 	 	 
	"2-6 Year Graded":	 	 	 	 
	Less than Two Years	 	 	0	%
	Two Years but less than Three Years	 	 	20	%
	Three Years but less than Four Years	 	 	40	%
	Four Years but less than Five Years	 	 	60	%
	Five Years but less than Six Years	 	 	80	%
	Six or More Years	 	 	100	%
	 	 	 	 	 
	"1-5 Year Graded":	 	 	 	 
	Less than One Year	 	 	0	%
	One Year but less than Two Years	 	 	20	%
	Two Years but less than Three Years	 	 	40	%
	Three Years but less than Four Years	 	 	60	%
	Four Years but less than Five Years	 	 	80	%
	Five or More Years	 	 	100	%
	 	 	 	 	 
	"1-4 Year Graded":	 	 	 	 
	Less than One Year	 	 	0	%
	One Year but less than Two Years	 	 	25	%
	Two Years but less than Three Years	 	 	50	%
	Three Years but less than Four Years	 	 	75	%
	Four or More Years	 	 	100	%

 

 

    	 	25	 

     

    

 

	"5 Year Cliff":	 	 	 	 
	Less than Five Years	 	 	0	%
	Five or More Years	 	 	100	%
	 	 	 	 	 
	"3 Year Cliff":	 	 	 	 
	Less than Three Years	 	 	0	%
	Three or More Years	 	 	100	%
	 	 	 	 	 
	"2 Year Cliff":	 	 	 	 
	Less than Two Years	 	 	0	%
	Two or More Years	 	 	100	%

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant will become fully (100%)
vested upon his attainment of Normal Retirement Age while an Employee. In addition, the Adoption Agreement may provide that a Participant
will become fully (100%) vested upon (i) his death while an Employee, or (ii) his suffering a Disability while an Employee.

 

Section 6.03         FORFEITURES

 

(a)          Participants
Receiving a Distribution. A Participant who receives a distribution of the value of the entire vested portion of his Account shall
forfeit the nonvested portion of such Account as soon as administratively feasible after such distribution; but no later than the
end of the Plan Year following the date of such distribution. For purposes of this Section, if the value of a Participant's vested
Account balance is zero upon Termination, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such vested Account.
A Participant's vested Account balance shall not include accumulated deductible employee contributions within the meaning of Code
section 72(o)(5)(B) for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1989. If the Participant elects to the extent permitted by Article
7 to have distributed less than the entire vested portion of the Account balance derived from Employer contributions, the part
of the nonvested portion that will be treated as a forfeiture is the total nonvested portion multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the amount of the distribution attributable to Employer contributions and the denominator of which is the total value
of the vested Employer-derived Account balance. No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of a Participant's withdrawal of employee
contributions.

 

(b)          Participants
Not Receiving a Distribution. The nonvested portion of the Account balance of a Participant who has a Termination of Employment
and does not receive a complete distribution of the vested portion of his Account shall be forfeited as soon as administratively
feasible after the date he incurs five consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service (One-Year Periods of Severance if the Plan uses the
elapsed time method); but no later than the end of the Plan Year following the date of such break in service.

 

(c)          Reemployment.

 

(1)         Before
Five One-Year Breaks. If a Participant receives or is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to this Section and the Participant
resumes employment covered under this Plan, the Participant's Employer-derived Account balance will be restored to the amount on
the date of distribution if the Participant repays to the Plan the full amount of the distribution attributable to Employer contributions
before the earlier of 5 years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer, or the
date the Participant incurs 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service (One-Year Periods of Severance if the Plan uses the elapsed
time method) following the date of the distribution. If a zero-vested Participant is deemed to receive a distribution pursuant
to this Section, and the Participant resumes employment covered under this Plan before the date the Participant incurs 5 consecutive
One-Year Breaks in Service (One-Year Periods of Severance if the Plan uses the elapsed time method), upon the reemployment of such
Participant, the Employer-derived Account balance of the Participant will be restored to the amount on the date of such deemed
distribution. Forfeitures that are restored pursuant to the foregoing shall be accomplished by an allocation of forfeitures, or
if such forfeitures are insufficient, by a special Company contribution.

 

    	 	26	 

     

    

 

(2)         After
Five One-Year Breaks. If a Participant resumes employment as an Eligible Employee after forfeiting the nonvested portion of his
Account balance after 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service (One-Year Periods of Severance if the Plan uses the elapsed time
method) and is not fully vested upon reemployment, the Participant's Account balance attributable to his pre-break service shall
be kept separate from that portion of his Account balance attributable to his post-break service until such time as his post-break
Account balance becomes fully vested.

 

(d)          Disposition
of Forfeitures. Amounts forfeited from a Participant's Account under this Section shall be used to restore forfeitures, reduce
Company contributions made pursuant to Article 4 or to pay Plan expenses.

 

(e)          Company
Stock Fund. The portion of a Participant's Account invested in Investment Funds other than the Company Stock Fund shall be forfeited
before that portion of the Account invested in the Company Stock Fund.

 

(f)          Vesting
Following In-Service Withdrawals or Payment in Installments. If a distribution is made at a time when a Participant has a nonforfeitable
right to less than 100 percent of his Account derived from Employer contributions and the Participant may increase the nonforfeitable
percentage in the Account:

 

(1)         A
separate account will be established for the Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

 

(2)         At
any relevant time the Participant's nonforfeitable portion of the separate account will be equal to an amount ("X") determined
by the formula:

 

X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)

 

For purposes of applying the formula: P is the nonforfeitable percentage
at the relevant time, AB is the Account balance at the relevant time, D is the amount of the distribution, and R is the ratio of
the Account balance at the relevant time to the Account balance after distribution.

 

    	 	27	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 7

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 7.01         COMMENCEMENT
OF DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          Normal
Retirement. A Participant, upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, shall be entitled to retire and to receive his Account as
his benefit hereunder pursuant to Section 7.02.

 

(b)          Late
Retirement. If a Participant continues in the employ of the Company beyond his Normal Retirement Age, his participation under the
Plan shall continue, and his benefits under the Plan shall commence following his actual Termination of Employment pursuant to
Section 7.02.

 

(c)          Disability
Retirement. If a Participant becomes Disabled, he shall become entitled to receive his vested Account pursuant to Section 7.02
following the date he has a Termination of Employment.

 

(d)          Death.
If a Participant dies, either before or after his Termination of Employment, his Beneficiary designated pursuant to Section 7.04
shall become entitled to receive the Participant's vested Account pursuant to Section 7.02.

 

(e)          Termination
of Employment. A Participant shall become entitled to receive his vested Account pursuant to Section 7.02 following the date he
has a Termination of Employment.

 

Section 7.02         TIMING
AND FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          ESOP
Accounts.

 

(1)         Distribution
for Reasons of Attainment of Retirement Age, Disability or Death. If a Participant's ESOP Accounts become distributable pursuant
to Section 7.01 on account of attainment of Normal or Late Retirement, Disability or death, payment of his vested ESOP Accounts
shall commence with respect to Company Stock acquired by or contributed to the Plan after December 31, 1986 (or all Company Stock
if so provided in the Adoption Agreement) not later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise
separates from service unless the Participant elects a later date.

 

(2)         Distribution
for Reasons Other than Retirement, Disability or Death. If a Participant's ESOP Accounts become distributable pursuant to Section
7.01 on account of any reason other than Normal or Late Retirement Age, Disability or death, payment of his vested ESOP Accounts
shall commence with respect to Company Stock acquired by or contributed to the Plan after December 31, 1986 (or all Company Stock
if so provided in the Adoption Agreement) not later than the close of the Plan Year which is the 6th Plan Year following the Plan
Year in which the Participant otherwise separates from service unless the Participant elects a later date. This Subsection (a)(2)
shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Company before distribution is required to begin.

 

(3)         Form
of Payments. The benefit of a Participant entitled to a distribution of his ESOP Accounts derived from Company Stock acquired by
or contributed to the Plan after December 31, 1986 (or all Company Stock if so provided in the Adoption Agreement) shall be payable
in substantially equal annual, or more frequent installments over a period not to exceed the greater of (i) five (5) years, or
(ii) in case of Participant with account balance greater than $850,000, five (5) years plus one year for each $170,000 that the
balance exceeds $850,000. Such amounts shall be indexed in accordance with Code section 409(o)(2). To the extent permitted in the
Adoption Agreement, a Participant may elect to have payments extend over a longer or shorter period.

 

(4)         Delayed
Distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing and at the election of the Plan Administrator, distribution of the ESOP Contribution
Account (other than for reasons specified in Paragraph (1) above) need not commence until the close of the Plan Year in which the
Exempt Loan is repaid in full; provided that the proceeds of the Exempt loan were not used to acquire Company Stock issued by an
S Corporation.

 

    	 	28	 

     

    

 

(5)         To
the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, distributions may also be paid over the periods applicable to Accounts other than
the ESOP Accounts. In any event, distributions made on account of the death of the Participant must be made in the manner described
in Subsections (c)(1)(A), (B) & (C) and Subsections (c)(2)(A) & (B) below.

 

(6)         Any
amendment or exercise of employer discretion regarding revisions of optional forms of benefit shall be subject to the requirements
of Treas. Reg. section 1.411(d)-4 Q&A-2(d).

 

(b)          Accounts
other than ESOP Accounts.

 

(1)         Distribution
for Reasons Other Than Death. If a Participant's Accounts other than his ESOP Account becomes distributable pursuant to Section
7.01 for any reason other than death and such amount is not required to be distributed in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity pursuant to Section 7.10, payment of his vested Accounts other than his ESOP Account shall commence at such times and shall
be payable in the form and at such times as specified in the Adoption Agreement. To the extent permitted in the Adoption Agreement,
a Participant may elect to have the Plan Administrator apply his Accounts other than his ESOP Account toward the purchase of an
annuity contract. The terms of such annuity contract shall comply with the provisions of this Plan and any annuity contract shall
be nontransferable and shall be distributed to the Participant.

 

The method of distribution shall be selected
by the Participant on a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. If no such selection is made by the Participant, payment shall
be made in the form of a lump sum distribution unless payment is required to be made in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Adoption Agreement. No distribution shall be made if the Participant is rehired by the
Company before payments commence.

 

(2)         Distribution
on Account of Death. If a Participant's Accounts other than his ESOP Account becomes distributable pursuant to Section 7.01 on
account of death, the distributions will be made pursuant to Subsection (c) below.

 

(c)          Distribution
on Account of Death.

 

(1)         Before
Distribution Has Begun. If the Participant dies before distribution of his Account begins and such amount is not required to be
distributed in the form of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity pursuant to Section 7.10, distribution of the Participant's
entire Account shall be completed by the time and in the manner specified in the Adoption Agreement. To the extent permitted in
the Adoption Agreement, payments may be made over the following periods:

 

(A)         A
complete distribution shall be made by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death;

 

(B)         Distributions
may be made over the life or over a period certain not greater than the life expectancy of the Beneficiary commencing on or before
December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died; and/or

 

(C)         If
the Beneficiary is the Participant's surviving spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in accordance with Subparagraph
(B) above shall not be earlier than the later of (i) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in
which the Participant died and (ii) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2.

 

If the Plan permits Participant elections under
this Subsection (c)(1) and the Participant has not made an election as to form of payment by the time of his death, the Participant's
Beneficiary must elect the method of distribution no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar year in which distributions
would be required to begin under this Section, or (2) December 31 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of
the date of death of the Participant. If the Participant has no designated beneficiary, or if the designated beneficiary does not
elect a method of distribution, distribution of the Participant's entire interest must be completed by December 31 of the calendar
year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.

 

    	 	29	 

     

    

 

If the surviving spouse dies after the Participant,
the provisions of this Subsection (c)(1), with the exception of Subparagraph (C) therein, shall be applied as if the surviving
spouse were the Participant.

 

(2)         After
Distribution has Begun. If the Participant dies after distribution of his Account has begun, the remaining portion of such Account
will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant's death.
If the Participant's Account was not being distributed in the form of an annuity at the time of his death: (i) distribution of
the Participant's entire Account shall be completed by the time and in the manner specified in the Adoption Agreement, and (ii)
the Beneficiary may elect to receive the Participant's remaining vested Account balance in a lump sum distribution. To the extent
permitted in the Adoption Agreement, payments may be made over the following periods:

 

(A)         A
complete distribution shall be made by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death;
and/or

 

(B)         Distributions
shall continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant's death.

 

The Beneficiary shall provide the Plan Administrator
with the death notice or other sufficient documentation before any payments are made pursuant to this Subsection.

 

(d)          Special
Rules Relating to ESOP Accounts.

 

(1)         In
General. Unless a Participant elects to receive his distribution in cash, distribution of a Participant's vested ESOP Account shall
be made in whole shares of Company Stock, with any fractional shares paid in cash. Shares of Company Stock distributed may include
such legend restrictions on transferability as the Company may reasonably require to assure compliance with applicable federal
and state securities laws. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary: (i) a Participant shall not have the right
to receive Company Stock with respect to the portion of the Participant's Account that has been reinvested pursuant to Section
9.02(b), and (ii) except as otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement and if the Plan is an applicable plan (as defined below)
a distribution from the Company Stock Fund shall be made in cash. If pursuant to the foregoing a Participant elects to receive
any portion of his ESOP Account in the form of Company Stock that is invested in Investment Funds other than the Company Stock
Fund, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to liquidate such other Investment Funds and purchase whole shares Company
Stock with the proceeds. In the event that there is not enough Company Stock available for purchase, the Participant may elect
to: (i) receive Company Stock to the extent available and receive the balance in cash, (ii) receive Company Stock to the extent
available and receive the balance in Company Stock at a later date when such stock becomes available, or (iii) defer distribution
until such Company Stock becomes available.

 

(2)         Applicable
Plans. An applicable plan is a plan that is established and maintained by: (i) an employer whose charter or bylaws restrict the
ownership of substantially all outstanding employer securities to employees or to a trust described in Code section 401(a), (ii)
an S Corporation, or (iii) a bank (as defined in Code section 581) which is prohibited by law from redeeming or purchasing its
own securities.

 

(3)         Put
Option. If the Company Stock is not readily tradable on an established market (within the meaning of IRS Notice 2011-19 for Plan
Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012 or such later date provided in such Notice) and Company Stock may be distributed to
Participants pursuant to Subsection (d)(2), each distributee has a right to require that the Company repurchase Company Stock under
a fair valuation formula. Such put option shall be enforceable by the Participant for a period of at least 60 days following the
date of distribution of Company Stock and, if the put option is not exercised within such 60-day period, for an additional period
of at least 60 days in the following Plan Year (as provided in applicable Treasury regulations). The Company may permit the Trustee
to purchase any shares covered by the put option directly from the Participant.

 

(A)         Payment
Requirement for Total Distribution. If the Company is required to repurchase Company Stock that is distributed to the Participant
as part of a total distribution, the Company may make payments in substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than
annually) over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put option and not exceeding 5 years, provided
that there is adequate security provided and reasonable interest paid on the unpaid amounts. For purposes of this paragraph, the
term "total distribution" means the distribution within one taxable year to the recipient of the balance to the credit
of the recipient's account.

 

    	 	30	 

     

    

 

(B)         Payment
Requirement for Installment Distributions. If the Company is required to repurchase Company Stock as part of an installment distribution,
payment shall made not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put option described in this paragraph (3).

 

(4)         Right
of First Refusal. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, shares of Company Stock distributed by the Trustee to a Participant
or Beneficiary shall be subject to a "Right of First Refusal" if such shares do not constitute registration-type securities
within the meaning of Code section 409(e).

 

(A)         Parties.
The Right of First Refusal shall be in favor of the Company, the Plan, or both in any order of priority as determined by the Plan
Administrator.

 

(B)         Price.
The selling price and other terms under the Right of First Refusal must not be less favorable to the Participant than the greater
of the value of the Company Stock determined under Section 9.10, or the purchase price and other written terms offered by an independent
and unrelated buyer making a good faith offer to purchase the Company Stock.

 

(C)         Term.
The Right of First Refusal must lapse no later than 14 days after the Participant gives written notice to the holder of the offer
by an independent and unrelated buyer.

 

(D)         Conditions.
The Company may require that the distributee execute such documents (and may provide suitable legends on the applicable stock certificates)
that include the terms of the right of first refusal prior to receiving Company Stock.

 

(5)         Stock
Reshuffling. If the Plan is an applicable plan as described in Subsection (2) above, any Company Stock held in an ESOP Account
shall be redeemed or transferred to the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement. Such redemption or transfer shall be subject
to the following:

 

(A)         Company
Stock diversified under sections 401(a)(28)(B) or 401(a)(35) shall not be mandatorily returned to Participants' Accounts who are
subject to such provisions.

 

(B)         If
the Participant may take an immediate distribution of his or her Account and does not consent to a distribution, such Participant
must be provided sufficient investment options in order to ensure that the loss of the Company Stock investment is not a significant
detriment within the meaning of Treas. Reg. section 1.411(a)-11(c)(2)(i).

 

(e)          Valuation
Date. The distributable amount of a Participant's Account is the vested portion of his Account as of the Valuation Date coincident
with or next preceding the date distribution is made to the Participant or Beneficiary as reduced by any subsequent distributions,
withdrawals or loans.

 

(f)          Restriction
on Deferral of Payment. Unless otherwise elected, benefit payments under the Plan will begin to a Participant not later than the
60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

 

(1)         the
Participant attains Normal Retirement Age;

 

(2)         occurs
the 10th anniversary of the year in which his participation commenced; or

 

(3)         the
Participant has a Termination of Employment.

 

(g)          Minimum
Distribution Requirements. Distributions shall be made in a method that is in conformance with the requirements set forth in Section
7.05. Section 7.05 shall not be deemed to create a type of benefit (e.g., installment payments, lump sum within five years or immediate
lump sum payment) to any class of Participants and Beneficiaries that is not otherwise permitted by the Plan. Any elections described
in Section 7.02(a)(5) and 7.02(c) shall also apply to this Section 7.05.

 

    	 	31	 

     

    

 

Section 7.03         CASH-OUT
OF SMALL BALANCES

 

(a)          Vested
Account Balance Does Not Exceed $5,000. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the vested amount of an Account payable to a Participant
or Beneficiary does not exceed $5,000 (or such lesser amount specified in the Adoption Agreement) at the time such individual becomes
entitled to a distribution hereunder (or at any subsequent time established by the Plan Administrator to the extent provided in
applicable Treasury regulations), such vested Account shall be paid in a lump sum.

 

(b)          Vested
Account Balance Exceeds $5,000. If the value of a Participant's vested Account balance exceeds $5,000 or such lesser amount as
specified in Subsection (a), and the Account balance is immediately distributable, the Participant must consent to any distribution
of such Account balance. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, payments shall
commence as of the Participants Required Beginning Date in the form of a lump sum or installment payments. The Participant's consent
shall be obtained in writing within the 90-day period (180-day period for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006) ending
on the Annuity Starting Date. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant of the right to defer any distribution until
the date specified in the Adoption Agreement. Such notification shall include a general description of the material features, and
an explanation of the relative values of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan, and shall be provided no less
than 30 days and no more than 90 days (180 days for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006) prior to the Annuity Starting
Date. Except to the extent provided in Section 7.10, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice described in
the preceding sentence is given, provided the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that he has a right to a period
of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable,
a particular distribution option), and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. In the
event a Participant's vested Account balance becomes distributable without consent pursuant to this Subsection (b), and the Participant
fails to elect a form of distribution, the vested Account balance of such Participant shall be paid in a single sum except to the
extent provided in Section 7.10.

 

(c)          For
purposes of this Section 7.03, the Participant's vested Account balance shall not include amounts attributable to accumulated deductible
employee contributions within the meaning of Code section 72(o)(5)(B).

 

(d)          Required
Distributions and Plan Termination. Consent of the Participant or his spouse shall not be required to the extent that a distribution
is required to satisfy Code sections 401(a)(9) or 415. In addition, upon termination of this Plan the Participant's Account balance
shall be distributed to the Participant in a lump sum distribution unless payment is made in the form of a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity pursuant to Section 7.10. However, if the Employer maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an
employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code section 4975(e)(7)), then the Participant's Account balance will be transferred,
without the Participant's consent, to the other plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.

 

(e)          (1)         Applicability
and Effective Date. This Section 7.03(e) shall apply if elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption Agreement and shall be effective
January 1, 2002 unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement.

 

(2)         Rollovers
disregarded in determining value of account balance for involuntary distributions. For purposes of this Section 7.03, the Participant's
vested Account balance shall not include that portion of the Account balance that is attributable to rollover contributions (and
earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16).

 

(f)          Notice
of Right to Defer. Any description of a Participant's right to defer a distribution under Code section 411(a)(11) must also include
a description of the consequences of failing to defer receipt of the distribution. The Plan will not be treated as failing to meet
these notice requirements if the Plan Administrator makes a reasonable attempt to comply with the new requirements during the period
that is within 90 days of the issuance of regulations.

 

    	 	32	 

     

    

 

Section 7.04         BENEFICIARY

 

(a)          Beneficiary
Designation Right. Each Participant, and if the Participant has died, the Beneficiary of such Participant, shall have the right
to designate one or more primary and one or more secondary Beneficiaries to receive any benefit becoming payable upon such individual's
death. To the extent that a Participant's Account is not subject to Section 7.10, the spouse of a married Participant shall be
the sole primary beneficiary of such Participant unless the requirements of Subsection (b) are met. To the extent that a Participant's
Account is subject to Section 7.10, the spouse of a married Participant shall be the beneficiary of 100% of such Participant's
Account unless the spouse waives his or her rights to such benefit pursuant to Section 7.10. All Beneficiary designations shall
be in writing in a form satisfactory to the Plan Administrator and shall only be effective when filed with the Plan Administrator
during the Participant's lifetime (or if the Participant has died, during the lifetime of the Beneficiary of such Participant who
desires to designate a further Beneficiary). Except as provided in Section 7.04(b) or Section 7.10, as applicable, each Participant
(or Beneficiary) shall be entitled to change his Beneficiaries at any time and from time to time by filing written notice of such
change with the Plan Administrator.

 

(b)          Form
and Content of Spouse's Consent. To the extent that a Participant's Account is not subject to Section 7.10, the Participant may
designate a Beneficiary other than his spouse pursuant to this Subsection if: (i) the spouse has waived the spouse's right to be
the Participant's Beneficiary in accordance with this Subsection, (ii) the Participant has no spouse, or (iii) the Plan Administrator
determines that the spouse cannot be located or such other circumstances exist under which spousal consent is not required, as
prescribed by Treasury regulations. If required, such consent: (i) shall be in writing, (ii) shall relate only to the specific
alternate beneficiary or beneficiaries designated (or permits beneficiary designations by the Participant without the spouse's
further consent), (iii) shall acknowledge the effect of the consent, and (iv) shall be witnessed by a plan representative or notary
public. Any consent by a spouse, or establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained, shall not be effective with
respect to any other spouse. Any spousal consent that permits subsequent changes by the Participant to the Beneficiary designation
without the requirement of further spousal consent shall acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit such consent to a specific
Beneficiary, and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish such right.

 

(c)          In
the event that the Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary, or in the event that the Participant is predeceased by all designated
primary and secondary Beneficiaries, the death benefit shall be payable to the Participant's spouse or, if there is no spouse,
to the Participant's estate.

 

    	 	33	 

     

    

 

Section 7.05         MINIMUM
DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

 

(a)          General
Rules.

 

(1)         Effective
Date.

 

(A)         In
General. Subject to Section 7.10, the requirements of this Section shall apply to any distribution of a Participant's interest
and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this Plan. Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, the
provisions of this Section apply to calendar years beginning after December 31, 2002.

 

(B)         2009
Waiver of Requirements. Notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan to the contrary; to the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement
and by Code section 401(a)(9), IRS Notice 2009-82 and any superseding guidance, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been
required to receive 2009 RMDs or Extended 2009 RMDs will receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary
chooses not to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the
opportunity to elect to stop receiving the distributions described in the preceding sentence.

 

(i)          In
addition, notwithstanding other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover
provisions of the Plan, certain additional distributions in 2009, as chosen in the Adoption Agreement, will be treated as eligible
rollover distributions.

 

(ii)         Definitions:

 

1.          "2009
RMDs" are Required Minimum Distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of section 401(a)(9)(H) of the Code;

 

2.          "Extended
2009 RMDs" are one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at
least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy)
of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years.

 

(2)         Construction.
All distributions required under this Section shall be determined and made in accordance with the regulations under Code section
401(a)(9) and the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Code section 401(a)(9)(G). Nothing contained in this Section
shall be deemed to create a type of benefit (e.g., installment payments, lump sum within five years or immediate lump sum payment)
to any class of Participants and/or Beneficiaries that is not otherwise permitted by the Plan.

 

(3)         Limits
on Distribution Periods. As of the first distribution calendar year, distributions to a Participant, if not made in a single-sum,
may only be made over one of the following periods:

 

(A)         the
life of the Participant,

 

(B)         the
joint lives of the Participant and a designated beneficiary,

 

(C)         a
period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant, or

 

(D)         a
period certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and a designated beneficiary.

 

(b)          Time
and Manner of Distribution.

 

(1)         Required
Beginning Date. Unless an earlier date is specified in Section 7.02(b), the Participant's entire interest will be distributed,
or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant's Required Beginning Date.

 

    	 	34	 

     

    

 

(2)         Death
of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant's entire interest
will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

 

(A)         If
the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated beneficiary, then unless an earlier date is specified in
Section 7.02(b), distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the
calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained
age 70-1/2, if later.

 

(B)         If
the Participant's surviving spouse is not the Participant's sole designated beneficiary, then, unless otherwise specified in Section
7.02(b), distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar
year in which the Participant died.

 

(C)         If
there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant's death, the Participant's
entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death
unless an earlier date is specified in Section 7.02(b).

 

(D)         If
the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant
but before distributions to the surviving spouse are required to begin, this Subsection (b)(2), other than Subsection (b)(2)(A),
will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant except as otherwise provided in Section 7.02(b).

 

For purposes of this Subsection (b)(2) and Subsection
(d), unless Subsection (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant's Required Beginning Date. If
Subsection (b)(2)(D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving
spouse under section Subsection (b)(2)(A). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence
to the Participant before the Participant's Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant's surviving spouse before the date distributions
are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subsection (b)(2)(A)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the
date distributions actually commence.

 

(3)         Forms
of Distribution. Unless the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company
or in a single-sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made
in accordance with Subsections (c) and (d) to the extent otherwise permitted by the Plan. If the Participant's interest is distributed
in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements
of Code 401(a)(9) and the regulations.

 

(c)          Required
Minimum Distributions During Participant's Lifetime.

 

(1)         Amount
of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant's lifetime, the minimum amount that
will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of:

 

(A)         the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth
in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-2 using the Participant's age as of the Participant's birthday in the distribution
calendar year; or

 

(B)         if
the Participant's sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant's spouse, the quotient obtained
by dividing the Participant's account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treas. Reg. section
1.401(a)(9)-9 using the Participant's and spouse's attained ages as of the Participant's and spouse's birthdays in the distribution
calendar year.

 

(2)         Lifetime
Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant's Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined
under this Subsection (c) beginning with the first distribution calendar year and continuing up to, and including, the distribution
calendar year that includes the Participant's date of death.

 

    	 	35	 

     

    

 

(d)          Required
Minimum Distributions After Participant's Death.

 

(1)         Death
On or After Date Distributions Begin.

 

(A)         Participant
Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated
beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's
death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of
the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant's designated beneficiary, determined as follows:

 

(i)          The
Participant's remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for
each subsequent year.

 

(ii)         If
the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving
spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death using the surviving spouse's
age as of the spouse's birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse's death, the
remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse's birthday
in the calendar year of the spouse's death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(iii)        If
the Participant's surviving spouse is not the Participant's sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary's remaining
life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant's death, reduced
by one for each subsequent year.

 

(B)         No
Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary
as of the September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant's death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account
balance by the Participant's remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced
by one for each subsequent year.

 

(2)         Death
Before Date Distributions Begin.

 

(A)         Participant
Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary,
the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant's death is the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant's designated
beneficiary, determined as provided in Subsection (d)(1).

 

(B)         No
Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of
September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant's death, distribution of the Participant's entire interest will
be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.

 

(C)         Death
of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions
begin, the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before
distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Subsection (b)(2)(A), this Subsection (d)(2) will apply as if
the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

(e)          Definitions.

 

(1)         Designated
Beneficiary. The individual who is designated by the Participant (or the Participant's surviving spouse) as the beneficiary of
the Participant's interest under the plan and who is the designated beneficiary under Code section 401(a)(9) and Treas. Reg. section
1.401(a)(9)-4.

 

    	 	36	 

     

    

 

(2)         Distribution
Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant's
death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's
Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first distribution calendar year is the
calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Subsection (b)(2). The required minimum distribution for the Participant's
first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant's Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution
for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which
the Participant's Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.

 

(3)         Life
expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A-1.

 

(4)         Participant's
Account Balance. The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution
calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated
to the account as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation
calendar year after the valuation date. The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or
transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred
in the valuation calendar year.

 

(f)          TEFRA
Section 242(b)(2) Elections.

 

(1)         Notwithstanding
the other requirements of this Section and subject to the requirements of Section 7.10, distribution on behalf of any employee,
including a More than 5% Owner, who has made a designation under section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility
Act (a "section 242(b)(2) election") may be made in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of
when such distribution commences):

 

(A)         The
distribution by the plan is one which would not have disqualified such plan under Code section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to
amendment by the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984.

 

(B)         The
distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by the employee whose interest in the plan is being distributed
or, if the employee is deceased, by a beneficiary of such employee.

 

(C)         Such
designation was in writing, was signed by the employee or the beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

 

(D)         The
employee had accrued a benefit under the plan as of December 31, 1983.

 

(E)         The
method of distribution designated by the employee or the beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the
period over which distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the employee's death, the beneficiaries
of the employee listed in order of priority.

 

(2)         A
distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation contains the required
information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the employee.

 

(3)         For
any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the employee, or the beneficiary,
to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which the distribution
is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the requirements in Subsections
(f)(1)(A) and (E).

 

    	 	37	 

     

    

 

(4)         If
a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) and the regulations
thereunder. If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by
the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which
would have been required to have been distributed to satisfy Code section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder, but for the
section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution
incidental benefit requirements. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However,
the mere substitution or addition of another beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered
to be a revocation of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions
are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life).

 

(5)         In
the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(9)-8,
Q&A-14 and Q&A-15, shall apply.

 

(g)          Application
of Five Year Rule.

 

(1)         To
the extent permitted in Section 7.02(b), if the Participant dies before distributions are required to begin and there is a designated
beneficiary, distributions to the designated beneficiary are not required to begin by the date specified in Subsection (b)(2),
but the Participant's entire interest may be distributed to the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing
the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death. If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole designated beneficiary
and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving spouse
begin, this election will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

(2)         To
the extent permitted in Section 7.02(b), Participants or beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule
or the life expectancy rule in Subsections (b)(2) and (d)(2) applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has
a designated beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distributions
would be required to begin under Subsections (b)(2), or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary
of the Participant's (or, if applicable, surviving spouse's) death. If neither the Participant nor beneficiary makes an election
under this paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with Subsections (b)(2), (d)(2) and (h)(1).

 

Section 7.06         DIRECT
ROLLOVERS

 

(a)          In
General. This Section applies to distributions made after December 31, 2001. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary
that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this part, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed
by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution that is equal to at least $200 (or such lesser
amount as determined by the Plan Administrator in a nondiscriminatory manner) paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified
by the distributee in a direct rollover. If an eligible rollover distribution is less than $500 (or such lesser amount as determined
by the Plan Administrator in a nondiscriminatory manner), a distributee may not make the election described in the preceding sentence
to roll over a portion of the eligible rollover distribution.

 

(b)          Definitions.

 

(1)         Eligible
Rollover Distribution. An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit
of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of
substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee
or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's designated beneficiary, or for a specified
period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code section 401(a)(9); any hardship
distribution; the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the
exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and any other distribution(s) that is reasonably
expected to total less than $200 during a year.

 

A portion of a distribution shall not fail to
be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible
in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code
section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately
account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in
gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

 

    	 	38	 

     

    

 

(2)         Eligible
Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan is an eligible plan under Code section 457(b) which is maintained by a state, political
subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately
account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan, an individual retirement account described in Code section 408(a),
individual retirement annuity described in Code section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code section 403(a), an annuity contract
described in Code section 403(b), or a qualified plan described in Code section 401(a), that accepts the distributee's eligible
rollover distribution. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving
spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code
section 414(p).

 

If any portion of an eligible rollover distribution
is attributable to payments or distributions from a Roth Elective Deferral Account, an eligible retirement plan shall only include
another Roth elective deferral account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code section 402A(e)(1) or to a Roth IRA
described in Code section 408A and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code section 402(c). The Plan
will not provide for a direct rollover (including an automatic rollover) for distributions from a Participant's Roth Elective Deferral
Account if the amount of the distributions that are eligible rollover distributions are reasonably expected to total less than
$200 during a year. In addition, any distribution from a Participant's Roth Elective Deferral Account is not taken into account
in determining whether distributions from a Participant's other Accounts are reasonably expected to total less than $200 during
a year. The provisions of this Section that allow a Participant to elect a direct rollover of only a portion of an eligible rollover
distribution but only if the amount rolled over is at least $500 are applied by treating any amount distributed from the Participant's
Roth Elective Deferral Account as a separate distribution from any amount distributed from the Participant's other Accounts in
the Plan, even if the amounts are distributed at the same time.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for distributions
made after December 31, 2007, a Participant may roll over a distribution from the Plan to a Roth IRA provided that the amount rolled
over is an eligible rollover distribution (as defined in Code section 402(c)(4)) and, pursuant to Code section 408A(d)(3)(A), there
is included in gross income any amount that would be includible if the distribution were not rolled over.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January
1, 2007, a non-spouse Beneficiary who is a designated beneficiary within the meaning of Code section 401(a)(9)(E) may, after the
death of the Participant, make a direct rollover of a distribution to an IRA established on behalf of the designated Beneficiary;
provided that the distributed amount satisfies all the requirements to be an eligible rollover distribution other than the requirement
that the distribution be made to the Participant or the Participant’s spouse. Such direct rollovers shall be subject to the
terms and conditions of IRS Notice 2007-7 and superseding guidance, including but not limited to the provision in Q&A-17 regarding
required minimum distributions. Effective January 1, 2010, the distributions described in this paragraph shall be subject to Code
sections 401(a)(31), 402(f) and 3405(c).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for taxable
years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution
merely because such portion consists of amounts which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred
as a direct rollover only to a qualified trust or to an annuity contract described in Code section 403(b) that agrees to separately
account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in
gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

 

(3)         Distributee.
A distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition, the employee's or former employee's surviving spouse and the
employee's or former employee's spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order,
as defined in Code section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

 

    	 	39	 

     

    

 

(4)         Direct
Rollover. A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

 

(c)          Automatic
Rollovers. This Subsection (c) shall be effective for mandatory distributions made on or after March 28, 2005. In the event of
a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.03(a), if the Participant does not
elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover
or to receive the distribution directly in accordance with Section 7.02, then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution
in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator. For purposes of determining whether
a mandatory distribution is greater than $1,000, the portion of the Participant's distribution attributable to any rollover contribution
is included. Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2005, eligible rollover distributions from a Participant's
Roth Elective Deferral Account are separately taken into account in determining whether the total amount of the Participant's Account
balances under the Plan exceeds $1,000 for purposes of mandatory distributions from the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
Paragraph shall not be effective until the date this amendment is adopted to the extent that it is inconsistent with the terms
of a predecessor plan provision.

 

(d)          Special
Rule for S Corporations. The Plan may permit a direct rollover of the distribution of S Corporation stock to an IRA, provided that:

 

(1)         The
S Corporation shall repurchase the stock immediately upon the Plan's distribution of the stock to an IRA;

 

(2)         Either:
(i) the S Corporation must repurchase the S Corporation stock contemporaneously with, and effective on the same day as, the distribution,
or (ii) the Plan may assume the rights and obligations of the S Corporation to repurchase the S Corporation stock immediately upon
the Plan's distribution of the stock to an IRA and the Plan repurchases the S Corporation stock contemporaneously with, and effective
on the same day as, the distribution;

 

(3)         No
income (including tax-exempt income), loss, deduction, or credit attributable to the distributed S Corporation stock under Code
section 1366 shall be allocated to the Participant's IRA.

 

Section 7.07         MINOR
OR LEGALLY INCOMPETENT PAYEE

 

If a distribution is to be made to an individual
who is either a minor or legally incompetent, the Plan Administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian.
If a distribution is to be made to a minor and there is no legal guardian, payment may be made to a parent of such minor or a responsible
adult with whom the minor maintains his residence, or to the custodian for such minor under the Uniform Transfer to Minors Act,
if such is permitted by the laws of the state in which such minor resides. Such payment shall fully discharge the Trustee, Plan
Administrator, Trust Fund, and the Employer from further liability on account thereof.

 

Section 7.08         MISSING
PAYEE

 

If all or any portion of the distribution payable
to a Participant or Beneficiary shall, for a period of more than five years after such distribution becomes payable, remain unpaid
because the Plan Administrator has been unable to ascertain the whereabouts of the Participant or Beneficiary after sending a registered
letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address of such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall
be treated as a forfeiture under Article 6 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a claim is subsequently made by the Participant
or Beneficiary for the forfeited benefit, such benefit shall be reinstated without any credit or deduction for earnings and losses.
Amounts forfeited from a Participant's Account under this Section shall be used to restore forfeitures, reduce Company contributions
made pursuant to Article 4 or to pay Plan expenses.

 

Section 7.09         DISTRIBUTIONS
UPON TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

Except as provided in Section 7.10, a Participant
may receive the balance of his Account in a lump sum payment upon termination of the Plan without the establishment of alternative
defined contribution plan (as described in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-2(d)(4)) other than an employee stock ownership plan (as
defined in Code section 4975(e) or Code section 409), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code section 408(k)), a
SIMPLE IRA Plan (defined in Code section 408(p)), a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code section 403(b), or
a plan that is described in Code section 457(b) or (f).

 

    	 	40	 

     

    

 

Section 7.10         JOINT
AND SURVIVOR ANNUITIES

 

(a)          Application.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, this Section shall apply: (i) if a Participant elects benefits in the form of any
annuity; or (ii) to the portion of the Participant's Transfer Account attributable to funds subject to the survivor annuity requirements
of Code section 401(a)(11) and section 417 that were transferred from another plan (or to such other Accounts if the amounts subject
to such survivor annuities and were not separately accounted for). This Section shall only apply if the Participant's Account exceeds
$5,000 (or such lesser amount specified in the Adoption Agreement) at the time such individual becomes entitled to a distribution
hereunder (or at any subsequent time established by the Plan Administrator to the extent provided in applicable Treasury regulations).
Effective January 1, 2002 unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement and if elected by the Plan Sponsor in the Adoption
Agreement, for purposes of this Section 7.10(a), the Participant's vested Account balance shall not include that portion of the
Account balance that is attributable to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the meaning of Code sections
402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii), and 457(e)(16).

 

(b)          Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity. Unless otherwise elected pursuant to Subsection (d) below, a Participant's vested Account balance,
to the extent provided in Subsection (a) above, will be paid to him by the purchase and delivery of an annuity in the form of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Effective for annuity starting dates in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007, to
the extent that the Plan must offer a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the Plan shall also offer a Qualified Optional Survivor
Annuity as another optional form of benefit.

 

A Participant may waive the Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity during a period that begins on the first day of the 90 day period (180-day period for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2006) ending on the Annuity Starting Date and ends on the later of the Annuity Starting Date or the 30th day
after the Plan Administrator provides the Participant with a written explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The
Plan Administrator shall no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days (180 days for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006)
prior to the Annuity Starting Date provide each Participant a written explanation of: (i) the terms and conditions of a Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity form of benefit; (iii) the rights of a Participant's spouse; and (iv) the right to make, and the effect of, a
revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

 

The Annuity Starting Date for a distribution
in a form other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described
in the preceding paragraph provided: (i) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant
has at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) to
a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative
distribution election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period
that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant; and (iii)
the Annuity Starting Date is a date after the date that the written explanation was provided to the Participant.

 

(c)          Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity. Unless otherwise elected within the applicable election period and to the extent provided in Subsection
(a) above, if a Participant dies before the Annuity Starting Date then 50% of the Participant's vested Account balance shall be
applied toward the purchase of an annuity for the life of the surviving spouse which shall be distributed to the spouse. The surviving
spouse may direct the commencement of payments under the qualified preretirement survivor annuity within a reasonable time after
the Participant's death. The terms of such annuity contract shall comply with the provisions of this Plan and the annuity contract
shall be nontransferable. The applicable election period shall be the period which begins on the first day of the Plan Year in
which the Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of the Participant's death. If a Participant separates from service prior
to the first day of the Plan Year in which he attains age 35, the election period shall begin on the date of separation. A Participant
who has not yet attained age 35 may waive the annuity specified in this Subsection (c); provided, that (i) the Participant receives
a written explanation pursuant to the following paragraph, (ii) such election is not effective as of the first day of the Plan
Year in which the Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date shall be subject to the full requirements of
this Subsection. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the surviving spouse may elect, in writing, to have
the Account balance be distributed pursuant to Section 7.02(b).

 

    	 	41	 

     

    

 

The Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant
within the applicable period for such Participant a written explanation of the annuity described in this Subsection (c) in such
terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the requirements of Subsection (b) applicable
to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the following periods ends last:
(i) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close
of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (ii) a reasonable period ending after the individual
becomes a Participant; or (iii) within a reasonable period ending after Termination of Employment in the case of a Participant
who separates from service before attaining age 35.

 

For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph,
a reasonable period ending after the enumerated events described in (ii) and (iii) is the end of the two-year period beginning
one year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one year after that date. If a Participant who separates from
service before the Plan Year in which he attains age 35 thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the applicable period
for such Participant shall be redetermined.

 

(d)          Elections.
Any waiver of the annuities described in Subsections (b) and (c) above shall not be effective unless: (i) the Participant's spouse
consents in writing to the election; (ii) the election designates a specific beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries
or any contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations
by the Participant without any further spousal consent); (iii) the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the election; and
(iv) the spouse's consent is witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. Additionally, a Participant's waiver of the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless the election designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed
without spousal consent (or the spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent).
If it is established to the satisfaction of a plan representative that there is no spouse (within the meaning of Code section 417)
or that the spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a qualified election. Any consent by a spouse obtained under this
provision (or establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such spouse.
A consent that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by such spouse must acknowledge
that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and
that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant
without the consent of the spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited.
No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has received notice as provided in Subsections (b)
and (c).

 

(f)          Deferred
Annuity Contracts. In determining whether and/or how the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the Qualified Preretirement Survivor
Annuity rules described in Code sections 401(a)(11) and 417 apply to a deferred annuity contract purchased under the Plan, the
provisions of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2012-3 and any superseding guidance shall apply.

 

    	 	42	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 8

INSERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS

 

Section 8.01         HARDSHIP

 

(a)          Hardship.
A Participant may receive a distribution on account of Hardship from the Accounts specified in the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary if the Adoption Agreement permits a Hardship distribution from an Account, the amount available
for a Hardship distribution from such Account shall include any amounts grandfathered under Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(ii)(B).
Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall only be permitted to receive a hardship distribution
pursuant to this Section 8.01 from Accounts that are fully vested.

 

(b)          Hardship
- Safe Harbor. If the Adoption Agreement provides that the Plan has adopted safe harbor criteria for Hardship withdrawal, the following
shall apply:

 

(1)         Immediate
and Heavy Financial Need. A hardship distribution shall only be made upon the finding by the Plan Administrator of an immediate
and heavy financial need where such Participant lacks other available resources. The following are the only financial needs considered
immediate and heavy:

 

(A)         Expenses
for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether
the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income);

 

(B)         Costs
directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the employee (excluding mortgage payments);

 

(C)         Payment
of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next 12 months of post-secondary education for
the employee, or the employee's spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code section 152, and, for taxable years beginning
on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B));

 

(D)         Payments
necessary to prevent the eviction of the employee from the employee's principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that
residence;

 

(E)         Effective
as of the effective date of Final 401(k) Regulations specified in the Adoption Agreement, payments for burial or funeral expenses
for the employee's deceased parent, spouse, children or dependents (as defined in Code section 152, and, for taxable years beginning
on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code section 152(d)(1)(B));

 

(F)         Effective
as of the effective date of Final 401(k) Regulations specified in the Adoption Agreement, expenses for the repair of damage to
the employee's principal residence that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code section 165 (determined without regard
to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income); and

 

(G)         Other
expenses as provided by the Commissioner as specified in Treas. Reg. section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(v).

 

(2)         Amount
Necessary to Satisfy Need. A distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the
Participant only if:

 

(A)         The
distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal,
state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution);

 

    	 	43	 

     

    

 

(B)         The
Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under all plans maintained
by the Employer;

 

(C)         All
plans maintained by the Employer provide that the Participant's Elective Deferrals (and after tax contributions) will be suspended
for 6 months (12 months, for hardship distributions before 2002) after the receipt of the hardship distribution; and

 

(D)         In
addition, for hardship distributions before such date as specified in a prior plan document, all plans maintained by the Employer
must provide that the Participant may not make Elective Deferrals for the Participant's taxable year immediately following the
taxable year of the hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code section 402(g) for such taxable year less
the amount of such Participant's Elective Deferrals for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

 

(c)          Hardship
- Non Safe Harbor. If the Adoption Agreement provides that the Plan has not adopted the safe harbor criteria for Hardship, the
following shall apply:

 

(1)         Immediate
and Heavy Financial Need. A hardship distribution shall only be made upon the finding by the Plan Administrator of an immediate
and heavy financial need where such Participant lacks other available resources. Whether a Participant has an immediate and heavy
financial need is to be determined based on all relevant facts and circumstances. The need to pay the funeral expenses of a family
member would constitute an immediate and heavy financial need and a distribution made to a Participant for the purchase of a boat
or television would not constitute a distribution made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need. A financial need may
be immediate and heavy even if it was reasonably foreseeable or voluntarily incurred by the Participant.

 

(2)         Amount
Necessary to Satisfy Need. A distribution is not treated as necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant
to the extent the amount of the distribution is in excess of the amount required to relieve the financial need or to the extent
the need may be satisfied from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant. This determination generally is
to be made on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances. For purposes of this Paragraph, the Participant's resources are
deemed to include those assets of the Participant's spouse and minor children that are reasonably available to the Participant.
A vacation home jointly owned (regardless of the nature of legal title) by the Participant and the Participant's spouse will be
deemed a resource of the Participant. However, property held for the Participant's child under an irrevocable trust or under the
Uniform Gifts to Minors Act is not treated as a resource of the Participant. The amount of an immediate and heavy financial need
may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result
from the distribution. A distribution generally may be treated as necessary to satisfy a financial need if the Employer relies
upon the Participant's written representation, unless the Employer has actual knowledge to the contrary, that the need cannot reasonably
be relieved:

 

(A)         Through
reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;

 

(B)         By
liquidation of the Participant's assets;

 

(C)         By
cessation of all Participant contributions under the Plan;

 

(D)         By
other currently available distributions (including distribution of ESOP dividends under Code section 404(k)) and nontaxable (at
the time of the loan) loans, under plans maintained by the Employer or by any other employer; or

 

(E)         By
borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms in an amount sufficient to satisfy the need.

 

For purposes of this Paragraph, a need cannot
reasonably be relieved by one of the actions listed above if the effect would be to increase the amount of the need. For example,
the need for funds to purchase a principal residence cannot reasonably be relieved by a plan loan if the loan would disqualify
the Employee from obtaining other necessary financing.

 

    	 	44	 

     

    

 

Section 8.02         SPECIFIED
AGE

 

A Participant may receive a distribution on
attainment of a specified age from the Accounts specified in the Adoption Agreement. Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption
Agreement, a Participant shall only be permitted to receive a specified age distribution pursuant to this Section 8.02 from Accounts
that are fully vested.

 

Section 8.03         OTHER
WITHDRAWALS

 

(a)          After
a Period Certain. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may receive a distribution from his Non-Elective
Contribution Account which has accumulated for at least twenty-four (24) months. However, an individual who has been a Participant
for five (5) or more Plan Years shall be entitled to receive a distribution of his Non-Elective Contribution Account regardless
of the length of time the funds have accumulated. Unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall only
be permitted to receive a distribution pursuant to this Section 8.03(a) from Accounts that are fully vested.

 

(b)          At
Any Time. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may receive a distribution from his Rollover Contribution
Account at any time.

 

Section 8.04         TRANSFER
ACCOUNT

 

In addition to the foregoing, a Participant
may receive a distribution from his Transfer Account as permitted under the terms of any plan from which funds in such Account
were transferred to the extent that such optional forms of benefit must be preserved pursuant to Code section 411(d)(6).

 

Section 8.05         RULES
REGARDING INSERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS

 

(a)          Frequency
and Amount of Withdrawals. The Plan Administrator may establish uniform procedures that include, but are not limited to, prescribing
limitations on the frequency and minimum amount of withdrawals; provided, that no procedures involving minimum amounts shall prescribe
a minimum withdrawal greater than $1,000.

 

(b)          Form
of Withdrawals. All distributions of amounts withdrawn pursuant to Sections 8.01, 8.02, 8.03 and 8.04 shall be made in the form
of a single sum as soon as practicable following the Valuation Date as of which such withdrawal is made. Such distributions shall
be paid in cash; provided however, that inservice withdrawals may be made from ESOP Accounts in Company Stock to the extent that
the Plan permits distributions from ESOP Accounts in Company Stock.

 

(c)          Active
Employment. Only Employees shall be eligible to receive inservice distributions pursuant to this Article 8.

 

(d)          Ordering
Rule. The Plan Administrator shall determine the ordering rule for inservice distributions. Such ordering rule may provide that
the Participant may elect to have payments made any combination of such accounts and any other Account.

 

(e)          Transfer
Account. A Participant may receive a distribution from the vested portion of his Transfer Account only to the extent such account
was not transferred from a qualified plan subject to Code section 412.

 

    	 	45	 

     

    

 

Section 8.06         LOANS

 

(a)          Eligible
Participants. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who is an Employee may apply for a loan from the
Plan. The Adoption Agreement may provide that a loan may only be granted for the purpose of enabling the Participant to meet a
financial hardship or an unusual or special situation in his financial affairs. Loans shall only be granted pursuant to the terms
of this Section to persons who the Plan Administrator determines have the ability to repay the loan. Loans shall not be made available
to Participants who are or were Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount available to other Participants.
Loans shall be made available to all Participants on a nondiscriminatory and reasonably equivalent basis.

 

(b)          Maximum
Loan Amount. Unless otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, loans shall not be made from an ESOP Account. No loan to any
Participant can be made to the extent that such loan when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant
would exceed the lesser of:

 

(1)         $50,000
reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding balance of loans during the one year period ending on the day before
the loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is made, or

 

(2)         one-half
the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit of the Participant or, if greater and so provided in the Adoption Agreement,
the total nonforfeitable accrued benefit up to $10,000; provided that additional security is given to the extent such loan exceeds
50% of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit.

 

For the purpose of the above limitation, all
loans from all qualified plans of the Employer are aggregated.

 

(c)          Loan
Term and Amortization. Any loan shall by its terms require that repayment (principal and interest) be amortized in level payments,
not less frequently than quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years from the date of the loan. If so provided in
the Adoption Agreement, a loan term may extend beyond five years if the loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit which within a
reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of the Participant.

 

(d)          Minimum
Loan Amount - Maximum Number of Loans. The Adoption Agreement shall specify a minimum loan amount and the maximum number of loans
outstanding at any one time.

 

(e)          Interest
Rate. Interest shall be charged at a rate to be fixed by the Plan Administrator and, in determining the interest rate, the Plan
Administrator shall take into consideration interest rates currently being charged on similar commercial loans by persons in the
business of lending money.

 

(f)          Security.
All loans shall be secured by no more than one-half of the vested portion of the Participant's Accounts (determined immediately
after the origination of the loan) and such additional security as the Plan Administrator may deem necessary. All loans made to
Participants under this Section are to be considered Trust Fund investments and shall be segregated for purposes of Article 9 hereof
unless provided otherwise in the Adoption Agreement.

 

(g)          Repayment.
Loans shall be repaid in accordance with the foregoing and the Plan Administrator may require as a condition to granting such loan
that it be repaid through payroll deductions. Unless the loan note provides otherwise, the principal amount of the loan and accrued
interest shall become immediately due and payable upon a Termination of Employment. Repayment may be suspended pursuant to Code
section 414(u).

 

(h)          Loan
Fees. Fees properly chargeable in connection with a loan may be charged, in accordance with a uniform and nondiscriminatory policy
established by the Plan Administrator, against the Account of the Participant to whom the loan is granted.

 

(i)          Default.
In the event of default, foreclosure on the note and attachment of security shall not occur until a distributable event occurs
in the Plan.

 

    	 	46	 

     

    

 

(j)          Loans
to Self-Employed Persons. For Plan loans made before January 1, 2002, no loans will be made to any shareholder-employee or owner-employee.
For purposes of this requirement, a shareholder-employee means an employee or officer of an electing small business (Subchapter
S) corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code section 318(a)(1), on any day during the taxable
year of such corporation, more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the corporation. An owner-employee means, if the Employer is
a sole proprietorship, an individual who is the sole proprietor, or, if the Employer is a partnership, a partner owning more than
ten percent (10%) of either the capital or profits interest of the partnership.

 

(k)          Loan
Procedures. The Plan Administrator is authorized to adopt any administrative rules or procedures that it deems necessary or appropriate
with respect to the granting and administering of loans under this Article 8.

 

(l)          Spousal
Consent. If Section 7.10 applies or if so provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant must obtain the consent of his or her
spouse, if any, to use the Account balance as security for a loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning
of the 90-day period (180-day period for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006) that ends on the date on which the loan
is to be so secured. The consent must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a Plan representative
or notary public. Such consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse or any subsequent spouse with
respect to that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Account balance is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or
other revision of the loan.

 

    	 	47	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 9

INVESTMENT AND VALUATION OF TRUST FUND

 

Section 9.01         INVESTMENT
OF ASSETS

 

All existing assets of the Trust Fund and all
future contributions shall be invested in accordance with the terms of this Article 9. All assets of the Trust Fund may be commingled
for investment purposes with the assets of any retirement plan which is maintained by the Company and which qualifies under Code
section 401(a) and may be held as a single fund under one or more trust instruments; provided that the value of each plan's assets
can be determined at any time. The assets allocable to each such plan shall in no event be used for the benefit of Participants
in the other plans.

 

Section 9.02         PARTICIPANT
SELF DIRECTION

 

(a)          In
General. To the extent provided for in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Administrator may permit Participants to direct the investment
of their Accounts pursuant to this Section 9.02. Any Participant self direction shall be made pursuant to such uniform guidelines
and procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may not
alter his investment in the Company Stock Fund except as provided in Subsection (b) below.

 

(b)          Pre-Retirement
Diversification Rights.

 

(1)         The
Plan Administrator shall offer a qualified participant the option to direct the investment of Company Stock acquired by or contributed
to the Plan after December 31, 1986 (or all Company Stock if so provided in the Adoption Agreement) into other Investment Funds
pursuant to this Subsection and Code section 401(a)(28)(B)(ii)(II) during the diversification election period. The Participant
must elect such option within 90 days after the end of each Plan Year during the diversification election period, and the value
of such Company Stock will be invested as directed by such Participant within 180 days after the end of such Plan Year.

 

(2)         The
maximum number of shares of Company Stock which a qualified participant may elect to reinvest as of the end of each of the Plan
Years during the diversification election period shall be that number of such shares (rounded to the nearest whole number) which
is equal to the result determined by the formula (25% x (A + B)) - B, where A is the number of shares of Company Stock which are
allocated to his Account as of the applicable date and B is the number of shares of Company Stock, if any, previously reinvested
by the Participant pursuant to this Subsection, provided that for purposes of determining such maximum number of shares for the
last Plan Year in a Diversification election period, fifty percent (50%) shall be substituted for twenty-five percent (25%). No
Participant may elect to reinvest during any diversification period if the fair market value as of the end of the preceding Plan
Year of Company Stock allocated to such Participant's account is $500 or less.

 

(3)         For
purposes of this Subsection, the diversification election period means the six Plan Years beginning with the Plan Year during which
a Participant becomes a qualified participant, and a qualified participant is a Participant who has attained age 55 and has 10
years of participation in the Plan as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

 

(4)         In
the event a Participant elects to diversify pursuant to the foregoing, the Plan Administrator may elect instead to distribute to
such Participant the amounts subject to such election.

 

(c)          Investment
Elections. To the extent provided in Subsections (a) and (b), each Participant shall direct in the form and manner and at the time
or times prescribed by the Plan Administrator the percentage of the applicable Accounts to be invested in one or more of the available
Investment Funds, subject to such rules and limitations as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. After the death of the Participant,
a Beneficiary shall be entitled to make investment elections as if the Beneficiary were the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Plan Administrator may restrict investment transfers to the extent required to comply with applicable law.

 

    	 	48	 

     

    

 

(d)          Divestiture
of Publicly-Traded Employer Securities. To the extent provided in Code section 401(a)(35), Treas. Reg. section 1.401(a)(35)-1 and
any superseding guidance, an applicable individual may elect to direct the Plan to divest any publicly traded employer securities
held in the applicable portion of his or her Account and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options offered under
the Plan. This diversification right only applies to publicly traded employer securities that are held in the Account for which
the individual meets the definition of applicable individual.

 

(e)          Loans.
If the Adoption Agreement does not permit Participant self direction, any assets that are held in the form of a Participant loan
made pursuant to Article 8 shall be treated as a segregated investment unless otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement.

 

Section 9.03         INDIVIDUAL
ACCOUNTS

 

To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement,
there shall be maintained on the books of the Plan with respect to each Participant, as applicable, a Non-Elective Contribution
Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Transfer Account and any other Account established by the Plan Administrator. Each such
Account shall separately reflect the Participant's interest in the Trust Fund relating to such Account. Each Participant shall
receive, at least annually, a statement of his Account. A Participant's interest in the Trust Fund shall be determined and accounted
for based on his beneficial interest in such fund.

 

Section 9.04         QUALIFYING
EMPLOYER INVESTMENTS

 

Subject to Section 1.02, the Trustee may invest
up to 100% (to extent that the Plan is not subject to Section 7.10) of the fair market value of the assets of the Trust Fund in
"qualifying employer securities" or "qualifying employer real property". The term "employer security"
means a security issued by an employer of employees covered by the plan, or by an affiliate of such employer. A contract to which
ERISA section 408(b)(5) applies shall not be treated as a security for purposes of this section. The term "employer real property"
means real property (and related personal property) which is leased to an employer of employees covered by the Plan, or to an affiliate
of such employer. For purposes of determining the time at which a Plan acquires employer real property for purposes of this section
, such property shall be deemed to be acquired by the Plan on the date on which the plan acquires the property or on the date on
which the lease to the employer (or affiliate) is entered into, whichever is later.

 

Section 9.05         ALLOCATION
OF EARNINGS AND LOSSES

 

(a)          Reinvestment.
Except as provided in Section 9.09, the dividends, capital gains distributions, and other earnings received on the Trust Fund shall
be allocated to such fund and reinvested.

 

(b)          Valuation.
Except as provided in Section 9.10, the assets of each Investment Fund shall be valued by the Trustee at their current fair market
value as of each Valuation Date, and Accounts of each Participant with interests in that Investment Fund shall be credited with
such Participant's allocable share of the earnings and losses of each Investment Fund since the immediately preceding Valuation
Date. Such allocation shall be done on the basis of such Participant's interest in the applicable Investment Fund. For purposes
of the allocation of investment earnings and losses, the Plan Administrator may adjust the value of interests of Investment Funds
in Accounts as of the preceding Valuation Date to account for any contributions, distributions or withdrawals that occur after
such preceding Valuation Date.

 

(c)          Allocation
to Individual Accounts. The Accounts of each Participant shall be adjusted as of each Valuation Date by (i) reducing such Accounts
by any distributions and withdrawals made therefrom since the preceding Valuation Date, (ii) increasing or reducing such Accounts
by the Participant's share of earnings and losses and reasonable fees charged against such accounts at the direction of the Plan
Administrator, and (iii) crediting such Accounts with any contributions made thereto since the preceding Valuation Date.

 

(d)          Allocation
of Expenses. The Plan Administrator may allocate all, none or any portion of the Plan's expenses to Participant Accounts. When
allocating expenses among Participant Accounts, the Plan Administrator may allocate such expenses using any reasonable method that
does not violate Title I of ERISA and does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees within the meaning of applicable
provisions of Code section 401(a)(4). Such methods may include, but not be limited to: (i) allocating expenses only to current
or former employees (or among any other classification(s) of employees), (ii) allocating expenses directly to individual employees,
(iii) allocating expenses using the per capita or pro rata method, and (iv) any combination of the foregoing.

 

    	 	49	 

     

    

 

(e)          Valuation
for Distribution. Except as provided in Section 9.10, for the purposes of paying the amounts to be distributed to a Participant
or Beneficiary pursuant to Articles 7 and 8, the value of the Participant's interest shall be determined in accordance with the
provisions of this Article as of the Valuation Date related to the date benefits are paid.

 

(f)          No
Rights Created by Allocation. An allocation of contributions or earnings to the separate account of a Participant under this Article
9 shall not cause the Participant to have any right, title or interest in any assets of the Plan except at the time and under the
terms and conditions expressly provided for in the Plan.

 

(g)          Dividends
and Credits. Any dividends or credits earned on insurance contracts will be allocated to the Participant's Account for whose benefit
the contract is held. No contract will be purchased under the Plan unless such contract or a separate definite written agreement
between the Company and the insurer provides that no value under contracts providing benefits under the Plan or credits determined
by the insurer (on account of dividends, earnings, or other experience rating credits, or surrender or cancellation credits) with
respect to such contracts may be paid or returned to the Company or diverted to or used for other than the exclusive benefit of
the Participants or their Beneficiaries. However, any contribution made by the Company may be returned to the Company pursuant
to Article 10.

 

Section 9.06         VOTING
RIGHTS

 

(a)          Accounts
other than ESOP Accounts. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant and a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant
shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of voting rights with respect to investments allocated to Accounts
other than ESOP Accounts. An individual's allocable share of investment in the applicable Accounts shall be determined in the discretion
of the Plan Administrator. Any investments for which no instructions are received by the Trustee within such time specified by
notice and, unless otherwise required by applicable law, any shares which are not allocated to Participants' Accounts shall be
voted by the Trustee in the same proportion that the shares for which instructions are received are voted.

 

(b)          ESOP
Accounts. Except as provided below, all Company Stock held in the Trust and allocated to ESOP Accounts shall generally be voted
by the Trustee, as directed by the Plan Administrator.

 

(1)         In
General. Each Participant or, if applicable, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of any
voting rights attributable to shares of Company Stock then allocated to his ESOP Accounts.

 

(2)         Nonregistered
Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Subsection (b)(2) shall apply if the Company Stock does not constitute registration-type
securities within the meaning of Code section 409(e). A Participant or Beneficiary shall only be entitled to direct the Trustee
with respect to the approval or disapproval of any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation,
dissolution, sale of substantially all of the assets of a trade or business, or such other transactions which may be prescribed
by applicable Treasury regulations promulgated under Code section 409(e). Each participant shall be entitled to one vote with respect
to such issues.

 

(3)         Instructions.
If Participants are entitled to so direct the Trustee as to the voting of Company Stock pursuant to Subsection (b)(1) or (b)(2),
all such Company Stock as to which such instructions have been received (which may include an instruction to abstain) shall be
voted in accordance with such instructions. However, the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Company Stock in the Trust Fund, or
any allocated Company Stock as to which no voting instructions have been received, in the same proportion as Company Stock as to
which voting instructions have been received, unless otherwise directed by the Plan Administrator.

 

    	 	50	 

     

    

 

(4)         Exempt
Loan Subject to Code Section 133. Each Participant or, if applicable, his Beneficiary shall be entitled to direct the Trustee as
to the exercise of any and all voting rights attributable to shares of Company Stock then allocated to his Account that were acquired
with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan that is subject to the full pass through voting requirements of Code section 133.

 

(5)         Tender
Offer. In the event of a tender offer for any Common Stock, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to accept or reject
the offer with respect to the shares of Company Stock held in the Trust Fund.

 

(c)          General
Rules. As soon as practicable prior to the occasion for the exercise of voting rights described in this Section, the Trustee shall
deliver or cause to be delivered, to each Participant and Beneficiary of a deceased Participant entitled to vote all notices, prospectuses,
financial statements, proxies and proxy soliciting material relating to such investment allocated to the Participant's Account.
Instructions by Participants and Beneficiaries to the Trustee shall be in such form and pursuant to such regulations as the Plan
Administrator shall prescribe. Any such instructions shall remain in the strict confidence of the Trustee. With respect to fractional
shares for which instructions are received by the Trustee, the Trustee shall aggregate all such fractional shares for which the
same instructions are received into whole shares and shall vote such whole shares as instructed. Any remaining fractional shares
shall be voted by the Trustee in the same proportion that the shares for which instructions are received are voted.

 

Section 9.07         LIQUIDITY

 

(a)          Trustee's
Put Option. If Trustee determined that the Trust does not have sufficient cash to provide for distributions of benefits, payment
of expenses or for other expenditures, the Trustee shall have an option to sell shares of Company Stock to the Company to the to
the extent necessary to provide for such expenditures, provided the sale does not violate the terms of the Plan or applicable law.
The sales price shall be determined pursuant to Section 9.10.

 

(b)          Loans.
If permitted under applicable law, rulings or regulations, and not a prohibited transaction under Code section 4975(c) or sections
406 or 407 of ERISA (or a prohibited transaction exemption), the Plan Administrator, at the request of the Trustee, shall cause
the Company to advance to the Trustee the amounts needed for distributions of benefits, payment of expenses or for other expenditures.
Such amounts shall be reimbursed by the Trustee to the Company, with such interest as may be permitted under ERISA.

 

Section 9.08         RESTRICTIONS
ON COMPANY STOCK

 

Except as required by Code section 409(h) and
by Treas. Reg. section 54.4975-7(b)(9) and (10), or as otherwise required by applicable law, no Company Stock purchased with an
Exempt Loan may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell or similar arrangement while held by, and when distributed
from, the Plan, whether or not the Plan is an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Code section 4975(e)(7) at that
time. The Plan shall not obligate itself to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined
upon the happening of an event such as the death of the holder.

 

Section 9.09         TREATMENT
OF DIVIDENDS

 

(a)          Cash
Dividends.

 

(1)         Dividends
on Unallocated Company Stock. Any cash dividends received which are attributable to shares of Company Stock (i) acquired with the
proceeds of an Exempt Loan and (ii) held in the Suspense Account or the Released and Unallocated Account shall be either: (x) held
invested until the next Exempt Loan repayment, at which time such dividends, and interest thereon, shall be applied to repay the
principal and, at the Plan Administrator's discretion the interest, of the Exempt Loan; or (y) allocated to Participants' Accounts
under Article 4 for such Plan Year.

 

(2)         Dividends
on Allocated Company Stock. As determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator, any cash dividends paid with respect
to shares of Company Stock allocated to a Participant's Account may be: (i) used to repay the principal balance of an outstanding
Exempt Loan or interest thereon in whole or in part pursuant to Subsection (a)(2)(A) below; (ii) allocated to Participants' Accounts;
or (iii) distributed currently (or within 90 days after the close of the Plan Year in which such dividends are paid to the Trustee)
in cash to such Participants (or their Beneficiaries) on a nondiscriminatory basis pursuant to Subsection (a)(2)(B) below.

 

    	 	51	 

     

    

 

(A)         Repay
Exempt Loan. In the event the Plan Administrator elects to repay the Exempt Loan, Company Stock with a fair market value of not
less than the amount of such dividend shall be allocated to each Participant to whom such dividend would have been allocated.

 

(B)         Distribute
to Participants. The Plan Administrator may distribute cash dividends paid with respect to shares of Company Stock allocated to
Participants' Accounts. The Plan Administrator may also allow Plan Participants to further elect to have such dividends paid to
the Plan, or be distributed currently in cash to such Participants (or their Beneficiaries) under such election procedures as may
be established by the Plan Administrator; provided that the dividends are paid within 90 days after the close of the Plan Year
in which such dividends are paid. Such distributions may be made directly by the Corporation or by the Trustee after receipt of
the dividends.

 

(b)          Stock
Dividends. Stock dividends paid (and stock received by the Trustee as a result of a stock split, stock conversion, reorganization
or recapitalization of the Company) shall be credited to the account under which such dividends arise.

 

Section 9.10         USE
OF APPRAISER

 

If the Company Stock is not readily tradable
on an established securities market (within the meaning of IRS Notice 2011-19 for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012
or such later date provided in such Notice), all valuations of Company Stock acquired by or contributed to the Plan after December
31, 1986 with respect to activities carried on by the Plan shall be performed by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, the term "independent appraiser" means any appraiser meeting the requirements of Code section 401(a)(28).
In the case of a transaction between the Plan and a Disqualified Person, value must be determined as of the date of the applicable
transaction. For all other purposes under the Plan, value must be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date under the Plan.

 

Section 9.11         LIFE
INSURANCE

 

(a)          Purchase
of Life Insurance. To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may request that his Accounts that are not ESOP
Accounts be invested in insurance on his life, and if the Plan Administrator, in its discretion, approves such request, it shall
direct the Trustee to apply for and be the owner of any insurance contract purchased under the terms of this Section. The insurance
contract(s) must provide that proceeds will be payable to the Trustee; however, the Trustee shall be required to pay over all proceeds
of the contract(s) to the Participant's Beneficiary in accordance with the distribution provisions of this Plan. The form and type
of contract purchased shall be determined by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may also establish rules that prohibit
the purchase of life insurance where the annual premium is estimated to be less than a certain minimum amount. If the Trustee elects
to borrow against such contracts, such borrowings shall be on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. Any discretion shall be exercised
in a non-discriminatory manner.

 

(b)          Maximum
Insurance Amounts. The total premiums paid for a Participant's ordinary life insurance shall be less than 50% of the aggregate
Company contributions allocated to such Participant's Account. If term insurance or universal life insurance is purchased, the
aggregate premiums shall not exceed 25% of aggregate Company contributions allocated to the insured Participant's Account. If both
ordinary life insurance and either term insurance or universal life insurance is purchased for a Participant, the aggregate premiums
for such term insurance and/or universal life insurance plus one-half of the total premiums for such ordinary life insurance shall
not in the aggregate exceed 25% of the aggregate Company contributions allocated to the insured Participant's Account. However,
the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to funds that may be withdrawn or distributed from the Plan in accordance with applicable
law even if such withdrawals/distributions are not permitted under the terms of the Plan.

 

    	 	52	 

     

    

 

(c)          Beneficiary.
The Trust Fund shall be designated as the beneficiary to receive death benefits payable pursuant to the provisions of any life
insurance policy purchased pursuant to this Section. Any death proceeds received by the Trust Fund shall be added to the deceased
Participant's Account and distributed pursuant to Article 7 hereof. Under no circumstances shall the Trust Fund retain any part
of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any insurance contract purchased
hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

 

(d)          Conversion
of Policies. If an insured Participant does not die prior to retirement, the Trustee may: (i) convert the entire value of any such
life insurance contract at or before retirement into cash to provide the retirement benefits set forth in Article 7 so that no
portion of such value may be used to continue life insurance protection beyond retirement; or (ii) distribute any such contract
to the Participant. Nothing provided herein shall be construed to prohibit the purchase, sale, transfer or exchange of any individual
life insurance contract which would otherwise be permitted under applicable prohibited transaction class exemptions or Department
of Labor Regulations.

 

(e)          Distributions.
Any distribution of an insurance policy or the proceeds of an insurance policy purchased pursuant to this Section shall be subject
to the requirements of Article 7.

 

    	 	53	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 10

TRUST FUND

 

Section 10.01         TRUST
FUND

 

(a)          Continuation
of Trust Fund. A trust is hereby established or continued under the Plan and the Trustee will maintain a trust account for the
Plan and, as part thereof, Participants' accounts for such individuals as the Company shall from time to time give written notice
to the Trustee are Participants in the Plan. The Trustee will accept and hold in the Trust Fund such contributions on behalf of
Participants as it may receive from time to time from the Company, including amounts transferred by any prior trustee of the Plan,
and such earnings, income and appreciation as may accrue thereon; less losses, depreciation and payments made by the Trustee to
carry out the purposes of the Plan. The Trust Fund shall be fully invested and reinvested in accordance with the applicable provisions
of the Plan.

 

(b)          Exclusive
Benefit. All contributions made to the Plan are made for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, and
such contributions shall not be used for, nor diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and
their Beneficiaries (including the costs of maintaining and administering the Plan and corresponding trust).

 

(c)          Return
of Contributions. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan: (i) as contributions made prior to the receipt of an initial
determination letter are conditional upon a favorable determination as to the qualified status of the Plan under Code section 401(a),
if the Plan receives an adverse determination with respect to its initial qualification, then any such contribution may be returned
to the Company within one year after such determination, provided the application for determination is made by the time prescribed
by law; (ii) contributions made by the Company based upon mistake of fact may be returned to the Company within one year of such
contribution; (iii) as all contributions to the Plan are conditioned upon their deductibility under the Code, if a deduction for
such a contribution is disallowed, such contribution may be returned to the Company within one year of the disallowance of such
deduction; and (iv) after all liabilities under the Plan have been satisfied, the remaining assets of the Trust shall be distributed
to the Company if such distribution does not contravene any provision of applicable law.

 

In the case of the return of a contribution
due to mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction, the amount that may be returned is the excess of the amount contributed
over the amount that would have been contributed had there not been a mistake or disallowance. Earnings attributable to the excess
contributions may not be returned to the Company but losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount to be so returned. Any
return of contribution or distribution of assets made by the Trustee pursuant to this Section shall be made only upon the direction
of the Company, which shall have exclusive responsibility for determining whether the conditions of such return or distribution
have been satisfied and for the amount to be returned.

 

(d)          Assets
Not Held by Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any assets of the Plan that are held outside of the Trust Fund. The
Trustee is expressly hereby relieved of any responsibility or liability for any losses resulting to the Plan arising from any acts
or omissions on the part of any insurance company holding assets outside of the Trust Fund. The Company shall serve as custodian
for all promissory notes and related documents issued in connection with the Plan's participant loan program and the Company shall
be responsible for the safekeeping of same.

 

(e)          Group
Trust. In the event that the Trust is a part of any group trust (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Service Revenue Rulings
81-100 and 2011-1): (i) participation in the Trust is limited to (w) individual retirement accounts which are exempt from taxation
under Code section 408(e) and Roth individual retirement accounts described in Code Section 408A pursuant to Internal Revenue Service
Revenue Ruling 2004-67, (x) pension and profit-sharing trusts which are exempt from taxation under Code section 501(a) by qualifying
under Code section 401(a), (y) eligible governmental plan trusts described in Code section 457(b) pursuant to Internal Revenue
Service Revenue Ruling 2004-67, and (z) effective as provided in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2011-1 (as modified by
Internal Revenue Service Notice 2012-6 and any superseding guidance) the accounts and plans described in Internal Revenue Service
Revenue Ruling 2011-1; (ii) no part of the corpus or income which equitably belongs to any individual retirement account or a plan's
trust may be used for or diverted to any purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the individual or the employees, respectively,
or their beneficiaries who are entitled to benefits under such participating individual retirement account or a plan's trust; (iii)
no part of the equity or interest in the Trust Fund shall be subject to assignment by a participating individual retirement account
or a plan's trust; (iv) the Trustee shall maintain separate accounts for each Plan; (v) the group trust is created or organized
in the United States and is maintained at all times as a domestic trust in the United States; and (vi) for the plans and accounts
described in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 2011-1, the requirement of such ruling and superseding guidance is met.

 

    	 	54	 

     

    

 

Section 10.02         DUTIES
OF THE TRUSTEE

 

(a)          In
General. The Trustee is not a party to, and has no duties or responsibilities under, the Plan other than those that may be expressly
contained in this Article. The Trustee shall have no duties, responsibilities or liability with respect to the acts or omissions
of any prior trustee. The Trustee shall discharge its assigned duties and responsibilities under this Article and the Plan with
the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity
and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

 

(b)          Contributions.
The Trustee agrees to accept contributions that are paid to it by the Company (as well as rollover contributions and direct transfers
from other eligible retirement plans) in accordance with the terms of this Article. Such contributions shall be in cash or in such
other form that may be acceptable to the Trustee. In-kind contributions of other than qualifying employer securities are permitted
only in non-pension plans provided that the contribution is discretionary and unencumbered. Qualifying employer securities may
be contributed to both pension and non-pension plans subject to the requirements of ERISA section 408(e). The Trustee shall have
no duty to determine or collect contributions under the Plan and shall have no responsibility for any property until it is received
by the Trustee. The Company shall have the sole duty and responsibility for the determination of the accuracy or sufficiency of
the contributions to be made under the Plan, the transmittal of the same to the Trustee and compliance with any statute, regulation
or rule applicable to contributions.

 

(c)          Distributions.
The Trustee shall make distributions out of the Trust Fund pursuant to instructions described in Section 10.05. The Trustee shall
not have any responsibility or duty under this Article for determining that such are in accordance with the terms of the Plan and
applicable law, including without limitation, the amount, timing or method of payment and the identity of each person to whom such
payments shall be made. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or duty to determine the tax effect of any payment or to see to
the application of any payment. In making payments, the Company acknowledges that the Trustee is acting as a paying agent and not
as the payor, for tax information reporting and withholding purposes. In the event that any dispute shall arise as to the persons
to whom payment or delivery of any assets shall be made by the Trustee, the Trustee may withhold such payment or delivery until
such dispute shall have been settled by the parties concerned or shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)          Records.
The Trustee shall keep full and accurate accounts of all receipts, investments, disbursements and other transactions hereunder,
including such specific records as may be agreed upon in writing between the Company and the Trustee. All such accounts, books
and records shall be open to inspection and audit at all reasonable times by any authorized representative of the Company or the
Plan Administrator. A Participant may examine only those individual account records pertaining directly to him.

 

(e)          Accounting.
The Trustee shall file with the Plan Administrator a written account of the administration of the Trust Fund showing all transactions
effected by the Trustee subsequent to the period covered by the last preceding account and all property held at the end of the
accounting period. The Trustee shall use its best effort to file such written account within ninety (90) days, but not later than
one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Plan Year. Upon approval of such accounting by the Plan Administrator, neither
the Company nor the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to any further accounting by the Trustee. The Plan Administrator may approve
such accounting by written notice of approval delivered to the Trustee or by failure to express objection to such accounting in
writing delivered to the Trustee within six (6) months from the date on which the accounting is delivered to the Plan Administrator.

 

    	 	55	 

     

    

 

(f)          Participant
Eligibility. The Trustee shall not be required to determine the facts concerning the eligibility of any Participant to participate
in the Plan, the amount of benefits payable to any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan, or the date or method of payment
or disbursement. The Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely in good faith solely upon the written advice and directions of the
Plan Administrator as to any such question of fact.

 

(g)          Indicia
of Ownership. The Trustee shall not hold the indicia of ownership of any assets of the Trust Fund outside of the jurisdiction of
the District Courts of the United States, unless in compliance with section 404(b) of ERISA and regulations thereunder.

 

(h)          Notice.
The Trustee shall provide the Company with advance notice of any legal actions the Trustee may take with respect to the Plan and
Trust and shall promptly notify the Company of any claim against the Plan and Trust.

 

(i)          Other
Fiduciaries. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of any other persons except as may be required by ERISA
section 405.

 

Section 10.03         GENERAL
INVESTMENT POWERS

 

In addition to all powers and authority under
common law, statutory authority and other provisions of this Article, the Trustee shall have the following powers and authorities
to be exercised in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 10.04 hereof:

 

(a)          Invest
and reinvest the Trust Fund in any property, real, personal or mixed, wherever situated, and whether situated, and whether or not
productive of income or consisting of wasting assets, including, without limitation, common and preferred stock, bonds, notes,
debentures, options, mutual funds, leaseholds, mortgages (including without limitation, any collective or part interest in any
bond and mortgage or note and mortgage), certificates of deposit, and oil, mineral or gas properties, royalties, interests or rights
(including equipment pertaining thereto), without being limited to the classes of property in which trustees are authorized by
law or any rule of court to invest trust funds and without regard to the proportion any such property may bear to the entire amount
of the Trust Fund;

 

(b)          Hold
property in nominee name, in bearer form, or in book entry form, in a clearinghouse corporation or in a depository, so long as
the Trustee's records clearly indicate that the assets held are a part of the Trust Fund; and such property is held in conformance
with DOL Reg. section 2550-403a-1(b);

 

(c)          Collect
income payable to and distributions due to the Trust Fund and sign on behalf of the Trust any declarations, affidavits, certificates
of ownership and other documents required to collect income and principal payments, including but not limited to, tax reclamations,
rebates and other withheld amounts;

 

(d)          To
sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of any securities or other property held by the
Trustee. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the
validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or other disposition;

 

(e)          Pursuant
to the terms of Section 10.06, to vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies or powers
of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription rights or other options,
and to make any payments incidental thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations
or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary powers, and to pay any assessments or charges in
connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other
property;

 

(f)          Take
all action necessary to pay for authorized transactions or make authorized distributions, including exercising the power to borrow
or raise moneys from any lender, upon such terms and conditions as are necessary to settle such transactions or distributions;

 

    	 	56	 

     

    

 

(g)          To
keep such portion of the Trust Fund uninvested in cash or cash balances as the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the
best interests of the Plan, without liability for interest thereon;

 

(h)          To
accept and retain for such time as the Trustee may deem advisable any securities or other property received or acquired as Trustee
hereunder, whether or not such securities or other property would normally be purchased as investments hereunder;

 

(i)          To
make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other instruments that
may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the powers herein granted;

 

(j)          To
settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or from the Trust Fund, to commence
or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to represent the Plan and/or Trust Fund in all suits and legal and
administrative proceedings;

 

(k)          To
invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations;

 

(l)          Deposit
cash in accounts in the banking department of the Trustee or an affiliated banking organization;

 

(m)          To
deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in banks or savings and loan associations;

 

(n)          Invest
and reinvest all or any portion of the Trust Fund collectively with funds of other retirement plan trusts exempt from tax under
Code section 501(a), including, without limitation, the power to invest collectively with such other funds through the medium of
one or more common, collective or commingled trust funds which have been or may hereafter be operated by the Trustee, the instrument
or instruments establishing such trust fund or funds, as amended from time to time, being made part of this Trust so long as any
portion of the Trust Fund shall be invested through the medium thereof;

 

(o)          Sell,
either at public or private sale, option to sell, mortgage, lease for a term of years less than or continuing beyond the possible
date of the termination of the Trust created hereunder, partition or exchange any real property which may from time to time constitute
a portion of the Trust Fund, for such prices and upon such terms as it may deem best, and to make, execute and deliver to the purchasers
thereof good and sufficient deeds of conveyance therefor and all assignments, transfers and other legal instruments, either necessary
or convenient for the passing of the title and ownership thereof to the purchaser, free and discharged of all trusts and without
liability on the part of such purchasers to see to the proper application of the purchase price;

 

(p)          Repair,
alter, improve or demolish any buildings which may be on any real estate forming part of the Trust Fund or to erect entirely new
structures thereon;

 

(q)          Renew,
extend or participate in the renewal or extension of any mortgage, upon such terms as may be deemed advisable, and to agree to
a reduction in the rate of interest on any mortgage or to any other modification or change in the terms of any mortgage or of any
guarantee pertaining thereto, in any manner and to any extent that may be deemed advisable for the protection of the Trust Fund
or the preservation of the value of the investment; to waive any default, whether in the performance of any covenant or condition
of any mortgage or in the performance of any guarantee, or to enforce any such default in such manner and to such extent as may
be deemed advisable; to exercise and enforce any and all rights of foreclosure, to bid on property in foreclosure, to take a deed
in lieu of foreclosure with or without paying a consideration therefor, and in connection therewith to release the obligation on
the bond or note secured by the mortgage; and to exercise and enforce in any action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity any
rights or remedies in respect to any mortgage or guarantee;

 

(r)          Purchase
any authorized investment at a premium or at a discount;

 

(s)          Establish,
manage and administer a securities lending program on behalf of the Trust Fund, pursuant to which the Trustee shall have authority
to cause any or all securities held in the Trust Fund to be lent to such one or more borrowers as the Trustee shall determine,
in accordance with Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 81-6. The Investment Fiduciary shall enter into a written agreement with
the Trustee setting forth the terms and conditions of the Trustee's appointment, including without limitation the compensation
to be paid to the Trustee for its services with respect to such securities lending program, in accordance with Prohibited Transaction
Class Exemption 82-63;

 

    	 	57	 

     

    

 

(t)          To
purchase any annuity contract; and

 

(u)          To
do all such acts and exercise all such rights and privileges, although not specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem
necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan.

 

Section 10.04         OTHER
INVESTMENT POWERS

 

(a)          Requirement
for Preapproval. The powers granted the Trustee under Section 10.03 shall be exercised by the Trustee upon the written direction
from the Investment Fiduciary pursuant to Sections 10.05 and 10.06. Any written direction of the Investment Fiduciary may be of
a continuing nature, but may be revoked in writing by the Investment Fiduciary at any time. The Trustee shall comply with any direction
as promptly as possible, provided it does not contravene the terms of the Plan or the provision of any applicable law. The Investment
Fiduciary, by written direction, may require the Trustee to obtain written approval of the Investment Fiduciary before exercising
such of its powers as may be specified in such direction. Any such direction may be of a continuing nature or otherwise and may
be revoked in writing by the Investment Fiduciary at any time. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss that may result
from the failure or refusal of the Investment Fiduciary to give any such required direction or approval.

 

(b)          Prohibited
Transactions. The Trustee shall not engage in any prohibited transaction within the meaning of the Code and ERISA.

 

(c)          Legal
Actions. The Trustee is authorized to execute all necessary receipts and releases and shall be under the duty to make efforts to
collect such sums as may appear to be due (except contributions hereunder); provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be required
to institute suit or maintain any litigation to collect the proceeds of any asset unless it has been indemnified to its satisfaction
for counsel fees, costs, disbursements and all other expenses and liabilities to which it may in its judgment be subjected by such
action. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, the Trustee is authorized to compromise and adjust claims arising
out of any asset held in the Trust Fund upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee may deem just, and the action so taken by
the Trustee shall be binding and conclusive upon all persons interested in the Trust Fund.

 

(d)          Retention
of Advisors. The Trustee, with the consent of the Investment Fiduciary, may retain the services of investment advisors to invest
and reinvest the assets of the Trust Fund, as well as employ such legal, actuarial, medical, accounting, clerical and other assistance
as may be required in carrying out the provisions of the Plan. The Trustee may also appoint custodians, subcustodians or subtrustees
as to part or all of the Trust Fund.

 

Section 10.05         INSTRUCTIONS

 

(a)          Reliance
on Instructions. Whenever the Trustee is permitted or required to act upon the directions or instructions of the Investment Fiduciary,
Plan Administrator or Company, the Trustee shall be entitled to act in good faith upon any written communication signed by any
person or agent designated to act as or on behalf of the Investment Fiduciary, Plan Administrator or Company. Such person or agent
shall be so designated either under the provisions of the Plan or in writing by the Company and their authority shall continue
until revoked in writing. The Trustee shall incur no liability for failure to act in good faith on such person's or agent's instructions
or orders without written communication, and the Trustee shall be fully protected in all actions taken in good faith in reliance
upon any instructions, directions, certifications and communications believed to be genuine and to have been signed or communicated
by the proper person.

 

    	 	58	 

     

    

 

(b)          Designation
of Agent.

 

(1)         Company.
The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing as to the appointment, removal or resignation of any person designated to act as
or on behalf of the Investment Fiduciary, Plan Administrator or Company. After such notification, the Trustee shall be fully protected
in acting in good faith upon the directions of, or dealing with, any person designated to act as or on behalf of the Investment
Fiduciary, Plan Administrator or Company until it receives notice to the contrary. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire into
the qualifications of any person designated to act as or on behalf of the Investment Fiduciary, Plan Administrator or Company.

 

(2)         Trustee.
To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, if there is more than one Trustee, the Trustees may designate one or more of
the Trustees to act on behalf of the Trustees. Such designated Trustee shall be authorized to take any and all actions and execute
and deliver such documents as may be necessary or appropriate.

 

(c)          Procedures.
The Trustee may adopt such rules and procedures as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate including, but not limited to:
(i) taking action with or without formal meetings; and (ii) in the event that there is more than one Trustee, a procedure specifying
whether action may be taken by a less than unanimous vote.

 

(d)          Payment
of Benefits. The Trustee shall pay benefits and expenses from the Trust Fund only upon the written direction of the Plan Administrator.
The Trustee shall be fully entitled to rely in good faith on such directions furnished by the Plan Administrator, and shall be
under no duty to ascertain whether the directions are in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

Section 10.06         INVESTMENT
OF THE FUND

 

(a)          Investment
Funds. The Investment Fiduciary shall have the exclusive authority and discretion to select the Investment Funds available for
investment under the Plan. In making such selection, the Investment Fiduciary shall use the care, skill, prudence and diligence
under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use
in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. Subject to Section 1.02 and the first sentence of Subsection
(b) below, the available investments under the Plan shall be sufficiently diversified so as to minimize the risk of large losses,
unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so. The Investment Fiduciary shall notify the Trustee in writing
of the selection of the Investment Funds currently available for investment under the Plan, and any changes thereto.

 

(b)          Participant
Self-Direction. To the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator and the Adoption Agreement pursuant to Section 9.02, each Participant
shall have the right, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, to direct the investment by the Trustee of all amounts allocated
to the separate accounts of the Participant under the Plan among any one or more of the available Investment Funds; provided, however,
that during any transition period as may be determined by the Investment Fiduciary, the Investment Fiduciary may direct the investment
by the Trustee into the Investment Funds available during such period with respect to which individual Participant's directions
shall not have been made or shall not have been permitted to be made under the Plan. All investment directions by Participants
shall be timely furnished to the Trustee by the Plan Administrator, except to the extent such directions are transmitted telephonically
or otherwise by Participants directly to the Trustee or its delegate in accordance with rules and procedures established and approved
by the Plan Administrator and communicated to the Trustee. In making any investment of the assets of the Fund, the Trustee shall
be fully entitled to rely on such directions furnished to it by the Plan Administrator or by Participants in accordance with the
Plan Administrator's approved rules and procedures, and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or investigation with respect
thereto. If the Trustee receives any contribution under the Plan that is not accompanied by instructions directing its investment,
the Trustee shall notify the Plan Administrator of that fact, and the Trustee may, in its discretion, hold all or a portion of
the contribution uninvested without liability for loss of income or appreciation pending receipt of proper investment directions.

 

(c)          Investment
Managers.

 

(1)         Appointment
of Investment Managers. The Investment Fiduciary may appoint one or more Investment Managers with respect to some or all of the
assets of the Trust Fund as contemplated by section 402(c)(3) of ERISA. Any such Investment Manager shall acknowledge to the Investment
Fiduciary in writing that it accepts such appointment and that it is an ERISA fiduciary with respect to the Plan and the Trust
Fund. The Investment Fiduciary shall provide the Trustee with a copy of the written agreement (and any amendments thereto) between
the Investment Fiduciary and the Investment Manager. By notifying the Trustee of the appointment of an Investment Manager, the
Investment Fiduciary shall be deemed to certify that such Investment Manager meets the requirements of section 3(38) of ERISA.
The authority of the Investment Manager shall continue until the Investment Fiduciary rescinds the appointment or the Investment
Manager has resigned.

 

    	 	59	 

     

    

 

(2)         Separation
of Duties. The assets with respect to which a particular Investment Manager has been appointed shall be specified by the Investment
Fiduciary and shall be segregated in a separate account for the Investment Manager (the "Separate Account") and the Investment
Manager shall have the power to direct the Trustee in every aspect of the investment of the assets of the Separate Account. The
Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of an Investment Manager and shall have no liability or responsibility for
acting pursuant to the direction of, or failing to act in the absence of, any direction from an Investment Manager, unless the
Trustee knows that by such action or failure to act it would be itself committing a breach of fiduciary duty or participating in
a breach of fiduciary duty by such Investment Manager, it being the intention of the parties that each party shall have the full
protection of section 405(d) of ERISA.

 

(d)          Proxies.

 

(1)         Delivery
of Information. The Trustee shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Company or Plan Administrator all notices, prospectuses,
financial statements, proxies and proxy soliciting materials received by the Trustee relating to securities held by the Trust or,
if applicable, deliver these materials to the appropriate Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

 

(2)         Voting.
The Trustee shall not vote any securities held by the Trust except in accordance with the written instructions of the Company,
the Investment Fiduciary, or to the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, the Participant or the Beneficiary of the Participant,
if the Participant is deceased. However, the Trustee may, in the absence of instructions, vote "present" for the sole
purpose of allowing such shares to be counted for establishment of a quorum at a shareholders' meeting. The Trustee shall have
no duty to solicit instructions from Participants, Beneficiaries, the Investment Fiduciary or the Company.

 

(3)         Investment
Manager. To the extent not delegated to Participants pursuant to Subsection (b), the Investment Manager shall be responsible for
making any proxy voting or tender offer decisions with respect to securities held in the Separate Account and the Investment Manager
shall maintain a record of the reasons for the manner in which it voted proxies or responded to tender offers.

 

(e)          Life
Insurance. Any life insurance investment allowed under Article 9 shall be a permitted Investment Fund.

 

Section 10.07         COMPENSATION
AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

(a)          Compensation.
The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services as is mutually agreed upon with the Company; provided
that such compensation does not result in a prohibited transaction within the meaning of the Code and ERISA. If approved by the
Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall also be entitled to reimbursement for all direct expenses properly and actually incurred
on behalf of the Plan. Such compensation or reimbursement shall be paid to the Trustee out of the Trust Fund unless paid directly
by the Company.

 

(b)          Indemnification.
Unless otherwise provided in an Addendum to the Adoption Agreement, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee (and
its delegates) from all claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred
by the Trustee in connection with its duties hereunder to the extent not covered by insurance, except when the same is due to the
Trustee's own gross negligence, willful misconduct, lack of good faith, or breach of its fiduciary duties under the Plan or ERISA.

 

    	 	60	 

     

    

 

Section 10.08         RESIGNATION
AND REMOVAL

 

(a)          Resignation.
The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Plan Administrator which shall be effective 60 days after delivery
unless prior thereto a successor Trustee assumes the responsibilities of Trustee hereunder.

 

(b)          Removal.
The Trustee may be removed by the Company at any time.

 

(c)          Successor
Trustee. The appointment of a successor Trustee hereunder shall be accomplished by and shall take effect upon the delivery to the
resigning or removed Trustee, as the case may be, of written notice of the Company appointing such successor Trustee, and an acceptance
in writing of the office of successor Trustee hereunder executed by the successor so appointed. Any successor Trustee may be either
a corporation authorized and empowered to exercise trust powers or one or more individuals. All of the provisions set forth herein
with respect to the Trustee shall relate to each successor Trustee so appointed with the same force and effect as if such successor
Trustee had been originally named herein as the Trustee hereunder. If within 45 days after notice of resignation shall have been
given under the provisions of this Article a successor Trustee shall not have been appointed, the resigning Trustee or the Plan
Sponsor may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(d)          Transfer
of Trust Fund. Upon the appointment of a successor Trustee, the resigning or removed Trustee shall transfer and deliver the Trust
Fund to such successor Trustee, after reserving such reasonable amount as it shall deem necessary to provide for its expenses in
the settlement of its account, the amount of any compensation due to it and any sums chargeable against the Trust Fund for which
it may be liable. If the sums so reserved are not sufficient for such purposes, the resigning or removed Trustee shall be entitled
to reimbursement for any deficiency from the Plan Sponsor.

 

Section 10.09         OTHER
TRUST AGREEMENT

 

(a)          General.
This Section 10.09 shall apply only to the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement. If this Section applies, the terms of a separate
Trust Agreement shall apply and Sections 10.02 through 10.08 and Article 12 shall apply only to the extent that they are not superseded
by the terms of the separate Trust Agreement. Other Sections of the Plan shall be construed in a manner compatible with the separate
Trust Agreement.

 

(b)          Trustee.
The Trustee shall be the person(s) or entity listed in the separate Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall be obligated under the terms
and conditions of the separate Trust Agreement as executed by the Trustee and the Plan Administrator or Sponsor.

 

    	 	61	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 11

SPECIAL "TOP-HEAVY" RULES

 

Section 11.01         "TOP-HEAVY"
STATUS

 

The special provisions set forth in this Article
11 shall apply during any Plan Year in which this Plan, together with any other retirement plans required to be aggregated under
Code section 416(g) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, is "Top-Heavy." This Plan is Top-Heavy for any
Plan Year beginning after 1983:

 

(a)          If
the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60% and this Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation
Group of plans;

 

(b)          If
this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy Ratio
for the Required Aggregation Group of plans exceeds 60%; or

 

(c)          If
this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-Heavy Ratio
for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%.

 

Section 11.02         MINIMUM
ALLOCATIONS

 

(a)          In
General. Notwithstanding other provisions of this Plan, for any Plan Year during which this Plan is Top-Heavy and the Adoption
Agreement does not provide that the Top-Heavy minimum allocation shall be met in another plan, a Participant who is (i) described
in the Adoption Agreement; and (ii) employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, shall receive the minimum allocation
or benefit requirement applicable to top-heavy plans to the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, which shall not be less
than the lesser of three percent (3%) of such Participant's Compensation or in the case where the Employer has no defined benefit
plan which designates this Plan to satisfy Code section 416, the largest percentage of Company contributions and forfeitures, as
a percentage of Key Employee's Compensation, as limited by Code section 401(a)(17), allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for
that Plan Year. If the Adoption Agreement does not indicate that the Top-Heavy minimum allocation shall be met in another plan
and indicates that the Company also sponsors a defined benefit plan, "five percent (5%)" shall be substituted for "three
percent (3%)" in the preceding sentence. The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution.
This minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the Participant would not otherwise be entitled
to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the Plan Year because of: (i) the Participant's failure
to complete 1,000 hours of service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan); (ii) the Participant's failure to make mandatory employee
contributions to the Plan; or (iii) compensation less than a stated amount.

 

(b)          Matching
Contributions. Employer matching contributions may be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements
of Code section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan
or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching
contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes
of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Code section 401(m).

 

(c)          Contributions
under other Plans. The minimum allocation requirement discussed in Subsection 11.02(a) may be met solely or partially in another
plan. If the minimum allocation requirement of this Section 11.02 for any Plan Year is met partially in another plan, this Plan
may offset the minimum required allocation in Subsection 11.02(a) by the amount allocated in or the benefit accrued in the other
plan.

 

    	 	62	 

     

    

 

Section 11.03         MINIMUM
VESTING

 

(a)          For
any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy, the Top-Heavy vesting schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement shall automatically
apply to the Plan to the extent that it is more favorable than the vesting schedule provided for in Article 6.

 

For purposes of the Adoption Agreement, "2-6
Year Graded" and "3 Year Cliff" shall be determined in accordance with the following schedules:

 

	Years of Vesting Service	 	Vesting
 Percentage	 
	 	 	 	 
	"2-6 Year Graded":	 	 	 	 
	Less than Two Years	 	 	0	%
	Two Years but less than Three Years	 	 	20	%
	Three Years but less than Four Years	 	 	40	%
	Four Years but less than Five Years	 	 	60	%
	Five Years but less than Six Years	 	 	80	%
	Six or More Years	 	 	100	%
	 	 	 	 	 
	"3 Year Cliff":	 	 	 	 
	Less than Three Years	 	 	0	%
	Three or More Years	 	 	100	%

 

(b)          The
minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to employee
contributions or those already subject to a vesting schedule which vests at least as rapidly as the schedule listed above, including
benefits accrued before the effective date of Code section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became Top-Heavy. Further,
no decrease in a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the Plan's status as Top-Heavy changes for any
Plan Year. However, this Section does not apply to the account balances of any Employee who does not have an hour of service after
the Plan initially became Top-Heavy and such Employee's Account balance attributable to Company contributions and forfeitures will
be determined without regard to this Section. The minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under
Code section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

 

    	 	63	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 12

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

Section 12.01         PLAN
ADMINISTRATOR

 

(a)          Designation.
The Plan Administrator shall be specified in the Adoption Agreement. In the absence of a designation in the Adoption Agreement,
the Plan Sponsor shall be the Plan Administrator. If a Committee is designated as the Plan Administrator, the Committee shall consist
of one or more individuals who may be Employees appointed by the Plan Sponsor and the Committee shall elect a chairman and may
adopt such rules and procedures as it deems desirable. The Committee may also take action with or without formal meetings and may
authorize one or more individuals, who may or may not be members of the Committee, to execute documents in its behalf.

 

(b)          Authority
and Responsibility of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall be the Plan "administrator" as such term is
defined in section 3(16) of ERISA, and as such shall have total and complete discretionary power and authority:

 

(i)          to
make factual determinations, to construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan, to correct defects and resolve ambiguities and
inconsistencies therein and to supply omissions thereto. Any construction, interpretation or application of the Plan by the Plan
Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding;

 

(ii)         to
determine the amount, form or timing of benefits payable hereunder and the recipient thereof and to resolve any claim for benefits
in accordance with this Article 12;

 

(iii)        to
determine the amount and manner of any allocations and/or benefit accruals hereunder;

 

(iv)        to
maintain and preserve records relating to Participants, former Participants, and their Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees;

 

(v)         to
prepare and furnish to Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees all information and notices required under applicable law
or the provisions of this Plan;

 

(vi)        to
prepare and file or publish with the Secretary of Labor, the Secretary of the Treasury, their delegates and all other appropriate
government officials all reports and other information required under law to be so filed or published;

 

(vii)       to
approve and enforce any loan hereunder including the repayment thereof;

 

(viii)      to provide
directions to the Trustee with respect to the purchase of life insurance, methods of benefit payment, valuations at dates other
than regular Valuation Dates and on all other matters where called for in the Plan or requested by the Trustee;

 

(ix)         to
hire such professional assistants and consultants as it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable; and shall be entitled,
to the extent permitted by law, to rely conclusively on all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports which are furnished
by same;

 

(x)          to
determine all questions of the eligibility of Employees and of the status of rights of Participants, Beneficiaries and Alternate
Payees;

 

(xi)         to
arrange for bonding, if required by law;

 

(xii)        to
adjust Accounts in order to correct errors or omissions;

 

    	 	64	 

     

    

 

(xiii)       to
determine whether any domestic relations order constitutes a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and to take such action as the
Plan Administrator deems appropriate in light of such domestic relations order;

 

(xiv)      to retain
records on elections and waivers by Participants, their spouses and their Beneficiaries and Alternate Payees;

 

(xv)       to
supply such information to any person as may be required;

 

(xvi)      to establish,
revise from time to time, and communicate to the Trustee and/or the Investment Fiduciary and Investment Manager(s), a funding policy
and method for the Plan; and

 

(xvii)     to perform
such other functions and duties as are set forth in the Plan that are not specifically given to the Investment Fiduciary or Trustee.

 

(c)          Procedures.
Unless otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement and to the extent that the Adoption Agreement provides that the Board adopts
procedures for the Plan Administrator and the Board fails to adopt such procedures, the Plan Administrator may adopt such rules
and procedures as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate for the administration of the Plan. When making a determination
or calculation, the Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished to it. The Plan Administrator's decisions
shall be binding and conclusive as to all parties.

 

(d)          Allocation
of Duties and Responsibilities. The Plan Administrator may designate other persons to carry out any of his duties and responsibilities
under the Plan.

 

Section 12.02         INVESTMENT
FIDUCIARY

 

(a)          Designation.
The Plan Investment Fiduciary shall be designated by the Plan Sponsor. In the absence of a designation, the Plan Administrator
shall be the Investment Fiduciary. The Investment Fiduciary may consist of a committee consisting of one or more individuals who
may be Employees appointed by the Plan Sponsor. If a committee is appointed, the committee shall elect a chairman and may adopt
such rules and procedures as it deems desirable. The committee may take action with or without formal meetings and may authorize
one or more individuals, who may or may not be members of the committee, to execute documents in its behalf.

 

(b)          Authority
and Responsibility of the Investment Fiduciary. The Investment Fiduciary shall have the following discretionary authority and responsibility:

 

(i)          to
manage the investment of the Trust Fund;

 

(ii)         to
appoint one or more Investment Managers;

 

(iii)        to
hire such professional assistants and consultants as it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable;

 

(iv)        to
establish, revise from time to time, and communicate to the Trustee and/or Investment Manager(s), an investment policy for the
Plan; and

 

(v)         to
supply such information to any person as may be required.

 

(c)          Procedures.
Unless otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement and to the extent that the Adoption Agreement provides that the Board adopts
procedures for the Investment Fiduciary and the Board fails to adopt such procedures, the Investment Fiduciary may adopt such rules
and procedures as it deems necessary, desirable, or appropriate in furtherance of its duties hereunder. When making a determination
or calculation, the Investment Fiduciary shall be entitled to rely upon information furnished to it.

 

    	 	65	 

     

    

 

Section 12.03         COMPENSATION
OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND INVESTMENT FIDUCIARY

 

The Plan Administrator and Investment Fiduciary
shall serve without compensation for their services.

 

Section 12.04         PLAN
EXPENSES

 

All direct expenses of the Plan, Trustee, Plan
Administrator and Investment Fiduciary or any other person in furtherance of their duties hereunder shall be paid or reimbursed
by the Company, and if not so paid or reimbursed, shall be proper charges to the Trust Fund and shall be paid therefrom.

 

Section 12.05         ALLOCATION
OF FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY

 

A Plan fiduciary shall have only those specific
powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are explicitly given him under the Plan and Trust Agreement. It is intended
that each fiduciary shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary. A fiduciary may serve in more
than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the Plan.

 

Section 12.06         INDEMNIFICATION

 

Unless otherwise provided in an Addendum to
the Adoption Agreement, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless any person serving as the Investment Fiduciary and/or Plan
Administrator (and their delegates) from all claims, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses, including reasonable attorneys'
fees and expenses, incurred by such persons in connection with their duties hereunder to the extent not covered by insurance, except
when the same is due to such person's own gross negligence, willful misconduct, lack of good faith, or breach of its fiduciary
duties under this Plan or ERISA.

 

Section 12.07         CLAIMS
PROCEDURES

 

(a)          Application
for Benefits. A Participant or any other person entitled to benefits from the Plan (a "Claimant") may apply for such
benefits by completing and filing a claim with the Plan Administrator. Any such claim shall be in writing and shall include all
information and evidence that the Plan Administrator deems necessary to properly evaluate the merit of and to make any necessary
determinations on a claim for benefits. The Plan Administrator may request any additional information necessary to evaluate the
claim.

 

(b)          Timing
of Notice of Denied Claim. The Plan Administrator shall notify the Claimant of any adverse benefit determination within a reasonable
period of time, but not later than 90 days (45 days if the claim relates to a disability determination) after receipt of the claim.
This period may be extended one time by the Plan for up to 90 days (30 additional days if the claim relates to a disability determination),
provided that the Plan Administrator both determines that such an extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the
Plan and notifies the Claimant, prior to the expiration of the initial review period, of the circumstances requiring the extension
of time and the date by which the Plan expects to render a decision. If the claim relates to a disability determination, the period
for making the determination may be extended for up to an additional 30 days if the Plan Administrator notifies the Claimant prior
to the expiration of the first 30-day extension period.

 

(c)          Content
of Notice of Denied Claim. If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Claimant with a written
notice identifying (1) the reason or reasons for such denial, (2) the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (3)
any material or information needed to grant the claim and an explanation of why the additional information is necessary, and (4)
an explanation of the steps that the Claimant must take if he wishes to appeal the denial including a statement that the Claimant
may bring a civil action under ERISA.

 

    	 	66	 

     

    

 

(d)          Appeals
of Denied Claim. If a Claimant wishes to appeal the denial of a claim, he shall file a written appeal with the Plan Administrator
on or before the 60th day (180th day if the claim relates to a disability determination) after he receives the Plan Administrator's
written notice that the claim has been wholly or partially denied. The written appeal shall identify both the grounds and specific
Plan provisions upon which the appeal is based. The Claimant shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, documents and
other information relevant to his claim. A written appeal may also include any comments, statements or documents that the Claimant
may desire to provide. The Plan Administrator shall consider the merits of the Claimant's written presentations, the merits of
any facts or evidence in support of the denial of benefits, and such other facts and circumstances as the Plan Administrator may
deem relevant. The Claimant shall lose the right to appeal if the appeal is not timely made. The Plan Administrator shall ordinarily
rule on an appeal within 60 days (45 days if the claim relates to a disability determination). However, if special circumstances
require an extension and the Plan Administrator furnishes the Claimant with a written extension notice during the initial period,
the Plan Administrator may take up to 120 days (90 days if the claim relates to a disability determination) to rule on an appeal.

 

(e)          Denial
of Appeal. If an appeal is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator shall provide the Claimant with a notice identifying
(1) the reason or reasons for such denial, (2) the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (3) a statement that
the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records,
and other information relevant to the Claimant's claim for benefits, and (4) a statement describing the Claimant's right to bring
an action under section 502(a) of ERISA. The determination rendered by the Plan Administrator shall be binding upon all parties.

 

(f)          Determinations
of Disability. If the claim relates to a disability determination, determinations of the Plan Administrator shall include the information
required under applicable United States Department of Labor regulations.

 

    	 	67	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 13

AMENDMENT, MERGER AND TERMINATION

 

Section 13.01         AMENDMENT

 

The provisions of the Plan may be amended in
writing at any time and from time to time by the Plan Sponsor, provided, however, that:

 

(a)          No
amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued benefit and
no amendment shall increase the duties and liabilities of the Trustee without the Trustee's consent. Notwithstanding the preceding
sentence, a Participant's Account balance may be reduced to the extent permitted under Code section 412(c)(8). For purposes of
this Subsection, a Plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing a Participant's Account balance, with respect to benefits
attributable to service before the amendment, shall be treated as reducing an accrued benefit.

 

No amendment to the Plan shall be effective
to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The preceding sentence shall not apply to a plan amendment that eliminates
or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his or her Account balance under a particular optional form of
benefit if the amendment is permitted under applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

A Plan amendment may also provide exceptions
from the general prohibition against the elimination or restriction of optional forms of benefit for in-kind distributions and
elective transfers as specified under Treas. Reg. section 1.411(d)-4 Q&A 2 and 3.

 

(b)          If
the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date the amendment
is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of such Employee's employer-derived
accrued benefit will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment.

 

(c)          If
the Plan's vesting schedule is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of
the Participant's nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting
schedule, each Participant with at least 3 years of vesting service with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period after
the adoption of the amendment or change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment
or change. For Participants who do not have at least 1 hour of service in any plan year beginning after December 31, 1988, the
preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting "5 years of service" for "3 years of service" where such
language appears. The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed
to be made and shall end on the latest of:

 

(1)         60
days after the amendment is adopted;

 

(2)         60
days after the amendment becomes effective; or

 

(3)         60
days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Plan Administrator.

 

The election provided for in this Section 13.01
shall be made in writing and shall be irrevocable when made.

 

(d)          Code
section 411(d)(6) protected benefits will be available without regard to employer discretion in accordance with Treas. Reg. section
1.411(d)(4), Q & A's #8 & 9.

 

(e)          Amendment
to Other Vesting Provisions.

 

    	 	68	 

     

    

 

(1)         Except
as provided in Subsection (e)(2), a plan amendment may not decrease a Participant's accrued benefits, or otherwise place greater
restrictions or conditions on a Participant's rights to Code section 411(d)(6) protected benefits, even if the amendment merely
adds a restriction or condition that is permitted under the vesting rules in Code section 411(a)(3) through (11).

 

(2)         An
amendment described in Subsection (e)(2) does not violate Code section 411(d)(6) to the extent: (i) it applies with respect to
benefits that accrue after the applicable amendment date; or (ii) the plan amendment changes the Plan's vesting computation period
and it satisfies the applicable requirements under 29 CFR 2530.203-2(c).

 

Section 13.02         MERGER
AND TRANSFER

 

(a)          Merger.
In the event of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each Participant shall
have a benefit in the surviving or transferee plan (as if such plan were then terminated immediately after such merger, consolidation
or transfer) that is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have had immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer
in the plan in which he was then a Participant had such plan been terminated at that time.

 

(b)          Transfer.
The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to accept assets and related liabilities from another qualified plan provided that
it receives sufficient evidence that the transferor plan is a tax-qualified plan. The Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee
to transfer assets and related liabilities to another qualified plan provided that it receives sufficient evidence that the transferee
plan is a tax-qualified plan.

 

(c)          Transfer
to Non Qualified Trust. Subject to the conditions and limitations of Revenue Ruling 2008-40, a transfer of assets from the Plan's
trust to a nonqualified foreign trust shall be treated as a distribution.

 

(d)          Transfer
of Sponsorship. Sponsorship of the Plan may not be transferred to an unrelated taxpayer if such transfer would violate Revenue
Ruling 2008-45.

 

Section 13.03         TERMINATION

 

(a)          It
is the intention of the Plan Sponsor that this Plan will be permanent. However, the Plan Sponsor reserves the right to terminate
the Plan at any time for any reason.

 

(b)          Each
entity constituting the Company reserves the right to terminate its participation in this Plan. Each such entity constituting the
Company shall be deemed to terminate its participation in the Plan if: (i) it is a party to a merger in which it is not the surviving
entity and the surviving entity is not an affiliate of another entity constituting the Company, or (ii) it sells all or substantially
all of its assets to an entity that is not an affiliate of another entity constituting the Company.

 

(c)          Any
termination of the Plan shall become effective as of the date designated by the Plan Sponsor. Except as expressly provided elsewhere
in the Plan, prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to the benefits provided under this Plan, no termination
shall cause any part of the funds or assets held to provide benefits under the Plan to be used other than for the benefit of Participants
or to meet the administrative expenses of the Plan. In the event of the termination or partial termination of the Plan the Account
balance of each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable. In determining whether a partial plan termination has occurred, the
Plan Administrator shall employ the analysis set forth in IRS Revenue Ruling 2007-43. In the event of a complete discontinuance
of contributions under the Plan, the Account balance of each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable. Upon termination of the
Plan, Participant Accounts shall be distributed in a single lump sum payment unless otherwise required pursuant to Article 7.

 

    	 	69	 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 14

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.01         NONALIENATION
OF BENEFITS

 

(a)          Except
as provided in Section 14.01(b), the Trust Fund shall not be subject to any form of attachment, garnishment, sequestration or other
actions of collection afforded creditors of the Company, Participants or Beneficiaries under the Plan and all payments, benefits
and rights shall be free from attachment, garnishment, trustee's process, or any other legal or equitable process available to
any creditor of such Company, Participant or Beneficiary. Except as provided in Section 14.01(b), no Participant or Beneficiary
shall have the right to alienate, anticipate, commute, pledge, encumber or assign any of the benefits or payments which he may
expect to receive, contingently or otherwise, under the Plan, except the right to designate a Beneficiary. Any reference to a Participant
or Beneficiary shall include an Alternate Payee or the Beneficiary of an Alternate Payee.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Trustee and/or Plan Administrator may:

 

(1)         Subject
to Section 14.02 below, comply with the provisions and conditions of any Qualified Domestic Relations Order pursuant to the provisions
of Code section 414(p).

 

(2)         Comply
with any federal tax levy made pursuant to Code section 6331.

 

(3)         Subject
to the provisions of Code section 401(a)(13), comply with the provisions and conditions of a judgment, order, decree or settlement
agreement issued on or after August 5, 1997 between the Participant and the Secretary of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation relating to a violation (or alleged violation) of part 4 of subtitle B of title I of ERISA.

 

(4)         Bring
action to recover benefit overpayments.

 

Section 14.02         RIGHTS
OF ALTERNATE PAYEES

 

(a)          General.
An Alternate Payee shall have no rights to a Participant's benefit and shall have no rights under this Plan other than those rights
specifically granted to the Alternate Payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order that are consistent with this Section
14.02.

 

(b)          Distribution.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to distribute all or a
portion of a Participant's benefits under the Plan to an Alternate Payee in accordance with the terms and conditions of a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order. The Plan hereby specifically permits and authorizes distribution of a Participant's benefits under the
Plan to an Alternate Payee in accordance with a Qualified Domestic Relations Order prior to the date the Participant has a Termination
of Employment, or prior to the date the Participant attains his earliest retirement age as defined in Code section 414(p). Unless
otherwise provided in the Adoption Agreement, the preceding sentence does not apply to the Participant's ESOP Account.

 

(c)          Investment
Funds. If the Qualified Domestic Relations Order does not specify the Participant's Accounts, or Investment Funds in which such
Accounts are invested, from which amounts that are separately accounted for shall be paid to an Alternate Payee, such amounts shall
be distributed, or segregated, from the Participant's Accounts, and the Investment Funds in which such Accounts are invested (excluding
any amounts invested as a Participant loan), on a pro rata basis. A Qualified Domestic Relations Order may not provide for the
assignment to an Alternate Payee of an amount that exceeds the balance of the Participant's vested Accounts after deduction of
any outstanding loan.

 

(d)          Default
Rules. Unless a Qualified Domestic Relations Order establishing a separate account for an Alternate Payee provides to the contrary:

 

    	 	70	 

     

    

 

(i)          Death
Benefits. An Alternate Payee shall have the right to designate a Beneficiary who shall receive benefits payable to an Alternate
Payee which have not been distributed at the time of the Alternate Payee's death. If the Alternate Payee does not designate a Beneficiary,
or if the Beneficiary predeceases the Alternate Payee, benefits payable to the Alternate Payee which have not been distributed
shall be paid to the Alternate Payee's estate. Any death benefit payable to the Beneficiary of an Alternate Payee shall be paid
in a single sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Alternate Payee's death.

 

(ii)         Investment
Direction. An Alternate Payee shall have the right to direct the investment of any portion of a Participant's Accounts payable
to the Alternate Payee under such order in the same manner with respect to a Participant, which amounts shall be separately accounted
for by the Trustee in the Alternate Payee's name.

 

(iii)        Voting
Rights. An Alternate Payee shall have the right to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of voting rights in the same manner as
provided with respect to a Participant.

 

(e)          Withdrawals/Loans.
An Alternate Payee shall not be permitted to make any withdrawals under Article 8 and shall not be permitted to make a loan from
the separate account established for the Alternate Payee pursuant to the Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

(f)          Treatment
as Spouse. A former spouse may be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the spouse
or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

(g)          Plan
Procedures. The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for establishing reasonable procedures for determining whether any domestic
relations order received with respect to the Plan qualifies as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, and for administering distributions
in accordance with the terms and conditions of such procedures and any Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

 

Section 14.03         NO
RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT

 

Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed
as a contract of employment between the Employer and the Participant, or as a right of any Employee to continue in the employment
of the Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the Employer to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.

 

Section 14.04         NO
RIGHT TO TRUST ASSETS

 

No Employee, Participant, former Participant,
Beneficiary or Alternate Payee shall have any rights to, or interest in, any assets of the Trust upon termination of employment
or otherwise, except as specifically provided under the Plan. All Payments of benefits under the Plan shall be made solely out
of the assets of the Trust.

 

Section 14.05         GOVERNING
LAW

 

This Plan shall be construed in accordance with
and governed by the laws of the state or commonwealth specified in the Adoption Agreement to the extent not preempted by Federal
law.

 

Section 14.06         SEVERABILITY
OF PROVISIONS

 

If any provision of the Plan shall be held invalid
or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and the Plan shall be construed
and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

 

Section 14.08         HEADINGS
AND CAPTIONS

 

The headings and captions herein are provided
for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of
the Plan.

 

Section 14.09         GENDER
AND NUMBER

 

Except where otherwise clearly indicated by
context, the masculine and the neuter shall include the feminine and the neuter, the singular shall include the plural, and vice-versa.

 

    	 	71

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00255-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00255-of-00352.parquet"}]]